Mitsumi electronic Universal Remote IB-1500875(ENG)-E User manual

Mitsumi electronic Universal Remote IB-1500875(ENG)-E is a sophisticated device that offers a wide range of capabilities designed to enhance your home entertainment experience. With its user-friendly design and advanced features, this remote control provides seamless control over your TV, DVD, VCR, and other compatible devices. Its compact size and ergonomic design make it comfortable to use, while its intuitive button layout ensures effortless operation.
PDF
Document
.
MELDAS is a registered trademark of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation.
Other company and product names that appear in this manual are trademarks or registered
trademarks of their respective companies.
Introduction
Thank you for selecting the Mitsubishi numerical control unit. This instruction manual describes the
handling and caution points for using this AC servo/spindle.Incorrect handling may lead to unforeseen
accidents, so always read this instruction manual thoroughly to ensure correct usage.
In order to confirm if all function specifications described in this manual are applicable, refer to the
specifications for each CNC.
Notes on Reading This Manual
(1) Since the description of this specification manual deals with NC in general, for the specifications of
individual machine tools, refer to the manuals issued by the respective machine manufacturers.
The &quot;restrictions&quot; and &quot;available functions&quot; described in the manuals issued by the machine
manufacturers have precedence to those in this manual.
(2) This manual describes as many special operations as possible, but it should be kept in mind that
items not mentioned in this manual cannot be performed.
Precautions for safety
Please read this manual and auxiliary documents before starting installation, operation, maintenance or
inspection to ensure correct usage. Thoroughly understand the device, safety information and
precautions before starting operation.
The safety precautions in this instruction manual are ranked as &quot;WARNING&quot; and &quot;CAUTION&quot;.
DANGER
When there is a potential risk of fatal or serious injuries if handling is mistaken.
WARNING
When a dangerous situation, or fatal or serious injuries may occur if handling is mistaken.
CAUTION
When a dangerous situation may occur if handling is mistaken leading to medium or minor
injuries, or physical damage.
Note that some items described as &quot; CAUTION&quot; may lead to major results depending on the situation.
In any case, important information that must be observed is described.
The signs indicating prohibited and mandatory matters are explained below.
Indicates a prohibited matter. For example, &quot;Fire Prohibited&quot; is indicated as
Indicates a mandatory matter. For example, grounding is indicated as
.
.
The meaning of each pictorial sign is as follows.
CAUTION
CAUTION rotated
object
CAUTION HOT
Danger Electric shock
risk
Danger explosive
Prohibited
Disassembly is
prohibited
KEEP FIRE AWAY
General instruction
Earth ground
After reading this specifications and instructions manual, store it where the user can access it easily for
reference.
The numeric control unit is configured of the control unit, operation board, servo drive unit, spindle drive
unit, power supply, servomotor and spindle motor, etc.
In this section &quot;Precautions for safety&quot;, the following items are generically called the &quot;motor&quot;.
• Servomotor
• Linear servomotor
• Spindle motor
In this section &quot;Precautions for safety&quot;, the following items are generically called the &quot;unit&quot;.
• Servo drive unit
• Spindle drive unit
• Power supply unit
• Scale interface unit
• Magnetic pole detection unit
POINT
Important matters that should be understood for operation of this machine are indicated as a POINT
in this manual.
WARNING
1. Electric shock prevention
Do not open the front cover while the power is ON or during operation. Failure to observe this could lead
to electric shocks.
Do not operate the unit with the front cover removed. The high voltage terminals and charged sections
will be exposed, and can cause electric shocks.
Do not remove the front cover and connector even when the power is OFF unless carrying out wiring
work or periodic inspections. The inside of the units is charged, and can cause electric shocks.
Since the high voltage is supplied to the main circuit connector while the power is ON or during
operation, do not touch the main circuit connector with an adjustment screwdriver or the pen tip. Failure
to observe this could lead to electric shocks.
Wait at least 15 minutes after turning the power OFF, confirm that the CHARGE lamp has gone out, and
check the voltage between P and N terminals with a tester, etc., before starting wiring, maintenance or
inspections. Failure to observe this could lead to electric shocks.
Ground the unit and motor. For the motor, ground it via the drive unit.
Wiring, maintenance and inspection work must be done by a qualified technician.
Wire the servo drive unit and servomotor after installation. Failure to observe this could lead to electric
shocks.
Do not touch the switches with wet hands. Failure to observe this could lead to electric shocks.
Do not damage, apply forcible stress, place heavy items on the cables or get them caught. Failure to
observe this could lead to electric shocks.
After assembling the built-in IPM spindle motor, if the rotor is rotated by hand etc., voltage occurs
between the terminals of lead. Take care not to get electric shocks.
2. Injury prevention
When handling a motor, perform operations in safe clothing.
In the system where the optical communication with CNC is executed, do not see directly the light
generated from CN1A/CN1B connector of drive unit or the end of cable. When the light gets into eye,
you may feel something is wrong for eye.
(The light source of optical communication corresponds to class1 defined in JISC6802 or IEC60825-1.)
The linear servomotor, direct-drive motor and built-in IPM spindle motor uses permanent magnets in the
rotor, so observe the following precautions.
(1)Handling
• The linear servomotor, direct-drive motor and built-in IPM spindle motor could adversely affect
medical electronics such as pacemakers, etc., therefore, do not approach the rotor.
• Do not place magnetic materials as iron.
• When a magnetic material as iron is placed, take safety measure not to pinch fingers or hands
due to the magnetic attraction force.
• Remove metal items such as watch, piercing jewelry, necklace, etc.
• Do not place portable items that could malfunction or fail due to the influence of the magnetic
force.
• When the rotor is not securely fixed to the machine or device, do not leave it unattended but store
it in the package properly.
(2)Transportation and storage
• Correctly store the rotor in the package to transport and store.
• During transportation and storage, draw people's attention by applying a notice saying &quot;Strong
magnet-Handle with care&quot; to the package or storage shelf.
• Do not use a damaged package.
(3)Installation
• Take special care not to pinch fingers, etc., when installing (and unpacking) the linear servomotor.
CAUTION
1. Fire prevention
Install the units, motors and regenerative resistor on non-combustible material. Direct installation on
combustible material or near combustible materials could lead to fires.
Always install a circuit protector and contactor on the servo drive unit power input as explained in this
manual. Refer to this manual and select the correct circuit protector and contactor. An incorrect
selection could result in fire.
Shut off the power on the unit side if a fault occurs in the units. Fires could be caused if a large current
continues to flow.
When using a regenerative resistor, provide a sequence that shuts off the power with the regenerative
resistor's error signal. The regenerative resistor could abnormally overheat and cause a fire due to a
fault in the regenerative transistor, etc.
The battery unit could heat up, ignite or rupture if submerged in water, or if the poles are incorrectly
wired.
Cut off the main circuit power with the contactor when an alarm or emergency stop occurs.
2. Injury prevention
Do not apply a voltage other than that specified in this manual, on each terminal. Failure to observe this
item could lead to ruptures or damage, etc.
Do not mistake the terminal connections. Failure to observe this item could lead to ruptures or damage,
etc.
Do not mistake the polarity (+,- ). Failure to observe this item could lead to ruptures or damage, etc.
Do not touch the radiation fin on unit back face, regenerative resistor or motor, etc., or place parts
(cables, etc.) while the power is turned ON or immediately after turning the power OFF. These parts
may reach high temperatures, and can cause burns or part damage.
Structure the cooling fan on the unit back face, etc., etc so that it cannot be touched after installation.
Touching the cooling fan during operation could lead to injuries.
Take care not to suck hair, clothes, etc. into the cooling fan.
CAUTION
3. Various precautions
Observe the following precautions. Incorrect handling of the unit could lead to faults, injuries and electric
shocks, etc.
(1) Transportation and installation
Correctly transport the product according to its weight.
Use the motor's hanging bolts only when transporting the motor. Do not transport the machine when the
motor is installed on the machine.
Do not stack the products above the tolerable number.
Follow this manual and install the unit or motor in a place where the weight can be borne.
Do not get on top of or place heavy objects on the unit.
Do not hold the cables, axis or detector when transporting the motor.
Do not hold the connected wires or cables when transporting the units.
Do not hold the front cover when transporting the unit. The unit could drop.
Always observe the installation directions of the units or motors.
Secure the specified distance between the units and control panel, or between the servo drive unit and
other devices.
Do not install or run a unit or motor that is damaged or missing parts.
Do not block the intake or exhaust ports of the motor provided with a cooling fan.
Do not let foreign objects enter the units or motors. In particular, if conductive objects such as screws or
metal chips, etc., or combustible materials such as oil enter, rupture or breakage could occur.
Provide adequate protection using a material such as connector for conduit to prevent screws, metallic
detritus, water and other conductive matter or oil and other combustible matter from entering the motor
through the power line lead-out port.
The units, motors and detectors are precision devices, so do not drop them or apply strong impacts to
them.
CAUTION
Store and use the units under the following environment conditions.
Environment
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Atmosphere
Altitude
Vibration/impact
Unit
Motor
Operation: 0 to 55&deg;C(with no freezing),
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C(with no freezing),
Storage / Transportation: -15&deg;C to 70&deg;C
Storage: -15&deg;C to 70&deg;C (Note2) (with no freezing)
(with no freezing)
Operation: 90%RH or less
Operation: 80%RH or less
(with no dew condensation)
(with no dew condensation),
Storage / Transportation: 90%RH or less
Storage: 90%RH or less
(with no dew condensation)
(with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight)
With no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, dust or conductive fine particles
Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea
level,
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
level
According to each unit or motor specification
(Note 1) For details, confirm each unit or motor specifications in addition.
(Note 2) -15&deg;C to 55&deg;C for linear servomotor.
Securely fix the servomotor to the machine. Insufficient fixing could lead to the servomotor slipping off
during operation.
Always install the servomotor with reduction gear in the designated direction. Failure to do so could lead
to oil leaks.
Structure the rotary sections of the motor so that it can never be touched during operation. Install a
cover, etc., on the shaft.
When installing a coupling to a servomotor shaft end, do not apply an impact by hammering, etc. The
detector could be damaged.
Do not apply a load exceeding the tolerable load onto the servomotor shaft. The shaft could break.
Store the motor in the package box.
When inserting the shaft into the built-in IPM spindle motor, do not heat the rotor higher than 130&deg;C. The
magnet could be demagnetized, and the specifications characteristics will not be ensured.
Always use a nonmagnetic tool (explosion-proof beryllium copper alloy safety tool: NGK Insulators, etc.)
when installing the linear servomotor.
Always provide a mechanical stopper on the end of the linear servomotor's travel path.
If the unit has been stored for a long time, always check the operation before starting actual operation.
Please contact the Service Center, Service Station, Sales Office or delayer.
(2) Wiring
Correctly and securely perform the wiring. Failure to do so could lead to abnormal operation of the
motor.
Do not install a condensing capacitor, surge absorber or radio noise filter on the output side of the drive
unit.
Correctly connect the output side of the drive unit (terminals U, V, W). Failure to do so could lead to
abnormal operation of the motor.
When using a power regenerative power supply unit, always install an AC reactor for each power supply
unit.
In the main circuit power supply side of the unit, always install an appropriate circuit protector or
contactor for each unit. Circuit protector or contactor cannot be shared by several units.
CAUTION
Always connect the motor to the drive unit's output terminals (U, V, W).
Do not directly connect a commercial power supply to the servomotor. Failure to observe this could
result in a fault.
When using an inductive load such as a relay, always connect a diode as a noise measure parallel to
the load.
When using a capacitance load such as a lamp, always connect a protective resistor as a noise
measure serial to the load.
Servodrive unit
Do not reverse the direction of a diode which
COM
connect to a DC relay for the control output
(24VDC)
signals such as contractor and motor brake
output, etc. to suppress a surge. Connecting it
Control output
signal
backwards could cause the drive unit to
malfunction so that signals are not output, and
emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable.
Servodrive unit
COM
(24VDC)
RA
Control output
signal
RA
Do not connect/disconnect the cables connected between the units while the power is ON.
Securely tighten the cable connector fixing screw or fixing mechanism. An insecure fixing could cause
the cable to fall off while the power is ON.
When using a shielded cable instructed in the instruction manual, always ground the cable with a cable
clamp, etc.
Always separate the signals wires from the drive wire and power line.
Use wires and cables that have a wire diameter, heat resistance and flexibility that conforms to the
system.
(3) Trial operation and adjustment
Check and adjust each program and parameter before starting operation. Failure to do so could lead to
unforeseen operation of the machine.
Do not make remarkable adjustments and changes of parameter as the operation could become
unstable.
The usable motor and unit combination is predetermined. Always check the combinations and
parameters before starting trial operation.
The linear servomotor does not have a stopping device such as magnetic brakes. Install a stopping
device on the machine side.
CAUTION
(4) Usage methods
In abnormal state, install an external emergency stop circuit so that the operation can be stopped and
power shut off immediately.
Turn the power OFF immediately if smoke, abnormal noise or odors are generated from the unit or
motor.
Do not disassemble or repair this product.
Never make modifications.
When an alarm occurs, the machine will start suddenly if an alarm reset (RST) is carried out while an
operation start signal (ST) is being input. Always confirm that the operation signal is OFF before
carrying out an alarm reset. Failure to do so could lead to accidents or injuries.
Reduce magnetic damage by installing a noise filter. The electronic devices used near the unit could be
affected by magnetic noise. Install a line noise filter, etc., if there is a risk of magnetic noise.
Use the unit, motor and regenerative resistor with the designated combination. Failure to do so could
lead to fires or trouble.
The brake (magnetic brake) of the servomotor are for holding, and must not be used for normal braking.
There may be cases when holding is not possible due to the magnetic brake's life, the machine
construction (when ball screw and servomotor are coupled via a timing belt, etc.) or the magnetic
brake's failure. Install a stop device to ensure safety on the machine side.
After changing the programs/parameters or after maintenance and inspection, always test the operation
before starting actual operation.
Do not enter the movable range of the machine during automatic operation. Never place body parts
near or touch the spindle during rotation.
Follow the power supply specification conditions given in each specification for the power (input voltage,
input frequency, tolerable sudden power failure time, etc.).
Set all bits to &quot;0&quot; if they are indicated as not used or empty in the explanation on the bits.
Do not use the dynamic brakes except during the emergency stop. Continued use of the dynamic
brakes could result in brake damage.
If a circuit protector for the main circuit power supply is shared by several units, the circuit protector may
not activate when a short-circuit fault occurs in a small capacity unit. This is dangerous, so never share
the circuit protector.
Mitsubishi spindle motor is dedicated to machine tools. Do not use for other purposes.
(5) Troubleshooting
If a hazardous situation is predicted during power failure or product trouble, use a servomotor with
magnetic brakes or install an external brake mechanism.
Use a double circuit configuration that allows the
operation circuit for the magnetic brakes to be operated
even by the external emergency stop signal.
Shut off with the servomotor
brake control output.
EMG
Servomotor
Always turn the main circuit power of the motor OFF
when an alarm occurs.
If an alarm occurs, remove the cause, and secure the
safety before resetting the alarm.
Shut off with NC brake
control PLC output.
MBR
Magnetic
brake
24VDC
CAUTION
(6) Maintenance, inspection and part replacement
Always backup the programs and parameters before starting maintenance or inspections.
The capacity of the electrolytic capacitor will drop over time due to self-discharging, etc. To prevent
secondary disasters due to failures, replacing this part every five years when used under a normal
environment is recommended. Contact the Service Center, Service Station, Sales Office or delayer for
repairs or part replacement.
Do not perform a megger test (insulation resistance measurement) during inspections.
If the battery low warning is issued, back up the machining programs, tool data and parameters with an
input/output unit, and then replace the battery.
Do not short circuit, charge, overheat, incinerate or disassemble the battery.
For after-purchase servicing of the built-in motor (including the detector), supplies of servicing parts and
repairs can only be offered.
For maintenance, part replacement, and services in case of failures in the built-in motor (including the
detector), take necessary actions at your end. For spindle drive unit, Mitsubishi can offer the afterpurchase servicing as with the general spindle drive unit.
When a failure has occurred in the built-in motor (including the detector), some period of time can be
required to supply the servicing parts or repair. Prepare the spare parts at your end whenever possible.
(7) Disposal
Take the batteries and backlights for LCD, etc., off from the controller, drive unit and motor, and dispose
of them as general industrial wastes.
Do not disassemble the unit or motor.
Dispose of the battery according to local laws.
Always return the secondary side (magnet side) of the linear servomotor to the Service Center or
Service Station.
When incinerating optical communication cable, hydrogen fluoride gas or hydrogen chloride gas which
is corrosive and harmful may be generated. For disposal of optical communication cable, request for
specialized industrial waste disposal services that has incineration facility for disposing hydrogen
fluoride gas or hydrogen chloride gas.
(8) Transportation
The unit and motor are precision parts and must be handled carefully.
According to a United Nations Advisory, the battery unit and battery must be transported according to
the rules set forth by the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO), International Air
Transportation Association (IATA), International Maritime Organization (IMO), and United States
Department of Transportation (DOT), etc.
(9) General precautions
The drawings given in this manual show the covers and safety partitions, etc., removed to provide a
clearer explanation. Always return the covers or partitions to their respective places before starting
operation, and always follow the instructions given in this manual.
Treatment of waste
The following two laws will apply when disposing of this product. Considerations must be made to each law.
The following laws are in effect in Japan. Thus, when using this product overseas, the local laws will have a
priority. If necessary, indicate or notify these laws to the final user of the product.
(1) Requirements for &quot;Law for Promotion of Effective Utilization of Resources&quot;
(a) Recycle as much of this product as possible when finished with use.
(b) When recycling, often parts are sorted into steel scraps and electric parts, etc., and sold to scrap
contractors. Mitsubishi recommends sorting the product and selling the members to appropriate
contractors.
(2) Requirements for &quot;Law for Treatment of Waste and Cleaning&quot;
(a) Mitsubishi recommends recycling and selling the product when no longer needed according to item
(1) above. The user should make an effort to reduce waste in this manner.
(b) When disposing a product that cannot be resold, it shall be treated as a waste product.
(c) The treatment of industrial waste must be commissioned to a licensed industrial waste treatment
contractor, and appropriate measures, including a manifest control, must be taken.
(d) Batteries correspond to &quot;primary batteries&quot;, and must be disposed of according to local disposal
laws.
Disposal
(Note)
This symbol mark is for EU countries only.
This symbol mark is according to the directive 2006/66/EC Article 20 Information for endusers and Annex II.
Your MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC product is designed and manufactured with high quality materials and
components which can be recycled and/or reused.
This symbol means that batteries and accumulators, at their end-of-life, should be disposed of
separately from your household waste.
If a chemical symbol is printed beneath the symbol shown above, this chemical symbol means that the
battery or accumulator contains a heavy metal at a certain concentration. This will be indicated as
follows:
Hg: mercury (0,0005%), Cd: cadmium (0,002%), Pb: lead (0,004%)
In the European Union there are separate collection systems for used batteries and accumulators.
Please, dispose of batteries and accumulators correctly at your local community waste collection/
recycling centre.
Please, help us to conserve the environment we live in!
本製品の取扱いについて
( 日本語 /Japanese)
本製品は工業用 ( クラス A) 電磁環境適合機器です。販売者あるいは使用者はこの点に注意し、住商業環境以外で
の使用をお願いいたします。
Handling of our product
(English)
This is a class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the
user may be required to take adequate measures.
본 제품의 취급에 대해서
( 한국어 /Korean)
이 기기는 업무용 (A 급 ) 전자파적합기기로서 판매자 또는 사용자는 이 점을 주의하시기 바라며 가정외의 지역에
서 사용하는 것을 목적으로 합니다 .
Contents
1 Introduction ................................................................ 1 - 1
1-1 Servo/spindle drive system configuration ......................................................................................... 1 - 2
1-1-1 System configuration ................................................................................................................ 1 - 2
1-2 Explanation of type ........................................................................................................................... 1 - 3
1-2-1 Servomotor type ....................................................................................................................... 1 - 3
1-2-2 Servo drive unit type................................................................................................................. 1 - 5
1-2-3 Spindle motor type.................................................................................................................... 1 - 7
1-2-4 Tool spindle motor type ............................................................................................................ 1 - 9
1-2-5 Spindle drive unit type ............................................................................................................ 1 - 11
1-2-6 Power supply unit type ........................................................................................................... 1 - 12
1-2-7 AC reactor type....................................................................................................................... 1 - 13
2 Specifications............................................................. 2 - 1
2-1 Servomotor ....................................................................................................................................... 2 - 2
2-1-1 Specifications list ...................................................................................................................... 2 - 2
2-1-2 Torque characteristics ............................................................................................................ 2 - 12
2-2 Spindle motor.................................................................................................................................. 2 - 19
2-2-1 Specifications ......................................................................................................................... 2 - 19
2-2-2 Output characteristics............................................................................................................. 2 - 35
2-3 Tool spindle motor .......................................................................................................................... 2 - 44
2-3-1 Specifications ......................................................................................................................... 2 - 44
2-3-2 Output characteristics............................................................................................................. 2 - 48
2-4 Drive unit......................................................................................................................................... 2 - 50
2-4-1 Installation environment conditions ........................................................................................ 2 - 50
2-4-2 Servo drive unit....................................................................................................................... 2 - 51
2-4-3 Spindle drive unit .................................................................................................................... 2 - 53
2-4-4 Power supply unit .................................................................................................................. 2 - 55
2-4-5 Unit outline dimension drawing............................................................................................... 2 - 56
2-4-6 AC reactor .............................................................................................................................. 2 - 57
2-4-7 Explanation of each part......................................................................................................... 2 - 60
3 Function Specifications............................................. 3 - 1
Function specifications list ...................................................................................................................... 3 - 2
3-1 Base control functions ...................................................................................................................... 3 - 5
3-1-1 Full closed loop control............................................................................................................. 3 - 5
3-1-2 Position command synchronous control................................................................................... 3 - 5
3-1-3 Speed command synchronous control ..................................................................................... 3 - 6
3-1-4 Distance-coded reference position control ............................................................................... 3 - 6
3-1-5 Spindle's continuous position loop control................................................................................ 3 - 7
3-1-6 Coil changeover control............................................................................................................ 3 - 7
3-1-7 Gear changeover control .......................................................................................................... 3 - 7
3-1-8 Orientation control .................................................................................................................... 3 - 7
3-1-9 Indexing control ........................................................................................................................ 3 - 7
3-1-10 Synchronous tapping control .................................................................................................. 3 - 7
3-1-11 Spindle synchronous control .................................................................................................. 3 - 8
3-1-12 Spindle/C axis control............................................................................................................. 3 - 8
3-1-13 Proximity switch orientation control ........................................................................................ 3 - 8
3-1-14 Power regeneration control .................................................................................................... 3 - 8
3-1-15 Resistor regeneration control ................................................................................................. 3 - 8
3-2 Servo/Spindle control functions ........................................................................................................ 3 - 9
3-2-1 Torque limit function ................................................................................................................. 3 - 9
3-2-2 Variable speed loop gain control .............................................................................................. 3 - 9
3-2-3 Gain changeover for synchronous tapping control ................................................................... 3 - 9
3-2-4 Speed loop PID changeover control....................................................................................... 3 - 10
3-2-5 Disturbance torque observer .................................................................................................. 3 - 10
3-2-6 Smooth High Gain control (SHG control) ............................................................................... 3 - 10
3-2-7 High-speed synchronous tapping control (OMR-DD control) ................................................. 3 - 10
3-2-8 Dual feedback control............................................................................................................. 3 - 11
3-2-9 HAS control ............................................................................................................................ 3 - 11
3-2-10 Control loop gain changeover............................................................................................... 3 - 11
3-2-11 Spindle output stabilizing control .......................................................................................... 3 - 12
3-2-12 High-response spindle acceleration/deceleration function ................................................... 3 - 12
3-3 Compensation control function ....................................................................................................... 3 - 13
3-3-1 Jitter compensation ................................................................................................................ 3 - 13
3-3-2 Notch filter .............................................................................................................................. 3 - 13
3-3-3 Adaptive tracking-type notch filter .......................................................................................... 3 - 13
3-3-4 Overshooting compensation................................................................................................... 3 - 14
3-3-5 Machine end compensation control........................................................................................ 3 - 14
3-3-6 Lost motion compensation type 2........................................................................................... 3 - 15
3-3-7 Lost motion compensation type 3........................................................................................... 3 - 15
3-3-8 Lost motion compensation type 4........................................................................................... 3 - 16
3-3-9 Spindle motor temperature compensation function ................................................................ 3 - 16
3-4 Protection function .......................................................................................................................... 3 - 17
3-4-1 Deceleration control at emergency stop ................................................................................. 3 - 17
3-4-2 Vertical axis drop prevention/pull-up control........................................................................... 3 - 17
3-4-3 Earth fault detection................................................................................................................ 3 - 17
3-4-4 Collision detection function..................................................................................................... 3 - 18
3-4-5 Safety observation function .................................................................................................... 3 - 18
3-4-6 Fan stop detection .................................................................................................................. 3 - 18
3-4-7 Open-phase detection ............................................................................................................ 3 - 18
3-4-8 Contactor weld detection ........................................................................................................ 3 - 18
3-5 Sequence functions ........................................................................................................................ 3 - 19
3-5-1 Contactor control function....................................................................................................... 3 - 19
3-5-2 Motor brake control function ................................................................................................... 3 - 19
3-5-3 External emergency stop function .......................................................................................... 3 - 19
3-5-4 Specified speed output ........................................................................................................... 3 - 19
3-5-5 Quick READY ON sequence .................................................................................................. 3 - 19
3-6 Diagnosis function........................................................................................................................... 3 - 20
3-6-1 Monitor output function ........................................................................................................... 3 - 20
3-6-2 Machine resonance frequency display function...................................................................... 3 - 27
3-6-3 Machine inertia display function ............................................................................................. 3 - 27
3-6-4 Motor temperature display function ........................................................................................ 3 - 27
3-6-5 Load monitor output function .................................................................................................. 3 - 27
3-6-6 Open loop control function...................................................................................................... 3 - 27
3-6-7 Power supply voltage display function.................................................................................... 3 - 27
4 Characteristics ........................................................... 4 - 1
4-1 Servomotor ....................................................................................................................................... 4 - 2
4-1-1 Environmental conditions ........................................................................................................ 4 - 2
4-1-2 Quakeproof level ...................................................................................................................... 4 - 2
4-1-3 Shaft characteristics ................................................................................................................. 4 - 3
4-1-4 Machine accuracy..................................................................................................................... 4 - 4
4-1-5 Oil / water standards................................................................................................................. 4 - 5
4-1-6 Installation of servo motor ........................................................................................................ 4 - 6
4-1-7 Overload protection characteristics .......................................................................................... 4 - 6
4-1-8 Magnetic brake ....................................................................................................................... 4 - 14
4-1-9 Dynamic brake characteristics ............................................................................................... 4 - 19
4-2 Spindle motor.................................................................................................................................. 4 - 22
4-2-1 Environmental conditions ...................................................................................................... 4 - 22
4-2-2 Shaft characteristics ............................................................................................................... 4 - 22
4-2-3 Machine accuracy................................................................................................................... 4 - 23
4-2-4 Installation of spindle motor.................................................................................................... 4 - 23
4-3 Tool spindle motor .......................................................................................................................... 4 - 24
4-3-1 Environmental conditions ...................................................................................................... 4 - 24
4-3-2 Shaft characteristics ............................................................................................................... 4 - 24
4-3-3 Tool spindle temperature characteristics................................................................................ 4 - 25
4-4 Drive unit......................................................................................................................................... 4 - 26
4-4-1 Environmental conditions ...................................................................................................... 4 - 26
4-4-2 Heating value.......................................................................................................................... 4 - 27
4-4-3 Drive unit arrangement ........................................................................................................... 4 - 28
5 Dedicated Options ..................................................... 5 - 1
5-1 Servo options.................................................................................................................................... 5 - 2
5-1-1 Dynamic brake unit (MDS-D-DBU)........................................................................................... 5 - 7
5-1-2 Battery option (ER6V-C119B, A6BAT, MDS-A-BT, MDS-BTBOX-36) ..................................... 5 - 9
5-1-3 Ball screw side detector (OSA105-ET2, OSA166-ET2N)....................................................... 5 - 20
5-1-4 Machine side detector ............................................................................................................ 5 - 22
5-2 Spindle options ............................................................................................................................... 5 - 26
5-2-1 Spindle side ABZ pulse output detector (OSE-1024 Series) .................................................. 5 - 27
5-2-2 Spindle side PLG serial output detector (TS5690, MU1606 Series) ...................................... 5 - 29
5-2-3 Spindle side accuracy serial output detector (ERM280, MPCI Series) .................................. 5 - 33
5-3 Detector interface unit..................................................................................................................... 5 - 34
5-3-1 Serial output interface unit for ABZ analog detector MDS-B-HR............................................ 5 - 34
5-3-2 Serial signal division unit MDS-B-SD ..................................................................................... 5 - 36
5-3-3 Pulse output interface unit for ABZ analog detector IBV Series
(Other manufacturer's product) .............................................................................. 5 - 38
5-3-4 Serial output interface unit for ABZ analog detector EIB192M
(Other manufacturer's product) .............................................................................. 5 - 39
5-3-5 Serial output interface unit for ABZ analog detector EIB392M
(Other manufacturer's product) .............................................................................. 5 - 40
5-3-6 Serial output interface unit for ABZ analog detector ADB-20J Series
(Other manufacturer's product) .............................................................................. 5 - 41
5-4 Drive unit option.............................................................................................................................. 5 - 42
5-4-1 Optical communication repeater unit (FCU7-EX022) ............................................................. 5 - 42
5-4-2 DC connection bar.................................................................................................................. 5 - 45
5-4-3 Side protection cover.............................................................................................................. 5 - 46
5-5 Cables and connectors ................................................................................................................... 5 - 48
5-5-1 Cable connection diagram...................................................................................................... 5 - 48
5-5-2 List of cables and connectors ................................................................................................. 5 - 49
5-5-3 Optical communication cable specifications ........................................................................... 5 - 57
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices ....................... 6 - 1
6-1 Selection of wire ............................................................................................................................... 6 - 2
6-1-1 Example of wires by unit........................................................................................................... 6 - 2
6-2 Selection of circuit protector and contactor....................................................................................... 6 - 8
6-2-1 Selection of circuit protector ..................................................................................................... 6 - 8
6-2-2 Selection of contactor ............................................................................................................... 6 - 9
6-3 Selection of earth leakage breaker ................................................................................................. 6 - 10
6-4 Branch-circuit protection (for control power supply) ....................................................................... 6 - 11
6-4-1 Circuit protector ...................................................................................................................... 6 - 11
6-4-2 Fuse protection....................................................................................................................... 6 - 11
6-5 Noise filter....................................................................................................................................... 6 - 12
6-6 Surge absorber ............................................................................................................................... 6 - 13
6-7 Relay............................................................................................................................................... 6 - 14
7 Selection ..................................................................... 7 - 1
7-1 Selection of the servomotor .............................................................................................................. 7 - 2
7-1-1 Outline ...................................................................................................................................... 7 - 2
7-1-2 Selection of servomotor capacity.............................................................................................. 7 - 3
7-1-3 Motor shaft conversion load torque ........................................................................................ 7 - 11
7-1-4 Expressions for load inertia calculation .................................................................................. 7 - 12
7-2 Selection of the spindle motor......................................................................................................... 7 - 13
7-3 Selection of the power supply unit .................................................................................................. 7 - 14
7-3-1 Calculation of spindle output .................................................................................................. 7 - 14
7-3-2 Calculation of servo motor output........................................................................................... 7 - 16
7-3-3 Selection of the power supply unit.......................................................................................... 7 - 17
7-3-4 Required capacity of power supply......................................................................................... 7 - 19
7-3-5 Example for power supply unit and power supply facility capacity ......................................... 7 - 20
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications
...................................................Appendix 1 - 1
Appendix 1-1 Selection of cable.............................................................................................. Appendix 1 - 2
Appendix 1-1-1 Cable wire and assembly ......................................................................... Appendix 1 - 2
Appendix 1-2 Cable connection diagram ................................................................................ Appendix 1 - 4
Appendix 1-2-1 Battery cable............................................................................................. Appendix 1 - 4
Appendix 1-2-2 Power supply communication cable and connector ................................. Appendix 1 - 5
Appendix 1-2-3 Optical communication repeater unit cable .............................................. Appendix 1 - 6
Appendix 1-2-4 Servo / tool spindle detector cable ........................................................... Appendix 1 - 7
Appendix 1-2-5 Brake connector (Brake connector for motor brake control output)........ Appendix 1 - 13
Appendix 1-2-6 Spindle detector cable ............................................................................ Appendix 1 - 14
Appendix 1-3 Main circuit cable connection diagram............................................................ Appendix 1 - 16
Appendix 1-4 Connector outline dimension drawings ........................................................... Appendix 1 - 17
Appendix 1-4-1 Connector for drive unit .......................................................................... Appendix 1 - 17
Appendix 1-4-2 Connector for servo and tool spindle...................................................... Appendix 1 - 21
Appendix 1-4-3 Connector for spindle ............................................................................. Appendix 1 - 25
Appendix 2 Restrictions for Lithium Batteries
...................................................Appendix 2 - 1
Appendix 2-1 Restriction for Packing ...................................................................................... Appendix 2 - 2
Appendix 2-1-1 Target Products ........................................................................................ Appendix 2 - 2
Appendix 2-1-2 Handling by User ...................................................................................... Appendix 2 - 3
Appendix 2-1-3 Reference ................................................................................................. Appendix 2 - 4
Appendix 2-2 Products information data sheet (ER battery)................................................... Appendix 2 - 5
Appendix 2-3 Issuing Domestic Law of the United States for Primary Lithium Battery
Transportation .................................................................................................. Appendix 2 - 7
Appendix 2-3-1 Outline of Regulation ................................................................................ Appendix 2 - 7
Appendix 2-3-2 Target Products ........................................................................................ Appendix 2 - 7
Appendix 2-3-3 Handling by User ...................................................................................... Appendix 2 - 7
Appendix 2-3-4 Reference ................................................................................................. Appendix 2 - 7
Appendix 2-4 Restriction related to EU Battery Directive........................................................ Appendix 2 - 8
Appendix 2-4-1 Important Notes ........................................................................................ Appendix 2 - 8
Appendix 2-4-2 Information for end-user ........................................................................... Appendix 2 - 8
Appendix 3 Compliance to EC Directives..Appendix 3 - 1
Appendix 3-1 Compliance to EC Directives ............................................................................ Appendix 3 - 2
Appendix 3-1-1 European EC Directives ........................................................................... Appendix 3 - 2
Appendix 3-1-2 Cautions for EC Directive compliance ...................................................... Appendix 3 - 2
Appendix 4 EMC Installation Guidelines ...Appendix 4 - 1
Appendix 4-1 Introduction ....................................................................................................... Appendix 4 - 2
Appendix 4-2 EMC instructions............................................................................................... Appendix 4 - 2
Appendix 4-3 EMC measures ................................................................................................. Appendix 4 - 3
Appendix 4-4 Measures for panel structure ............................................................................ Appendix 4 - 3
Appendix 4-4-1 Measures for control panel unit ................................................................ Appendix 4 - 3
Appendix 4-4-2 Measures for door ................................................................................... Appendix 4 - 4
Appendix 4-4-3 Measures for operation board panel........................................................ Appendix 4 - 4
Appendix 4-4-4 Shielding of the power supply input section ............................................. Appendix 4 - 4
Appendix 4-5 Measures for various cables............................................................................. Appendix 4 - 5
Appendix 4-5-1 Measures for wiring in panel..................................................................... Appendix 4 - 5
Appendix 4-5-2 Measures for shield treatment .................................................................. Appendix 4 - 5
Appendix 4-5-3 Servo/spindle motor power cable ............................................................. Appendix 4 - 6
Appendix 4-5-4 Servo/spindle motor feedback cable ........................................................ Appendix 4 - 7
Appendix 4-6 EMC countermeasure parts.............................................................................. Appendix 4 - 7
Appendix 4-6-1 Shield clamp fitting ................................................................................... Appendix 4 - 7
Appendix 4-6-2 Ferrite core ............................................................................................... Appendix 4 - 8
Appendix 4-6-3 Power line filter ......................................................................................... Appendix 4 - 8
Appendix 4-6-4 Surge protector....................................................................................... Appendix 4 - 15
Appendix 5 EC Declaration of Conformity
...................................................Appendix 5 - 1
Appendix 5-1 Compliance to EC Directives ............................................................................ Appendix 5 - 2
Appendix 5-1-1 Low voltage equipment............................................................................. Appendix 5 - 2
Appendix 6 Instruction Manual for Compliance
with UL/c-UL Standard ............Appendix 6 - 1
Appendix 6-1 Operation surrounding air ambient temperature............................................... Appendix 6 - 2
Appendix 6-2 Notes for AC servo/spindle system................................................................... Appendix 6 - 2
Appendix 6-2-1 General Precaution................................................................................... Appendix 6 - 2
Appendix 6-2-2 Installation ................................................................................................ Appendix 6 - 2
Appendix 6-2-3 Short-circuit ratings (SCCR) ..................................................................... Appendix 6 - 2
Appendix 6-2-4 Peripheral devices .................................................................................... Appendix 6 - 2
Appendix 6-2-5 Field Wiring Reference Table for Input and Output (Power Wiring) ......... Appendix 6 - 3
Appendix 6-2-6 Motor Over Load Protection .................................................................... Appendix 6 - 6
Appendix 6-2-7 Flange of servo motor............................................................................... Appendix 6 - 6
Appendix 6-2-8 Spindle Drive/Motor Combinations ........................................................... Appendix 6 - 7
Appendix 6-2-9 Servo Drive/Motor Combinations.............................................................. Appendix 6 - 7
Appendix 6-3 AC Servo/Spindle System Connection ............................................................. Appendix 6 - 8
Appendix 6-3-1 MDS-D/DH/DM-Vx/SP Series................................................................... Appendix 6 - 8
Appendix 6-3-2 MDS-D-SVJ3/SPJ3 Series ....................................................................... Appendix 6 - 8
Appendix 7 Compliance with Restrictions in China
...................................................Appendix 7 - 1
Appendix 7-1 Compliance with China CCC certification system............................................. Appendix 7 - 2
Appendix 7-1-1 Outline of China CCC certification system ............................................... Appendix 7 - 2
Appendix 7-1-2 First catalogue of products subject to compulsory product certification ... Appendix 7 - 2
Appendix 7-1-3 Precautions for shipping products ............................................................ Appendix 7 - 3
Appendix 7-1-4 Application for exemption ......................................................................... Appendix 7 - 3
Appendix 7-1-5 Mitsubishi NC product subject to/not subject to CCC certification............ Appendix 7 - 5
Appendix 7-2 Response to the China environment restrictions .............................................. Appendix 7 - 6
Appendix 7-2-1 Outline of the law on the pollution prevention and control
for electronic information products ........................................................... Appendix 7 - 6
Appendix 7-2-2 Response to the drive product for Mitsubishi NC ..................................... Appendix 7 - 6
Appendix 7-2-3 Indication based on “Pollution suppression marking request
for electronic information product” ............................................................ Appendix 7 - 7
Outline for MDS-D/DH Series
Instruction Manual (IB-1500025-H)
1 Installation
1-1 Installation of servomotor
1-1-1 Environmental conditions
1-1-2 Quakeproof level
1-1-3 Cautions for mounting load (prevention of
impact on shaft)
1-1-4 Installation direction
1-1-5 Shaft characteristics
1-1-6 Machine accuracy
1-1-7 Coupling with the load
1-1-8 Oil/water standards
1-1-9 Installation of servomotor
1-1-10 Cable stress
1-2 Installation of spindle motor
1-2-1 Environmental conditions
1-2-2 Cautions for mounting fittings
1-2-3 Shaft characteristics
1-2-4 Machine accuracy
1-2-5 Coupling with the fittings
1-2-6 Ambient environment
1-2-7 Installation of spindle motor
1-2-8 Connection
1-2-9 Cable stress
1-3 Installation of tool spindle motor
1-3-1 Environmental conditions
1-3-2 Shaft characteristics
1-4 Installation of the drive unit
1-4-1 Environmental conditions
1-4-2 Installation direction and clearance
1-4-3 Prevention of entering of foreign matter
1-4-4 Panel installation hole work drawings
(Panel cut drawings)
1-4-5 Heating value
1-4-6 Heat radiation countermeasures
1-5 Installation of the spindle detector
1-5-1 Spindle side ABZ pulse output detector
(OSE-1024 Series)
1-5-2 Spindle side PLG serial output detector
(TS5690, MU1606 Series)
1-5-3 Installation accuracy diagnosis for PLG
detector
1-6 Noise measures
2 Wiring and Connection
2-1 Part system connection diagram
2-2 Main circuit terminal block/control circuit
connector
2-2-1 Names and applications of main circuit
terminal block signals and control
circuit connectors
2-2-2 Connector pin assignment
2-3 NC and drive unit connection
2-4 Connecting with optical communication repeater
unit
2-5 Motor and detector connection
2-5-1 Connection of the servomotor
2-5-2 Connection of the full-closed loop system
2-5-3 Connection of the speed command
synchronization control system
2-5-4 Connection of the spindle motor
2-5-5 Connection of tool spindle motor
2-6 Connection of power supply
2-6-1 Power supply input connection
2-6-2 Connecting the grounding cable
2-7 Wiring of the motor brake
2-7-1 Wiring of the motor magnetic brake
2-7-2 Dynamic brake unit wiring
2-8 Peripheral control wiring
2-8-1 Input/output circuit wiring
2-8-2 Wiring of an external emergency stop
2-8-3 Safety observation function
2-8-4 Specified speed output
2-8-5 Spindle coil changeover
2-8-6 Specifications of proximity switch
3 Setup
3-1 Initial setup
3-1-1 Setting the rotary switch
3-1-2 Setting DIP switch
3-1-3 Transition of LED display after power is
turned ON
3-2 Setting the initial parameters for the servo drive
unit
3-2-1 Setting of servo specification parameters
3-2-2 Setting of machine side detector
3-2-3 Setting of distance-coded reference scale
3-2-4 Setting of speed command synchronous
control
3-2-5 List of standard parameters for each
servomotor
3-2-6 Servo parameters
3-3 Setting the initial parameters for the spindle drive
unit
3-3-1 Setting of parameters related to the spindle
3-3-2 List of standard parameters for each spindle
motor
3-3-3 Spindle specification parameters
3-3-4 Spindle parameters
4 Servo Adjustment
4-1 D/A output specifications for servo drive unit
4-1-1 D/A output specifications
4-1-2 Output data settings
4-1-3 Setting the output magnification
4-2 Servo adjustment procedure
4-3 Gain adjustment
4-3-1 Current loop gain
4-3-2 Speed loop gain
4-3-3 Position loop gain
4-4 Characteristics improvement
4-4-1 Optimal adjustment of cycle time
4-4-2 Vibration suppression measures
4-4-3 Improving the cutting surface precision
4-4-4 Improvement of characteristics during
acceleration/deceleration
4-4-5 Improvement of protrusion at quadrant
changeover
4-4-6 Improvement of overshooting
4-4-7 Improvement of the interpolation control
path
4-5 Adjustment during full closed loop control
4-5-1 Outline
4-5-2 Speed loop delay compensation
4-5-3 Dual feedback control
4-6 Settings for emergency stop
4-6-1 Deceleration control
4-6-2 Vertical axis drop prevention control
4-6-3 Vertical axis pull-up control
4-7 Protective functions
4-7-1 Overload detection
4-7-2 Excessive error detection
4-7-3 Collision detection function
4-8 Servo control signal
4-8-1 Servo control input (NC to Servo)
4-8-2 Servo control output (Servo to NC)
5 Spindle Adjustment
5-1 D/A output specifications for spindle drive unit
5-1-1 D/A output specifications
5-1-2 Setting the output data
5-1-3 Setting the output magnification
5-2 Adjustment procedures for each control
5-2-1 Basic adjustments
5-2-2 Gain adjustment
5-2-3 Adjusting the acceleration/deceleration
operation
5-2-4 Orientation adjustment
5-2-5 Synchronous tapping adjustment
5-2-6 High-speed synchronous tapping
5-2-7 Spindle C axis adjustment (For lathe
system)
5-2-8 Spindle synchronization adjustment (For
lathe system)
5-2-9 Deceleration coil changeover valid function
by emergency stop
5-2-10 High-response acceleration/deceleration
function
5-2-11 Spindle cutting withstand level
improvement
5-3 Settings for emergency stop
5-3-1 Deceleration control
5-4 Spindle control signal
5-4-1 Spindle control input (NC to Spindle)
5-4-2 Spindle control output (Spindle to NC)
6 Troubleshooting
6-1 Points of caution and confirmation
6-1-1 LED display when alarm or warning occurs
6-2 Protective functions list of units
6-2-1 List of alarms
6-2-2 List of warnings
6-3 Troubleshooting
6-3-1 Troubleshooting at power ON
6-3-2 Troubleshooting for each alarm No.
6-3-3 Troubleshooting for each warning No.
6-3-4 Parameter numbers during initial parameter
error
6-3-5 Troubleshooting the spindle system when
there is no alarm or warning
7 Maintenance
7-1 Periodic inspections
7-1-1 Inspections
7-1-2 Cleaning of spindle motor
7-2 Service parts
7-3 Adding and replacing units and parts
7-3-1 Replacing the drive unit
7-3-2 Replacing the unit fan
7-3-3 Replacing the battery
7-3-4 Replacing the fuse
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector
Specifications
Appendix 1-1 Selection of cable
Appendix 1-1-1 Cable wire and assembly
Appendix 1-2 Cable connection diagram
Appendix 1-2-1 Battery cable
Appendix 1-2-2 Power supply communication
cable and connector
Appendix 1-2-3 Optical communication repeater
unit cable
Appendix 1-2-4 Servo / tool spindle detector cable
Appendix 1-2-5 Brake connector (Brake
connector for motor brake control
output)
Appendix 1-2-6 Spindle detector cable
Appendix 1-3 Main circuit cable connection diagram
Appendix 1-4 Connector outline dimension drawings
Appendix 1-4-1 Connector for drive unit
Appendix 1-4-2 Connector for servo and tool
spindle
Appendix 1-4-3 Connector for spindle
Appendix 2 Cable and Connector Assembly
Appendix 2-1 CM10-SPxxS-x(D6) plug connector
Appendix 2-2 CM10-APxxS-x(D6) angle plug
connector
Appendix 2-3 CM10-SP-CV reinforcing cover for
straight plug
Appendix 2-4 CM10-AP-D-CV reinforcing cover for
angle plug
Appendix 2-5 1747464-1 plug connector
Appendix 2-5-1 Applicable products
Appendix 2-5-2 Applicable cable
Appendix 2-5-3 Related documents
Appendix 2-5-4 Assembly procedure
Appendix 3 Precautions in Installing
Spindle Motor
Appendix 3-1 Precautions in transporting motor
Appendix 3-2 Precautions in selecting motor fittings
Appendix 3-3 Precautions in mounting fittings
Appendix 3-4 Precautions in coupling shafts
Appendix 3-5 Precautions in installing motor in
machine
Appendix 3-6 Other Precautions
Appendix 3-7 Example of unbalance correction
Appendix 3-8 Precautions in balancing of motor with
key
Appendix 4 Compliance to EC Directives
Appendix 4-1 Compliance to EC Directives
Appendix 4-1-1 European EC Directives
Appendix 4-1-2 Cautions for EC Directive
compliance
Appendix 5 EMC Installation Guidelines
Appendix 5-1 Introduction
Appendix 5-2 EMC instructions
Appendix 5-3 EMC measures
Appendix 5-4 Measures for panel structure
Appendix 5-4-1 Measures for control panel unit
Appendix 5-4-2 Measures for door
Appendix 5-4-3 Measures for operation board
panel
Appendix 5-4-4 Shielding of the power supply
input section
Appendix 5-5 Measures for various cables
Appendix 5-5-1 Measures for wiring in panel
Appendix 5-5-2 Measures for shield treatment
Appendix 5-5-3 Servo/spindle motor power cable
Appendix 5-5-4 Servo/spindle motor feedback
cable
Appendix 5-6 EMC countermeasure parts
Appendix 5-6-1 Shield clamp fitting
Appendix 5-6-2 Ferrite core
Appendix 5-6-3 Power line filter
Appendix 5-6-4 Surge protector
Appendix 6 EC Declaration of Conformity
Appendix 6-1 Compliance to EC Directives
Appendix 6-1-1 Low voltage equipment
Appendix 7 Higher Harmonic Suppression
Measure Guidelines
Appendix 7-1 Higher harmonic suppression measure
guidelines
Appendix 7-1-1 Calculating the equivalent capacity
of the higher harmonic generator
付録
1
1
章
Introduction
1-1
MITSUBISHI CNC
1 Introduction
1-1 Servo/spindle drive system configuration
1-1-1 System configuration
2-axis
servo drive unit
(MDS-D/DH-V2)
1-axis
servo drive unit
(MDS-D/DH-V1)
Spindle
drive unit
(MDS-D/DH-SP)
Power supply
unit
(MDS-D/DH-CV)
&lt; Built in cell battery &gt;
Battery cable
From NC
Built in cell battery
for servo drive unit
or
option battery
MDS-D Series:
3-phase 200VAC power supply
MDS-DH Series:
3-phase 400VAC power supply
Cell battery built in drive unit
(ER6V-C119B)
CN2
1RVKECN
EQOOWPKECVKQP
ECDNG
1RVKECN
EQOOWPKECVKQP
ECDNG
CN2
CN20
Power supply
communication
cable
CN2L
CN3L
Brake
connector
CN3
CN4
CN2M
CN3M
&lt;Option battery&gt;
Battery unit
(MDS-A-BT)
Battery case
(MDS-BTCASE+A6BAT)
CN3
L+
L-
AC reactor
(D/DH-AL)
Battery unit
(MDS-BTBOX-36)
Circuit protector or
protection fuse
(Note) Prepared by user.
Power
connector
Circuit protector
(Note) Prepared
by user.
Contactor
(Note) Prepared
by user.
Power
connector
To 2nd
axis servo
Power supply communication connector
&lt;Connector for contactor control output /
external emergency stop&gt;
To 3rd
axis servo
Power cable (Only connector is supplied.)
To brake control
Spindle detector cable
&lt; Motor side PLG cable &gt;
Spindle detector cable
&lt; Spindle side detector cable &gt;
Spindle motor
Power cable (Only connector is supplied.)
Brake cable (Only connector is supplied.)
Servo detector cable
&lt; Motor side detector cable &gt;
Spindle side detector
Brake connector
Power connector
Servomotor
Servo detector cable
&lt;MDS-B-HR unit cable &gt;
ABZ SIN wave signal output
Detector conversion unit
(MDS-B-HR)
Servo detector cable
&lt; Linear scale cable for MDS-B-HR &gt;
(Note) Prepared by user.
Mitsubishi serial signal output
Servo detector cable
&lt; Linear scale cable&gt; (Note) Prepared by user.
Servo detector cable
&lt; Ball screw side detector cable &gt;
1-2
Ball screw side detector
Linear scale
(for full closed control)
(Note) Prepared by user.
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
1-2 Explanation of type
1-2 Explanation of type
1-2-1 Servomotor type
Motor type
Rated output
Rated rotation speed
Serial No.
Motor rating nameplate
(1) 200V series
&lt; HF Series &gt;
HF
(1)
(2)
(3) (4) - (5)
(1) Rated output &middot; Maximum rotation speed
Symbol
Rated output
Maximum rotation speed
75
105
54
104
154
224
204
354
123
223
303
453
703
903
142
302
0.75 kW
1.0 kW
0.5 kW
1.0 kW
1.5 kW
2.2 kW
2.0 kW
3.5 kW
1.2 kW
2.2 kW
3.0 kW
4.5 kW
7.0 kW
9.0 kW
1.4 kW
3.0 kW
5000 r/min
5000 r/min
4000 r/min
4000 r/min
4000 r/min
4000 r/min
4000 r/min
4000 r/min
3000 r/min
3000 r/min
3000 r/min
3500 r/min
3000 r/min
3000 r/min
2000 r/min
2000 r/min
(3) Shaft end structure
Flange size (mm)
90 SQ.
90 SQ.
130 SQ.
130 SQ.
130 SQ.
130 SQ.
176 SQ.
176 SQ.
130 SQ.
130 SQ.
176 SQ.
176 SQ.
176 SQ.
204 SQ.
130 SQ.
176 SQ.
Symbol
(5) Detector
Shaf t end structure
Symbol
Detection method
S
Straight
T
Taper
(Note) &quot;Taper&quot; is available
for the motor whose flange size
is 90 SQ. mm or 130 SQ. mm.
A48
A51
A74N
Resolution
Absolute position
260,000 p/rev
1,000,000 p/rev
16,000,000 p/rev
(4) Production plant
(2) Magnetic brake
Symbol
Production plant
Symbol
Magnetic brake
None
B
None
With magnetic brakes
None
C
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Nagoya Works
Mitsubishi Electric Dalian Industrial Products Co., Ltd. (MDI)
&lt; HP Series &gt;
HP
(2) (3) -
(1)
(4)
(1) Rated output &middot; Maximum rotation speed
(3) Shaft end structure
Sy mbol
Rated output
Maximum rotation speed
Sy mbol
54
104
154
224
204
354
454
704
903
1103
0.5 kW
1.0 kW
1.5 kW
2.2 kW
2.0 kW
3.5 kW
4.5 kW
7.0 kW
9.0 kW
11.0 kW
4000 r/min
4000 r/min
4000 r/min
4000 r/min
4000 r/min
4000 r/min
4000 r/min
4000 r/min
3000 r/min
3000 r/min
Flange size (mm)
130 SQ.
130 SQ.
130 SQ.
130 SQ.
180 SQ.
180 SQ.
180 SQ.
180 SQ.
220 SQ.
220 SQ.
Shaf t end structure
S
Straight
T
Taper
(Note) &quot;Taper&quot; is available
for the motor w hose flange
size is 130 SQ. mm.
(4) Detector
Sy mbol
Detection method
Resolution
A48
A51
A74N
Absolute
position
260,000 p/rev
1,000,000 p/rev
16,000,000 p/rev
(2) Magnetic brake
Sy mbol
Magnetic brake
None
B
None
With magnetic brake
&lt; HF-KP Series &gt;
HF-KP
(1)
(2) JW04-S6
(1) Rated output &middot; Maximum rotation speed
Symbol
23
43
73
Rated output
Maximum rotation speed
0.2 kW
0.4 kW
0.75 kW
6000 r/min
6000 r/min
6000 r/min
(2) Magnetic brake
Flange size (mm)
Symbol
Magnetic brake
60 SQ.
60 SQ.
80 SQ.
None
B
None
With magnetic brake
1-3
MITSUBISHI CNC
1 Introduction
(2) 400V series
&lt; HF-H Series&gt;
HF-H
(1)
(2) (3)
-
(4)
(1) Rated output &middot; Maximum rotation speed
(3) Shaft end structure
Sy mbol Rated output
Sy mbol
75
105
54
104
154
204
354
453
703
903
Maximum rotation speed
Flange size (mm)
5000r/min
5000r/min
4000r/min
4000r/min
4000r/min
4000r/min
4000r/min
3500r/min
3000r/min
3000r/min
90 SQ.
90 SQ.
130 SQ.
130 SQ.
130 SQ.
176 SQ.
176 SQ.
176 SQ.
176 SQ.
204 SQ.
0.75kW
1.0kW
0.5kW
1.0kW
1.5kW
2.0kW
3.5kW
4.5kW
7.0kW
9.0kW
(4) Detector
Shaf t end structure
S
Straight
T
Taper
(Note) &quot;Taper&quot; is available
for the motor w hose flange
size is 90 SQ. mm or 130 SQ. mm.
Sy mbol
Rated output
A48
A51
A74N
Absolute
position
260,000 p/rev
1,000,000 p/rev
16,000,000 p/rev
Sy mbol
Rated output
Maximum rotation speed
A48
A51
A74N
Absolute
position
260,000 p/rev
1,000,000 p/rev
16,000,000 p/rev
Maximum rotation speed
(2) Magnetic brakes
Sy mbol
Magnetic brakes
None
B
None
With magnetic brakes
&lt; HP-H Series &gt;
HP-H
(1)
(2) (3)
-
(4)
(1) Rated output &middot; Maximum rotation speed
Sy mbol
54
104
154
224
204
354
454
704
903
1103
(3) Shaft end structure
Rated output
Maximum rotation speed
Flange size (mm)
0.5kW
1.0kW
1.5kW
2.2kW
2.0kW
3.5kW
4.5kW
7.0kW
9.0kW
11.0kW
4000r/min
4000r/min
4000r/min
4000r/min
4000r/min
4000r/min
4000r/min
4000r/min
3000r/min
3000r/min
130 SQ.
130 SQ.
130 SQ.
130 SQ.
180 SQ.
180 SQ.
180 SQ.
180 SQ.
220 SQ.
220 SQ.
Sy mbol
(4) Detector
Shaf t end structure
S
Straight
T
Taper
(Note) &quot;Taper&quot; is available
for the motor w hose flange
size is 130 SQ.mm.
(2) Magnetic brakes
Sy mbol
Magnetic brakes
None
B
None
With magnetic brakes
&lt; HC-H Series &gt;
HC-H
(1)
S-S10-
(2)
(1) Rated output &middot; Maximum rotation speed
1-4
Compatible w ith DH series
(2) Detector
Sy mbol
Rated output
Maximum rotation speed
Flange size (mm)
Sy mbol
Rated output
1502
15.0kW
2500r/min
280 SQ.
A48
A51
A74N
Absolute
position
Maximum rotation speed
260,000 p/rev
1,000,000 p/rev
16,000,000 p/rev
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
1-2 Explanation of type
1-2-2 Servo drive unit type
Output
㪪㪜㪩㪭㪦㩷㪛㪩㪠㪭㪜㩷㪬㪥㪠㪫㩷
MITSUBISHI 㪤㪛㪪㪄㪛㪄㪭㪈㪄㪈㪍㪇㪮㩷
Type
219'4M9
+0276#&amp;%8
#2*8*\
176276 #2*8*\
'0/#07#.+$
Applicable standard
Software No.
Input/output conditions
59$0&amp;ZZ9#*98'4 5'4+#.*8#%3(:,-&amp;#6'
/ +657 $ +5* +'.'% 64 +% % 1 4 2 1 4 # 6+1 0 ,# 2 # 0 Serial No.
Manual No.
**8#%3(:,-*㩷
Rating nameplate
(1) 200V series
&lt; MDS-D Series &gt;
(a) 1-axis servo drive unit
(1)
MDS-D-
Compatible
motor type
(1) Unit Type
MDS-D
Stall torque
Unit width Unit nominal
(N･m)
maximum current
V1-20
20A
V1-40
60mm
V1-80
75
105
54
104
154
224
204
HF□
354
123
223
303
453
703
903
142
302
54
104
154
224
HP□
204
354
454
704
903
1103
23
2.0
3.0
2.9
5.9
9.0
12.0
13.7
22.5
12.0
22.5
37.2
49.0
58.8
11.0
20.0
3.0
5.9
9.0
12.0
13.7
31.9
49.0
70.0
110.0
0.64
1.3
2.4
●
●
●
●
●
40A
●
●
80A
●
●
●
V1-160W
90mm
160A
V1-320
120mm
320A
V1-320W
150mm
320A
22.5
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
160A
V1-160
7.0
●
●
HF-KP□
43
73
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
● Indicates the compatible motor for each servo drive unit.
(b) 2-axis servo drive unit
(1)
MDS-D(1) Unit Type
MDS-D
Compatible
motor type
Unit
Unit
width
nominal
V2-2020
20+20A
V2-4020
40+20A
60mm
40+40A
V2-8040
80+40A
V2-8080
80+80A
V2-16080
90mm
V2-160160
V2-160160W
120mm
105
54
104
154
224
204
HF□
354
123
223
303
453
703
903
142
302
54
104
154
224
HP□
204
354
454
704
903
1103
23
(N･m)
2.0
3.0
2.9
5.9
9.0
12.0
13.7
22.5
12.0
22.5
37.2
49.0
58.8
11.0
20.0
3.0
5.9
9.0
12.0
13.7
31.9
49.0
70.0
110.0
0.64
1.3
2.4
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
7.0
maximum
current
V2-4040
75
160+80A
HF-KP□
43
73
Stall torque
22.5
Axis
LM
L
M
LM
●
●
●
●
●
L
M
●
●
●
●
●
LM
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
L
M
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
160+160A
LM
●
●
160+160A
LM
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
● Indicates the compatible motor for each servo drive unit.
CAUTION
The dynamic brake unit (MDS-D-DBU) is required for the MDS-D-V1-320W.
1-5
MITSUBISHI CNC
1 Introduction
(2) 400V series
&lt; MDS-DH Series &gt;
(a) 1-axis servo drive unit
MDS-DH-
(1)
(1) Unit type
MDS-DH
Compatible motor type
75
105
54
104
HF-H□
154
204
354
453
703
903
54
104
154
224
HP-H□
204
354
454
704
903
1103
HC-H□
1502S-S10
2.0
3.0
2.9
5.9
9.0
13.7
22.5
37.2
49.0
58.8
3.0
5.9
9.0
12.0
13.7
22.5
31.9
49.0
70.0
110.0
146.0
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Stall torque
Unit width
Unit nominal
maximum current
(N･m)
10A
V1-10
V1-20
20A
60mm
V1-40
40A
V1-80
80A
V1-80W
90mm
80A
V1-160
120mm
160A
V1-160W
150mm
160A
V1-200
240mm
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
200A
●
(Note)
● Indicates the compatible motor for each servo drive unit.
(Note) DC connection bar is required. Always install a large capacity drive unit in the left side of power supply unit, and connect with DC connection bar.
(b) 2-axis servo drive unit
MDS-DH-
(1)
(1) Unit type
MDS-DH
Compatible motor
type
Unit
width
Unit
nominal
maximum
current
V2-1010
10+10A
V2-2010
20+10A
V2-2020
60mm
V2-4020
20+20A
40+20A
V2-4040
40+40A
V2-8040
80+40A
90mm
75
105
54
104
HF-H□
154
204
354
453
703
903
54
104
154
224
HP-H□
204
354
454
704
903
1103
2.0
3.0
2.9
5.9
9.0
22.5
37.2
49.0
58.8
3.0
5.9
9.0
12.0
13.7
22.5
31.9
49.0
70.0
110.0
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Stall torque
(N･m)
13.7
Axis
LM
L
M
LM
L
M
LM
●
●
●
●
●
●
L
M
●
●
●
●
V2-8080
80+80A
LM
●
●
V2-8080W 120ｍｍ
80+80A
LM
●
●
●
●
● Indicates the compatible motor for each servo drive unit.
CAUTION
1-6
The dynamic brake unit (MDS-D-DBU) is required for the MDS-DH-V1-160W and MDS-DH-V1-200.
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
1-2 Explanation of type
1-2-3 Spindle motor type
ＭＩＴＳＵＢＩＳＨＩ ＡＣ ＳＰＩＮＤＬＥ ＭＯＴＯＲ
ＭＯＤＥＬ ＳＪ−ＶＳ２６−０１ＺＴ
Ｓ１ ＣＯＮＴ
Ｓ２ ３０ｍｉｎ
Ｓ３ ５０％
ｋＷ
２２
１６．５
２６
１９．５
Ａ ｍａｘ
１２７
８８
１４５
１０３
ｒ／ｍｉｎ（Ｈｚ）
１５００（５１）−６０００（２０６）
８０００（２７３）
１５００（５２）−６０００（２０７）
８０００（２７４）
４ ＰＯＬＥ
３ ＰＨＡＳＥＳ
ＷＩＮＤ ＣＯＮＮＥＣＴ Δ
ＰＯＷＥＲ ＦＡＣＴＯＲ ８３ ％
ＡＭＰ ＩＮＰＵＴ ２００−２３０Ｖ ５０／６０Ｈｚ ＭＯＴＯＲ ＩＮＰＵＴ １３３ − １５０ Ｖ
ＴＨＥＲＭＡＬ ＣＬＡＳＳＩＦＩＣＡＴＩＯＮ １５５(Ｆ)
ＡＭＢ ＴＥＭＰ．０−４０℃
ＤＡＴＥ
ＳＥＲＩＡＬ
ＭＡＳＳ １５５ ｋｇ ＩＰ ４４
ＦＲＡＭＥ Ｃ１６０Ｆ
ＩＥＣ ６００３４−１
ＳＰＥＣ Ｎｏ． ＲＳＶ１０６４０＊
ＭＩＴＳＵＢＩＳＨＩ ＥＬＥＣＴＲＩＣ ＣＯＲＰＯＲＡＴＩＯＮ
ＭＡＤＥ ＩＮ ＪＡＰＡＮ
Ａ７６５４３−２１
９９５２９１−０１
Rating nameplate
(1) 200V series
&lt; SJ-D Series &gt;
(2) / (3) -
SJ-D (1)
(1) Motor series
Sy mbol
Motor Series
None
J
Standard
Compact &amp; lightw eight
specifications
(5) - (6)
(4)
(4) Specification code
Indicates a specification
code (01 to 99).
(6) Option (Note)
Sy mbol
(3) Maximum rotation speed
Indicates the hundreds place
and higher order digits.
(2) Short time (or %ED) rated output
Sy mbol
Short-time rated output
3.7
5.5
7.5
11
15
3.7kW
5.5kW
7.5kW
11kW
15kW
Option
None Standard (flange type, w ithout oil seal,
w ithout key, coil changeover
unavailable, air-cooling, solid shaft)
C
With key
J
Oil seal
X
Reversed cooling air
(Note) If more than one option is included,
the symbols are in alphabetical order.
(5) Detector
Sy mbol
Ty pe
None
T
Type 1
Type 2
(Note) This explains the model name system of a spindle motor, and all combinations of motor types listed above do not exist.
&lt; SJ-V Series &gt;
SJ-
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4) - (5)
(6)
T
(1) Motor series
(3) Shaft configuration
(4) Short time rated output
(6) Special specification
Sy mbol
Motor series
Sy mbol
Axis conf iguration
Sy mbol
Short time rated output
Sy mbol
Special specif ication
V
VL
Medium-inertia series
Low -inertia series
None
S
Standard
Hollow shaft
0.75
1.5
2.2
3.7
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
26
30
37
45
55
0.75 kW
1.5 kW
2.2 kW
3.7 kW
5.5 kW
7.5 kW
11 kW
15 kW
18.5 kW
22 kW
26 kW
30 kW
37 kW
45 kW
55 kW
None
Z
FZ
Standard
High-speed bearing
High-speed bearing front-lock
(2) Coil changeover
Sy mbol
Coil changeov er
None
K
Unavailable
Available
(5) Specification code
The SJ-V/VL Series is indicated w ith a specification
code (01 to 99).
(Note 1) The built-in spindle motor is available by special order.
(Note 2) This explains the model name system of a spindle motor, and all combinations of motor types listed above do not exist.
1-7
MITSUBISHI CNC
1 Introduction
(2) 400V series
&lt; SJ-V Series &gt;
SJ- 4 (1)
(2)
(3)
(4) - (5)
(6)
T
(1) Motor series
(3) Shaft configuration
(4) Short time rated output
(6) Special specification
Sy mbol
Motor series
Sy mbol
Axis conf iguration
Sy mbol
Short time rated output
Sy mbol
Special specif ication
V
Medium-inertia series
None
S
Standard
Hollow shaft
2.2
3.7
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
26
37
45
55
2.2kW
3.7kW
5.5kW
7.5kW
11kW
15kW
18.5kW
22kW
26kW
37kW
45kW
55kW
None
Z
Standard
High-speed bearing
(2) Coil changeover
Sy mbol
Coil changeov er
None
Unavailable
(5) Specification code
The SJ-4-V Series is indicated w ith
a specification code (01 to 99).
(Note 1) The built-in spindle motor is available by special order.
(Note 2) This explains the model name system of a spindle motor, and all combinations of motor types listed above do not exist.
1-8
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
1-2 Explanation of type
1-2-4 Tool spindle motor type
MITSUBISHI
Motor type
Rated output
Rated rotation speed
Serial No.
㪘 㪚 㩷㪪 㪜㪩㪭㪦 㩷㪤 㪦 㪫㪦㩷 㪩
㪟㪝㪄㪢㪧㫏㫏㪡㪮㪇㪐
㩷
+0276# % ZZZ8 ZZZ#
176276ZZZ 9 +'%
̈
TOKP+2%+(ZZMI
5'40QZZZZZZZZ
/+657$+5*+'.'%64+%
/ #&amp;'+0,#2#0
Motor rating nameplate
Rating nameplate
(1) 200V series
&lt;HF-KP Series&gt;
HF-KP (1) J (2) W09
(1) Rated output and maximum rotation speed
(2) Option
Sy mbol
Rated output
Maximum rotation speed
Flange size (mm)
Sy mbol
Option
46
56
96
0.4 kW
0.5 kW
0.9 kW
6000 r/min
6000 r/min
6000 r/min
60 SQ.
60 SQ.
80 SQ.
None
K
Without keyw ay
With keyw ay (w ith key)
&lt;HF-SP Series&gt;
HF-SP
(1) J (2)
W09
(1) Rated output and maximum rotation speed
(2) Option
Sy mbol
Rated output
Maximum rotation speed
Flange size (mm)
Sy mbol
Option
226
406
2.2kW
4.0kW
6000 r/min
6000 r/min
130 SQ.
130 SQ.
None
K
Without keyw ay
With keyw ay (w ithout key)
&lt;HF Series&gt;
HF
(1)
(2) -
(3)
(1) Rated output &middot; Maximum rotation speed
(2) Shaft end structure
(3) Detector
Sy mbol
Rated output
Maximum rotation speed
Flange size ( mm)
Sy mbol
Shaf t end structure
Sy mbol
Resolution
75
105
54
104
154
224
204
354
123
223
303
453
703
903
0.75 kW
1.0 kW
0.5 kW
1.0 kW
1.5 kW
2.2 kW
2.0 kW
3.5 kW
1.2 kW
2.2 kW
3.0 kW
4.5 kW
7.0 kW
9.0 kW
4000 r/min
4000 r/min
3000 r/min
3000 r/min
3000 r/min
3000 r/min
3000 r/min
3000 r/min
2000 r/min
2000 r/min
2000 r/min
3000 r/min
3000 r/min
3000 r/min
90 SQ.
90 SQ.
130 SQ.
130 SQ.
130 SQ.
130 SQ.
176 SQ.
176 SQ.
130 SQ.
130 SQ.
176 SQ.
176 SQ.
176 SQ.
204 SQ.
S
Straight
A48
260,000 p/rev
(Note) Detector A51 and A74N can not be used
with the tool spindle motor.
1-9
MITSUBISHI CNC
1 Introduction
&lt; Combination with spindle drive unit &gt;
(a) 1-axis spindle drive unit
Unit Type
MDS-D-
Compatible
motor type
Rated torque
(N･m)
Unit width
75
105
54
104
154
224
HF□
204
354
123
223
303
453
703
903
46
1.8
2.4
1.6
3.2
4.8
7.0
6.4
5.7
10.5
14.3
37.2
49.0
58.8
0.64
0.8
1.43
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
11.1
HF-KP□
56
96
HF-SP□
226
406
3.5
6.37
Rated output
SP-20
20 A
60mm
40 A
SP-160
90mm
160 A
SP-200
120mm
200 A
SP-40
SP-80
SP-240
●
●
80 A
150mm
SP-320
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
240 A
●
320 A
SP-400
240mm
400 A
SP-640
300mm
640 A
● Indicates the compatible motor for each spindle drive unit.
(b) 2-axis spindle drive unit
Unit Type
MDS-D-
Compatible
motor type
Unit width
Rated output
75
105
54
104
154
224
HF□
204
354
123
223
303
453
703
46
Rated torque
(N･m)
1.8
2.4
1.6
3.2
4.8
7.0
6.4
22.5
5.7
10.5
14.3
14.3
22.3
0.64
0.8
1.43
LM
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
HF-KP□
56
96
HF-SP□
226
406
3.5
6.37
Axis
SP2-2020
SP2-4020
20+20A
60mm
40+20A
L
M
●
●
●
●
40+40A
LM
●
●
SP2-4040
40+40A
LM
●
●
SP2-8040
80+40A
SP2-4040S
90mm
SP2-16080S
SP2-8080
SP2-16080
80+80A
120mm
160+80A
●
●
●
L
M
160+80A
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
L
M
●
●
●
LM
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
L
M
●
●
●
●
●
● Indicates the compatible motor for each spindle drive unit.
(Note) A 2-axis spindle drive unit (MDS-D-SP2) drives tw o tool spindle motors only. A spindle motor other than tool spindle motor is not usable.
1 - 10
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
1-2 Explanation of type
1-2-5 Spindle drive unit type
Output
㪪㪜㪩㪭㪦㩷㪛㪩㪠㪭㪜㩷㪬㪥㪠㪫㩷
MITSUBISHI 㪤㪛㪪㪄㪛㪄㪪㪧㪄㪉㪇㪇㩷
219'4M9
+0276 #&amp;%8
#2*8*\
176276 #2*8*\
'0/#07#.+$
Applicable standard
Software No.
59$0&amp;ZZ9#*98'4 5'4+#.*8#)-4&amp;#6'
/ +657 $ +5* +'.'% 64 +% % 1 4 2 1 4 # 6+1 0 ,# 2 # 0 Serial No.
Type
Input/output conditions
Manual No.
**8#)-4)*㩷
Rating nameplate
(1) 200V series
&lt; MDS-D Series &gt;
(a) 1-axis spindle drive unit
MDS-D-
(1)
(1) Capacity
Symbol
Nominal maximum current
Unit w idth
SP-20
20 A
SP-40
40 A
SP-80
80 A
SP-160
160 A
90mm w ide
SP-200
200 A
120mm w ide
SP-240
240 A
SP-320
320 A
SP-400
400 A
240mm w ide (Note)
drive unit in the left side of pow er supply unit, and connect w ith
SP-640
640 A
300mm w ide (Note)
DC connection bar.
60mm w ide
150mm w ide (Note)
(Note) DC connection bar is required. Alw ays install a large capacity
(b) 2-axis spindle drive unit
MDS-D-
(1)
(1) Capacity
Symbol
Nominal maximum current
SP2-2020
20+20 A
SP2-4020
40+20 A
SP2-4040S
40+40 A
SP2-4040
40+40 A
SP2-8040
80+40 A
SP2-16080S
160+80 A
SP2-8080
80+80 A
SP2-16080
160+80 A
Unit w idth
60mm w ide
90mm w ide
120mm w ide
(2) 400V series
&lt; MDS-DH Series &gt;
MDS-DH-
(1)
(1) Capacity
Symbol Nominal maximum current
Unit w idth
SP-20
20A
60mm w ide
SP-40
40A
SP-80
80A
90mm w ide
SP-100
100A
120mm w ide
SP-160
160A
150mm w ide
SP-200
200A
240mm w ide (Note)
SP-320
320A
SP-480
480A
300mm w ide (Note)
(Note) DC connection bar is required. Alw ays install a large capacity
drive unit in the left side of pow er supply unit, and connect w ith
DC connection bar.
1 - 11
MITSUBISHI CNC
1 Introduction
1-2-6 Power supply unit type
Output
MITSUBISHI
TYPE
Applicable standard
Software No.
SERVO DRIVE UNIT
MDS-D-CV-370
Type
POWER 37kW
INPUT 164A 3PH 200/200
- 230V 50/60Hz
0.2A 1PH 200/200V - 230V 50/60Hz
OUTPUT 121A DC270
- 311V
EN50178
MANUAL #IB- 1500010
Input/output conditions
S/W BND5xxW000A0 H/W VER. *
SERIAL# HVA3EG1796L DATE 04/0
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION JAPAN
Manual No.
Serial No.
* H V A 3 E G 1 7 9 6 L M
*
Rating nameplate
(1) 200V series
&lt; MDS-D Series &gt;
(1)
MDS-D-
Pow er supply unit
(1) Type
Rated output
MDS-DCV-37
CV-75
CV-110
CV-185
CV-300
CV-370
CV-450
CV-550
3.7kW
7.5kW
11.0kW
18.5kW
30.0kW
37.0kW
45.0kW
55.0kW
Unit w idth
60mm w ide
90mm w ide
150mm w ide
(Note 2)
300mm w ide (Note 2)
Compatible contactor
Compatible AC reactor
(Mitsubishi)
(Note 1)
D-AL-7.5K
D-AL-11K
D-AL-18.5K
D-AL-30K
D-AL-37K
D-AL-45K
D-AL-55K
S-N12-AC200V
S-N25-AC200V
S-N65-AC200V
S-N80-AC200V
S-N150-AC200V
S-N180-AC200V
Compatible
circuit protector
(Mitsubishi)
(Note 1)
NF63-CW3P-20A
NF63-CW3P-40A
NF63-CW3P-50A
NF125-CW3P-100A
NF250-CW3P-125A
NF250-CW3P-175A
NF250-CW3P-200A
NF250-CW3P-225A
(Note 1) This is an optional part, and must be prepared by the user.
(Note 2) When connecting w ith a large capacity drive unit, DC connection bar is required.
Alw ays install a large capacity drive unit in the left side of pow er supply unit, and connect w ith DC connection bar.
(2) 400V series
&lt; MDS-DH Series &gt;
MDS-DH-
(1)
Pow er supply unit
(1) Type
MDS-DH-
Rated output
CV-37
CV-75
CV-110
CV-185
CV-300
CV-370
CV-450
CV-550
CV-750
3.7kW
7.5kW
11.0kW
18.5kW
30.0kW
37.0kW
45.0kW
55.0kW
75.0kW
Unit w idth
90mm w ide
150mm w ide
(Note 2)
300mm w ide
(Note 2)
Compatible contactor
Compatible AC reactor
(Mitsubishi)
(Note 1)
DH-AL-7.5K
S-N12-AC400V
DH-AL-11K
DH-AL-18.5K
DH-AL-30K
DH-AL-37K
DH-AL-45K
DH-AL-55K
DH-AL-75K
S-N21-AC400V
S-N25-AC400V
S-N50-AC400V
S-N65-AC400V
S-N80-AC400V
S-N150-AC400V
Compatible
circuit protector
(Mitsubishi)
(Note 1)
NF63-CW3P-10A
NF63-CW3P-20A
NF63-CW3P-30A
NF63-CW3P-40A
NF125-CW3P-75A
NF125-CW3P-100A
NF125-CW3P-100A
NF250-CW3P-125A
NF250-CW3P-200A
(Note 1) This is an optional part, and must be prepared by the user.
(Note 2) When connecting w ith a large capacity drive unit, DC connection bar is required.Alw ays
install a large capacity drive unit in the left side of pow er supply unit, and connect w ith DC connection bar.
1 - 12
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
1-2 Explanation of type
1-2-7 AC reactor type
Type
D-AL-18.5K
Nameplate
Top surface of AC reactor
(1) 200V series
&lt; MDS-D Series &gt;
D-AL-
(1)
AC reactor
(1) Type
Capacity
D-AL-
Compatible pow er supply unit
MDS-D-CV-37
7.5K
7.5kW
11K
11.0kW
MDS-D-CV-110
18.5K
18.5kW
MDS-D-CV-185
30K
30.0kW
MDS-D-CV-300
37K
37.0kW
MDS-D-CV-370
45K
45.0kW
MDS-D-CV-450
55K
55.0kW
MDS-D-CV-550
MDS-D-CV-75
(2) 400V series
&lt; MDS-DH Series &gt;
DH-AL-
(1)
AC reactor
(1) Type
Capacity
DH-AL7.5K
7.5kW
11K
18.5K
30K
37K
45K
55K
75K
11.0kW
18.5kW
30.0kW
37.0kW
45.0kW
55.0kW
75.0kW
Compatible pow er supply unit
MDS-DH-CV-37
MDS-DH-CV-75
MDS-DH-CV-110
MDS-DH-CV-185
MDS-DH-CV-300
MDS-DH-CV-370
MDS-DH-CV-450
MDS-DH-CV-550
MDS-DH-CV-750
1 - 13
MITSUBISHI CNC
1 Introduction
1 - 14
付録
2
2
章
Specifications
2-1
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
2-1 Servomotor
2-1-1 Specifications list
(1) 200V series
&lt; HF Series &gt;
HF Series
Servomotor type
MDS-D-V1-
Compatible
servo drive
unit type
MDS-D-V2-
Rated output [kW]
Rated current [A]
Rated torque [N•m]
Stall current [A]
Stall torque [N•m]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Rated rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum current [A]
Maximum torque [N•m]
Power rate at continuous rated torque
[kW/s]
Continuous
characteristics
2
Motor inertia [kg•cm ]
2
Motor inertia with brake [kg•cm ]
HF75
20
HF105
20
2020 (L,M)
4020 (M)
2020 (L,M)
4020 (M)
0.75
2.8
1.8
3.2
2.0
1.5
1.0
3.6
2.4
4.6
3.0
2.0
4000
5000
HF354
160
16080 (L)
160160 (L,M)
160160W (L,M)
3.5
13.8
11.1
22.0
22.5
6.4
14.0
8.0
15.5
11.0
12.3
11.2
4.1
8.4
12.7
20.7
10.6
2.6
5.1
6.1
11.9
17.8
23.7
38.3
75.0
2.8
5.3
8.3
14.1
20.0
25.9
48.0
84.7
116.0
90.0
16.5
High-speed, high-accuracy machine: 3 times or less of motor inertia
General machine tool (interpolation axis): 5 times or less of motor inertia
General machine (non-interpolation axis): 7 times or less of motor inertia
Resolution per motor revolution
A74N: 16,000,000 pulse/rev, A51: 1,000,000 pulse/rev, A48: 260,000 pulse/rev
IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing),
Storage: -15&deg;C to 70&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Maximum motor shaft conversion load
inertia ratio
Motor side detector
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
ABS specifications: HF □ -A74N / -A51 / -A48
HF54
HF104
HF154
HF224
HF204
40
40
80
80
80
4020 (L)
4020 (L)
8040 (L)
8040 (L)
8040 (L)
4040 (L,M) 4040 (L,M) 8080 (L,M) 8080 (L,M) 8080 (L,M)
8040 (L)
8040 (M)
16080 (M) 16080 (M) 16080 (M)
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.2
2.0
1.8
3.6
5.8
8.5
6.8
1.6
3.2
4.8
7.0
6.4
3.2
6.6
11.0
14.5
14.6
2.9
5.9
9.0
12.0
13.7
1.1
2.0
2.8
4.1
3.7
3000
4000
16.8
29.0
52.0
57.0
57.0
13.0
23.3
42.0
46.5
47.0
Atmosphere
Altitude
X:24.5m/s2 (2.5G) Y:29.4m/
X,Y:24.5m/s2 (2.5G)
Vibration
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
90 SQ.
126.5
90 SQ.
162.5
130 SQ.
118.5
130 SQ.
140.5
130 SQ.
162.5
130 SQ.
184.5
176 SQ.
143.5
s2(3G)
176 SQ.
183.5
φ80
φ80
φ110
φ110
φ110
φ110
φ114.3
φ114.3
Shaft diameter [mm]
φ14
2.5/3.9
φ14
4.3/5.7
φ24
4.8/6.8
φ24
6.5/8.5
φ24
8.3/10.3
F (155&deg;C)
φ24
10.0/12.0
φ35
12.0/18.0
φ35
19.0/25.0
Mass Without / with brake [kg]
Heat-resistant class
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum
torque are the values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) Use the HF motor in combination with the MDS-D Series drive unit compatible with the 200VAC input.
This motor is not compatible with the conventional MDS-B/C1/CH Series.
(Note 3) The total length will be 3.5mm longer when using an A51 or A74N detector.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2-2
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-1 Servomotor
&lt; HF Series &gt;
HF Series
Servomotor type
MDS-D-V1Compatible
servo drive
unit type
MDS-D-V2-
Rated output [kW]
Rated current [A]
Rated torque [N•m]
Stall current [A]
Stall torque [N•m]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Rated rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum current [A]
Maximum torque [N•m]
Power rate at continuous rated torque
[kW/s]
Continuous
characteristics
HF123
20
15.5
17.0
HF223
40
4020 (L)
4040
(L,M)
8040 (M)
2.2
9.0
10.5
10.2
12.0
4.1
2000
3000
29.0
32.0
27.3
46.5
2020
(L,M)
4020 (M)
1.2
5.2
5.7
6.4
7.0
2.3
ABS specifications: HF □ -A74N / -A51 / -A48
HF303
HF453
HF703
HF903
80
160
160W
320
8040 (L)
16080 (L)
8080
160160 (L,M) 160160W
(L,M)
160160W
(L,M)
16080 (M)
(L,M)
3.0
4.5
7.0
9.0
10.7
13.4
16.6
27.2
14.3
14.3
22.3
28.7
15.8
34.0
36.4
56.0
22.5
37.2
49.0
58.8
5.5
8.1
12.5
16.1
3000
3500
3000
48.0
104.2
108.4
204.0
64.0
122.0
152.0
208.0
27.3
18.3
32.2
42.1
HF142
20
HF302
40
2020 (L,M)
4020 (M)
4020 (L)
4040 (L,M)
8040 (M)
1.4
3.9
6.7
6.4
11.0
2.7
3.0
10.9
14.3
20.0
20.0
5.5
2000
2000
15.5
26.5
29.0
50.0
25.2
27.3
Motor inertia [kg•cm2]
11.9
23.7
75.0
112.0
154.0
196.0
17.8
75.0
Motor inertia with brake [kg•cm2]
14.1
25.9
84.7
121.7
163.7
205.7
20.0
84.7
High-speed, high-accuracy machine: 3 times or less of motor inertia
General machine tool (interpolation axis): 5 times or less of motor inertia
General machine (non-interpolation axis): 7 times or less of motor inertia
Resolution per motor revolution
A74N: 16,000,000 pulse/rev, A51: 1,000,000 pulse/rev, A48: 260,000 pulse/rev
IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing),
Storage: -15&deg;C to 70&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Maximum motor shaft conversion load
inertia ratio
Motor side detector
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Atmosphere
Environment
Altitude
Vibration
X,Y:9.8m/
X:24.5m/s2 (2.5G)
X,Y:24.5m/s2 (2.5G)
s2
(1G)
Y:29.4m/s2(3G)
X,Y:24.5m/
s2 (2.5G)
X:24.5m/s2
(2.5G)
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
130 SQ.
140.5
130 SQ.
184.5
176 SQ.
183.5
176 SQ.
223.5
176 SQ.
263.5
204 SQ.
330
130 SQ.
162.5
Y:29.4m/s2
(3G)
176 SQ.
183.5
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
φ110
φ110
φ114.3
φ114.3
φ114.3
φ180
φ110
φ114.3
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass Without / with brake [kg]
Heat-resistant class
φ24
6.5/8.5
φ24
10.0/12.0
φ35
19.0/25.0
φ35
φ35
26.0/32.0
32.0/38.0
F (155&deg;C)
φ42
45.0/51.0
φ24
8.3/10.3
φ35
19.0/25.0
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum
torque are the values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) Use the HF motor in combination with the MDS-D Series drive unit compatible with the 200VAC input.
This motor is not compatible with the conventional MDS-B/C1/CH Series.
(Note 3) The total length will be 3.5mm longer when using an A51 or A74N detector.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2-3
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
&lt; HP Series &gt;
HP Series
Servomotor type
MDS-D-V1-
Compatible
servo drive
unit type
MDS-D-V2-
Rated output [kW]
Rated current [A]
Rated torque [N•m]
Stall current [A]
Stall torque [N•m]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Rated rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum current [A]
Maximum torque [N•m]
Power rate at continuous rated torque
[kW/s]
Continuous
characteristics
HP54
40
4020 (L)
4040 (L,M)
8040 (M)
0.5
1.8
1.6
3.6
3.0
1.1
16.8
11.0
5.5
ABS specifications: HP □ -A74N/ -A51/ -A48
HP104
HP154
HP224
40
80
80
4020 (L)
8040 (L)
8040 (L)
4040 (L,M)
8080 (L,M)
8080 (L,M)
8040 (M)
16080 (M)
16080 (M)
1.0
1.5
2.2
3.6
5.0
7.4
3.2
4.8
6.4
6.8
9.4
14.0
5.9
9.0
12.0
2.0
2.8
4.1
3000
4000
25.6
52.0
57.0
19.2
36.5
46.0
13.0
19.0
HP204
80
8040 (L)
8080 (L,M)
16080 (M)
2.0
7.2
6.4
15.4
13.7
3.7
57.0
43.0
20.0
14.0
Motor inertia [kg•cm2]
4.6
7.7
12.0
20.0
29.0
Motor inertia with brake [kg•cm2]
5.1
8.2
12.5
20.5
34.5
High-speed, high-accuracy machine: 3 times or less of motor inertia
General machine tool (interpolation axis): 5 times or less of motor inertia
General machine (non-interpolation axis): 10 times or less of motor inertia
Resolution per motor revolution
A74N: 16,000,000pulse/rev, A51: 1,000,000 pulse/rev, A48: 260,000 pulse/rev
IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing),
Storage: -15&deg;C to 70&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Maximum motor shaft conversion load
inertia ratio
Motor side detector
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
Altitude
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass Without / with brake [kg]
Heat-resistant class
X:24.5m/s2 (2.5G)
X,Y:24.5m/s2 (2.5G)
Vibration
130 SQ.
133.5
φ110
φ24
6.0/7.3
130 SQ.
152.5
φ110
φ24
7.0/8.5
130 SQ.
171.5
φ110
φ24
8.0/9.5
F (155&deg;C)
130 SQ.
204.5
φ110
φ24
12.0/13.9
Y:29.4m/s2 (3G)
180 SQ.
172.5
φ114.3
φ35
14.0/15.9
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum
torque are the values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) Use the HP motor in combination with the MDS-D Series drive unit compatible with the 200VAC input.
This motor is not compatible with the conventional MDS-B/C1/CH Series.
(Note 3) The total length will be 3.5mm longer when using an A51 or A74N detector.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2-4
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-1 Servomotor
&lt; HP Series &gt;
HP Series
Servomotor type
MDS-D-V1-
Compatible
servo drive
unit type
MDS-D-V2-
Rated output [kW]
Rated current [A]
Rated torque [N•m]
Stall current [A]
Stall torque [N•m]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Rated rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum current [A]
Maximum torque [N•m]
Power rate at continuous rated torque
[kW/s]
Continuous
characteristics
HP354
160
16080 (L)
160160 (L,M)
160160W (L,M)
3.5
15.2
11.1
31.0
22.5
6.4
116.0
66.0
33.0
ABS specifications: HP □ -A74N/ -A51/ -A48
HP454
HP704
HP903
160
160W
320
16080 (L)
160160 (L,M)
160160W (L,M)
160160W (L,M)
4.5
7.0
9.0
14.2
19.2
22.2
14.3
22.3
28.7
32.0
42.0
54.0
31.9
49.0
70.0
8.1
12.5
16.1
3000
4000
116.0
116.0
172.0
95.0
120.0
170.0
36.0
59.0
HP1103
320W
11.0
25.2
35.0
79.0
110.0
19.6
3000
52.0
212.0
260.0
48.0
Motor inertia [kg•cm2]
37.0
55.0
82.0
163.0
255.0
Motor inertia with brake [kg•cm2]
42.5
60.5
87.5
187.0
279.0
Maximum motor shaft conversion load
inertia ratio
Motor side detector
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
Altitude
Vibration
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass Without / with brake [kg]
Heat-resistant class
High-speed, high-accuracy machine: 3 times or less of motor inertia
General machine tool (interpolation axis): 5 times or less of motor inertia
General machine (non-interpolation axis): 10 times or less of motor inertia
Resolution per motor revolution
A74N: 16,000,000pulse/rev, A51: 1,000,000 pulse/rev, A48: 260,000 pulse/rev
IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing),
Storage: -15&deg;C to 70&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
X:24.5m/s2 (2.5G) Y:29.4m/s2(3G)
180 SQ.
180 SQ.
180 SQ.
195.5
225.5
305.5
φ114.3
φ114.3
φ114.3
φ35
φ35
φ35
17.0/22.0
21.0/26.0
37.0/43.0
F (155&deg;C)
X,Y:9.8m/s2 (1G)
220 SQ.
220 SQ.
346.5
419.5
φ200
φ200
φ55
φ55
51.0/61.4
74.0/84.4
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum
torque are the values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) Use the HP motor in combination with the MDS-D Series drive unit compatible with the 200VAC input.
This motor is not compatible with the conventional MDS-B/C1/CH Series.
(Note 3) The total length will be 3.5mm longer when using an A51 or A74N detector.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2-5
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
&lt; HF-KP Series &gt;
4.3
1.9
HF-KP Series
Absolute position standard
HF-KP43JW04-S6
20
2020 (L,M)
4020 (M)
0.4
2.7
1.3
2.7
1.3
0.9
3000
6000
8.5
3.8
16.9
38.6
Servomotor type
MDS-D-V1-
Compatible
servo drive
unit type
MDS-D-V2-
Rated output [kW]
Rated current [A]
Continuous
characterisRated torque [N•m]
tics
Stall current [A]
Stall torque [N•m]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Rated rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum current [A]
Maximum torque [N•m]
Power rate at continuous rated torque
[kW/s]
HF-KP23JW04-S6
20
2020 (L,M)
4020 (M)
0.2
1.4
0.64
1.4
0.64
0.6
HF-KP73JW04-S6
20
2020 (L,M)
4020 (M)
0.75
5.2
2.4
5.2
2.4
1.5
15.5
7.2
39.9
Motor inertia [kg•cm2]
0.23
0.42
1.43
Motor inertia with brake [kg•cm2]
Maximum motor shaft conversion load
inertia ratio
Motor side detector
Degree of protection
0.31
0.50
1.63
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
Altitude
General machine (non-interpolation axis): 15 times or less of motor inertia
Resolution per motor revolution: 260,000 pulse/rev
IP65 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing),
Storage: -15&deg;C to 70&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Vibration
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass Without / with brake [kg]
Heat-resistant class
60 SQ.
98
φ50
φ14
1.2/1.8
X,Y: 49m/s2 (5G)
60 SQ.
119.9
φ50
φ14
1.7/2.3
B (130&deg;C)
80 SQ.
134.2
φ70
φ19
2.9/4.1
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum
torque are the values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) Use the HF-KP motor in combination with the MDS-D Series drive unit compatible with the 200VAC
input. This motor is not compatible with the conventional MDS-B/C1/CH Series.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2-6
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-1 Servomotor
(2) 400V series
&lt; HF-H Series &gt;
HF-H Series
Servomotor type
MDS-D-V1-
Compatible
servo drive
unit type
MDS-D-V2-
HF-H75
10
1010 (L,M)
2010 (M)
ABS specifications: HF-H □ -A74N / -A51 / -A48
HF-H105
HF-H54
HF-H104
10
20
20
2010 (L)
2010 (L)
1010 (L,M)
2020 (L,M)
2020 (L,M)
2010 (M)
4020 (M)
4020 (M)
1.0
0.5
1.0
1.8
0.9
1.8
2.4
1.6
3.2
2.3
1.6
3.3
3.0
2.9
5.9
2.0
1.1
2.0
3000
4000
7.75
8.4
14.5
11.0
13.0
23.3
HF-H154
40
4020 (L)
4040 (L,M)
8040 (M)
1.5
2.9
4.8
5.5
9.0
2.8
Rated output [kW]
Rated current [A]
Rated torque [N•m]
Stall current [A]
Stall torque [N•m]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Rated rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum current [A]
Maximum torque [N•m]
Power rate at continuous rated torque
[kW/s]
0.75
1.4
1.8
1.6
2.0
1.5
12.3
11.2
4.1
8.4
12.7
Motor inertia [kg•cm2]
2.6
5.1
6.1
11.9
17.8
Motor inertia with brake [kg•cm2]
2.8
5.3
8.3
14.1
20.0
Continuous
characteristics
4000
5000
7.0
8.0
High-speed, high-accuracy machine: 3 times or less of motor inertia
General machine tool (interpolation axis): 5 times or less of motor inertia
General machine (non-interpolation axis): 7 times or less of motor inertia
Resolution per motor revolution
A74N: 16,000,000 pulse/rev, A51: 1,000,000 pulse/rev, A48: 260,000 pulse/rev
IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing),
Storage: -15&deg;C to 70&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Maximum motor shaft conversion load
inertia ratio
Motor side detector
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
Altitude
Vibration
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass Without / with brake [kg]
Heat-resistant class
26.0
42.0
90 SQ.
126.5
φ80
φ14
2.5/3.9
90 SQ.
162.5
φ80
φ14
4.3/5.7
X,Y:24.5m/s2 (2.5G)
130 SQ.
118.5
φ110
φ24
4.8/6.8
F (155&deg;C)
130 SQ.
140.5
φ110
φ24
6.5/8.5
130 SQ.
162.5
φ110
φ24
8.3/10.3
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum
torque are the values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) Use the HF-H motor in combination with the MDS-DH Series drive unit compatible with the 400VAC
input. This motor is not compatible with the conventional MDS-B/C1/CH Series.
(Note 3) The total length will be 3.5mm longer when using an A51 or A74N detector.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2-7
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
&lt; HF-H Series &gt;
HF-H Series
Servomotor type
MDS-D-V1-
Compatible
servo drive
unit type
MDS-D-V2-
Rated output [kW]
Rated current [A]
Rated torque [N•m]
Stall current [A]
Stall torque [N•m]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Rated rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum current [A]
Maximum torque [N•m]
Power rate at continuous rated torque
[kW/s]
Continuous
characteristics
HF-H204
40
4020 (L)
4040 (L,M)
8040 (M)
2.0
3.4
6.4
7.3
13.7
3.7
28.5
47.0
10.6
ABS specifications: HF-H □ -A74N / -A51 / -A48
HF-H354
HF-H453
HF-H703
80
80
80W
8040 (L)
8040 (L)
8080 (L,M)
8080 (L,M)
8080W (L,M)
8080W (L,M)
8080W (L,M)
3.5
4.5
7.0
6.9
6.7
8.3
11.1
14.3
22.3
14.0
17.0
18.2
22.5
37.2
49.0
6.4
8.1
12.5
3000
4000
3500
3000
58.0
52.1
54.2
90.0
122.0
152.0
16.5
18.3
HF-H903
160
9.0
13.6
28.7
28.0
58.8
16.1
102.0
208.0
32.2
42.1
Motor inertia [kg•cm2]
38.3
75.0
112.0
154.0
196.0
Motor inertia with brake [kg•cm2]
48.0
84.7
121.7
163.7
205.7
High-speed, high-accuracy machine: 3 times or less of motor inertia
General machine tool (interpolation axis): 5 times or less of motor inertia
General machine (non-interpolation axis): 7 times or less of motor inertia
Resolution per motor revolution
A74N: 16,000,000 pulse/rev, A51: 1,000,000 pulse/rev, A48: 260,000 pulse/rev
IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing),
Storage: -15&deg;C to 70&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Maximum motor shaft conversion load
inertia ratio
Motor side detector
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
Altitude
Vibration
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass Without / with brake [kg]
Heat-resistant class
176 SQ.
143.5
φ114.3
φ35
12.0/18.0
X:24.5m/s2 (2.5G)
176 SQ.
183.5
φ114.3
φ35
19.0/25.0
Y:29.4m/s2(3G)
176 SQ.
223.5
φ114.3
φ35
26.0/32.0
F (155&deg;C)
176 SQ.
263.5
φ114.3
φ35
32.0/38.0
X,Y:9.8m/s2 (1G)
204 SQ.
330
φ180
φ42
45.0/51.0
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum
torque are the values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) Use the HF-H motor in combination with the MDS-DH Series drive unit compatible with the 400VAC
input. This motor is not compatible with the conventional MDS-B/C1/CH Series.
(Note 3) The total length will be 3.5mm longer when using an A51 or A74N detector.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2-8
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-1 Servomotor
&lt; HP-H Series &gt;
HP-H Series
Servomotor type
MDS-D-V1-
Compatible
servo drive
unit type
MDS-D-V2-
Rated output [kW]
Rated current [A]
Rated torque [N•m]
Stall current [A]
Stall torque [N•m]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Rated rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum current [A]
Maximum torque [N•m]
Power rate at continuous rated torque
[kW/s]
Continuous
characteristics
HP-H54
20
2010 (L)
2020 (L,M)
4020 (M)
0.5
0.9
1.6
1.8
3.0
1.1
8.4
11.0
5.5
ABS specifications: HP-H □ -A74N/ -A51/ -A48
HP-H104
HP-H154
HP-H224
20
40
40
2010 (L)
4020 (L)
4020 (L)
2020 (L,M)
4040 (L,M)
4040 (L,M)
4020 (M)
8040 (M)
8040 (M)
1.0
1.5
2.2
1.8
2.5
3.7
3.2
4.8
6.4
3.4
4.7
7.0
5.9
9.0
12.0
2.0
2.8
4.1
3000
4000
12.8
26.0
28.5
19.2
36.5
46.0
13.0
19.0
HP-H204
40
4020 (L)
4040 (L,M)
8040 (M)
2.0
3.6
6.4
7.7
13.7
3.7
28.5
43.0
20.0
14.0
Motor inertia [kg•cm2]
4.6
7.7
12.0
20.0
29.0
Motor inertia with brake [kg•cm2]
5.1
8.2
12.5
20.5
34.5
High-speed, high-accuracy machine: 3 times or less of motor inertia
General machine tool (interpolation axis): 5 times or less of motor inertia
General machine (non-interpolation axis): 10 times or less of motor inertia
Resolution per motor revolution
A74N: 16,000,000pulse/rev, A51: 1,000,000 pulse/rev, A48: 260,000 pulse/rev
IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing),
Storage: -15&deg;C to 70&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Maximum motor shaft conversion load
inertia ratio
Motor side detector
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
Altitude
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass Without / with brake [kg]
Heat-resistant class
X:24.5m/s2 (2.5G)
X,Y:24.5m/s2 (2.5G)
Vibration
130 SQ.
133.5
φ110
φ24
6.0/7.3
130 SQ.
152.5
φ110
φ24
7.0/8.5
130 SQ.
171.5
φ110
φ24
8.0/9.5
F (155&deg;C)
130 SQ.
204.5
φ110
φ24
12.0/13.9
Y:29.4m/s2 (3G)
180 SQ.
172.5
φ114.3
φ35
14.0/15.9
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum
torque are the values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) Use the HP-H motor in combination with the MDS-DH Series drive unit compatible with the 400VAC
input. This motor is not compatible with the conventional MDS-B/C1/CH Series.
(Note 3) The total length will be 3.5mm longer when using an A51 or A74N detector.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2-9
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
&lt; HP-H Series &gt;
HP-H Series
Servomotor type
MDS-D-V1-
Compatible
servo drive
unit type
MDS-D-V2-
Rated output [kW]
Rated current [A]
Rated torque [N•m]
Stall current [A]
Stall torque [N•m]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Rated rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum current [A]
Maximum torque [N•m]
Power rate at continuous rated torque
[kW/s]
Continuous
characteristics
HP-H354
80
8040 (L)
8080 (L,M)
8080W (L,M)
3.5
7.6
11.1
15.5
22.5
6.4
58.0
66.0
ABS specifications: HP-H □ -A74N/ -A51/ -A48
HP-H454
HP-H704
HP-H903
80
80W
160
8040 (L)
8080 (L,M)
8080W (L,M)
8080W (L,M)
4.5
7.0
9.0
7.1
9.6
11.1
14.3
22.3
28.7
16.0
21.0
27.0
31.9
49.0
70.0
8.1
12.5
16.1
3000
4000
58.0
58.0
86.0
95.0
120.0
170.0
HP-H1103
160W
11.0
12.6
35.0
39.5
110.0
19.6
3000
106.0
260.0
33.0
36.0
59.0
52.0
48.0
Motor inertia [kg•cm2]
37.0
55.0
82.0
163.0
255.0
Motor inertia with brake [kg•cm2]
42.5
60.5
87.5
187.0
2790
High-speed, high-accuracy machine: 3 times or less of motor inertia
General machine tool (interpolation axis): 5 times or less of motor inertia
General machine (non-interpolation axis): 10 times or less of motor inertia
Resolution per motor revolution
A74N: 16,000,000pulse/rev, A51: 1,000,000 pulse/rev, A48: 260,000 pulse/rev
IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing),
Storage: -15&deg;C to 70&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Maximum motor shaft conversion load
inertia ratio
Motor side detector
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
Altitude
Vibration
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass Without / with brake [kg]
Heat-resistant class
180 SQ.
195.5
φ114.3
φ35
17.0/22.0
X:24.5m/s2 (2.5G) Y:29.4m/s2(3G)
180 SQ.
180 SQ.
225.5
305.5
φ114.3
φ114.3
φ35
φ35
21.0/26.0
37.0/43.0
F (155&deg;C)
X,Y:9.8m/s2 (1G)
220 SQ.
220 SQ.
346.5
419.5
φ200
φ200
φ55
φ55
51.0/61.4
74.0/84.4
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum
torque are the values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) Use the HP-H motor in combination with the MDS-DH Series drive unit compatible with the 400VAC
input. This motor is not compatible with the conventional MDS-B/C1/CH Series.
(Note 3) The total length will be 3.5mm longer when using an A51 or A74N detector.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 10
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-1 Servomotor
&lt; HC-H Series &gt;
HC-H Series
Servomotor type
Compatible
servo drive
unit type
MDS-DH-V1
ABS specifications: HC-H □ -A74N / -A51 / -A48
HC-H1502S-S10
200
MDS-DH-V2
-
Rated output [kW]
Rated current [A]
Continuous
characterisRated torque [N•m]
tics
Stall current [A]
Stall torque [N•m]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Rated rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum current [A]
Maximum torque [N•m]
Power rate at continuous rated torque [kW/s]
15.0
38.8
71.6
76.8
146.0
26.7
2000
2500
160.0
280.0
104.5
Motor inertia [kg•cm2]
550
Motor inertia with brake [kg•cm2]
Maximum motor shaft conversion load
inertia ratio
Motor side detector
Degree of protection
Input voltage
Cooling fan
Maximum power consumption
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
Altitude
Vibration
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass Without / with brake [kg]
Heat-resistance class
--High-speed, high-accuracy machine: 3 times or less of motor inertia
General machine tool (interpolation axis): 5 times or less of motor inertia
General machine (non-interpolation axis): 10 times or less of motor inertia
Resolution per motor revolution
A74N: 16,000,000pulse/rev, A51: 1,000,000 pulse/rev, A48: 260,000 pulse/rev
IP44 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
3-phase 400V
85W
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing),
Storage: -15&deg;C to 70&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
X,Y:9.8m/s2 (1G)
280 SQ.
605
φ250
φ60
160/--F (155&deg;C)
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum
torque are the values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) Use the HC-H motor in combination with the MDS-DH Series drive unit compatible with the 400VAC
input. This motor is not compatible with the conventional MDS-B/C1/CH Series.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 11
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
2-1-2 Torque characteristics
(1) 200V series
&lt; HF Series &gt;
[ HF75 ]
[ HF105 ]
7.5
9
5
Torque [N㨯m]
12
Short time operation range
2.5
6
Short time operation range
3
Continuous operation range
Continuous operation range
0
0
4000
2000
0
5000
0
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ HF154 ]
50
12
20
40
9
Short time operation range
6
0
Torque [N㨯m]
25
15
Short time operation range
10
5
0
2000
30
Short time operation range
20
10
Continuous operation range
Continuous operation range
0
4000
0
Rotation speed [r/min]
2000
Continuous operation range
0
4000
0
[ HF204 ]
[ HF354 ]
40
40
80
Short time operation range
20
Torque [N㨯m]
100
Torque [N㨯m]
50
30
30
Short time operation range
20
10
10
60
Short time operation range
40
20
Continuous
operation range
Continuous operation range
Continuous operation range
0
0
2000
4000
0
2000
0
4000
[ HF123 ]
[ HF223 ]
15
30
60
0
1000
Short time operation range
20
Short time operation range
40
20
10
Continuous
operation range
Continuous
operation range
2000
Rotation speed [r/min]
(Note)
Torque [N㨯m]
80
Short time operation range
3000
0
4000
[ HF303 ]
40
0
2000
Rotation speed [r/min]
20
5
0
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
10
4000
Rotation speed [r/min]
50
0
2000
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ HF224 ]
Torque [N㨯m]
5000
15
3
Torque [N㨯m]
4000
[ HF104 ]
Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]
[ HF54 ]
2 - 12
2000
Rotation speed [r/min]
Torque [N㨯O?
Torque [N㨯m]
10
Continuous
operation range
0
0
1000
2000
Rotation speed [r/min]
3000
0
1000
2000
3000
Rotation speed [r/min]
The above graphs show the data when applied the input voltage of 200VAC. When the input
voltage is 200VAC or less, the short time operation range is limited.
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-1 Servomotor
&lt; HF Series &gt;
[ HF453 ]
[ HF703 ]
Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]
100
75
Short time operation range
50
160
240
120
180
Torque [N㨯m]
125
[ HF903 ]
Short time operation range
80
40
60
25
Continuous operation range
0
0
1000
2000
Short time operation range
120
Continuous operation range
0
3000 3500
0
Rotation speed [r/min]
1000
2000
Continuous operation range
3000
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ HF142 ]
0
0
1000
2000
3000
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ HF302 ]
30
60
Torque [N㨯m]
Torque =0㨯O?
24
18
Short time operation range
12
6
0
0
Short time operation range
20
Continuous operation range
1000
Rotation speed [r/min]
(Note)
40
Continuous operation range
2000
0
0
1000
Rotation speed [r/min]
2000
The above graphs show the data when applied the input voltage of 200VAC. When the input
voltage is 200VAC or less, the short time operation range is limited.
2 - 13
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
&lt; HP Series &gt;
[ HP104 ]
40
9
15
30
Short time operation range
6
10
Short time operation range
5
2000
0
4000
2000
0
4000
[ HP224 ]
[ HP204 ]
40
50
20
10
30
Short time operation range
20
10
2000
0
2000
Continuous operation range
[ HP454 ]
0
80
120
Torque [N㨯m]
150
60
Short time operation range
40
20
[ HP903 ]
135
90
Short time operation range
60
Short time operation range
90
45
Continuous operation range
Continuous operation range
Continuous operation range
Rotation speed [r/min]
0
4000
180
30
4000
2000
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ HP704 ]
100
2000
0
4000
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
0
Short time operation range
30
Continuous operation range
0
4000
Torque [N㨯m]
0
45
15
Continuous operation range
0
Torque [N㨯m]
40
Torque [N㨯m]
75
Short time operation range
4000
[ HP354 ]
50
30
2000
Rotation speed [r/min]
50
0
0
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
Torque [N㨯m]
Continuous operation range
Continuous operation range
0
0
Short time operation range
20
10
Continuous operation range
0
Torque [N㨯m]
20
3
Torque [N㨯m]
[ HP154 ]
12
Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]
[ HP54 ]
0
2000
Rotation speed [r/min]
4000
0
0
1500
3000
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ HP1103 ]
300
Torque [N㨯m]
240
180
Short time operation range
120
60
Continuous operation range
0
0
1500
3000
Rotation speed [r/min]
(Note)
2 - 14
The above graphs show the data when applied the input voltage of 200VAC. When the input
voltage is 200VAC or less, the short time operation range is limited.
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-1 Servomotor
&lt; HF-KP Series &gt;
[ HF-KP43JW04-S6 ]
[ HF-KP73JW04-S6 ]
8.0
1.5
3.0
6.0
1.0
Short time operation range
0.5
2.0
Short time operation range
1.0
0
3000
Rotation speed [r/min]
(Note)
4.0
Short time operation range
2.0
Continuous
operation range
0
Torque [N㨯m]
4.0
Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]
[ HF-KP23JW04-S6 ]
2.0
Continuous
operation range
Continuous
operation range
6000
0
0
3000
Rotation speed [r/min]
6000
0
0
3000
6000
Rotation speed [r/min]
The above graphs show the data when applied the input voltage of 200VAC. When the input
voltage is 200VAC or less, the short time operation range is limited.
2 - 15
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
(2) 400V series
&lt; HF-H Series &gt;
[ HF-H105 ]
10
12
7.5
9
5
Torque [N㨯m]
Short time operation range
6
Short time operation range
3
2.5
Continuous operation range
0
0
2000
4000
Continuous operation range
0
5000
0
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ HF-H154 ]
50
12
20
40
9
Short time operation range
6
Torque [N㨯m]
25
15
Short time operation range
10
5
0
2000
30
Short time operation range
20
10
Continuous operation range
Continuous operation range
0
0
4000
0
2000
Continuous operation range
0
4000
[ HF-H204 ]
[ HF-H354 ]
40
80
100
Torque [N㨯m]
125
Short time operation range
20
10
60
Short time operation range
40
20
2000
4000
0
[ HF-H703 ]
120
180
Torque [N㨯m]
240
Short time operation range
40
0
0
1000
2000
3000 3500
Rotation speed [r/min]
Short time operation range
120
60
Continuous operation range
0
1000
2000
Rotation speed [r/min]
(Note)
Continuous operation range
4000
[ HF-H903 ]
160
0
2000
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
80
Short time operation range
50
25
Continuous operation range
0
75
Continuous operation range
0
4000
[ HF-H453 ]
100
30
2000
Rotation speed [r/min]
50
0
0
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
Torque [N㨯m]
5000
15
3
Torque [N㨯m]
4000
[ HF-H104 ]
Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]
[ HF-H54 ]
2 - 16
2000
Rotation speed [r/min]
Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]
[ HF-H75 ]
Continuous operation range
3000
0
0
1000
2000
3000
Rotation speed [r/min]
The above graphs show the data when applied the input voltage of 380VAC. When the input
voltage is 380VAC or less, the short time operation range is limited.
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-1 Servomotor
&lt; HP-H Series&gt;
[ HP-H104 ]
40
9
15
30
6
Short time operation range
Short time operation range
5
0
2000
0
0
4000
2000
Continuous operation range
0
4000
[ HP-H204 ]
40
50
20
10
30
Short time operation range
20
10
2000
45
Short time operation range
30
15
Continuous operation range
Continuous operation range
Continuous operation range
0
4000
0
2000
0
4000
0
[ HP-H454 ]
[ HP-H704 ]
100
150
80
120
2000
4000
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ HP-H903 ]
180
Short time operation range
40
Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]
135
60
90
Short time operation range
60
0
2000
Short time operation range
Continuous operation range
Continuous operation range
0
90
45
30
20
0
Torque [N㨯m]
40
Torque [N㨯m]
75
Short time operation range
4000
[ HP-H354 ]
50
30
2000
Rotation speed [r/min]
50
0
0
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ HP-H224 ]
0
Short time operation range
10
Rotation speed [r/min]
Torque [N㨯m]
20
Continuous operation range
Continuous operation range
0
10
Torque [N㨯m]
12
3
Torque [N㨯m]
[ HP-H154 ]
20
Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]
[ HP-H54 ]
4000
0
2000
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
Continuous operation range
4000
0
0
1500
3000
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ HP-H1103 ]
300
Torque [N㨯m]
240
180
Short time operation range
120
60
Continuous operation range
0
0
1500
3000
Rotation speed [r/min]
(Note)
The above graphs show the data when applied the input voltage of 380VAC. When the input
voltage is 380VAC or less, the short time operation range is limited.
2 - 17
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
&lt; HC-H Series &gt;
[ HC-H1502S-S10 ]
Torque [N㨯m]
400
300
Short time operation range
200
100
Continuous operation range
0
0
1000
2000
2500
Rotation speed [r/min]
(Note)
2 - 18
The above graphs show the data when applied the input voltage of 380VAC. When the input
voltage is 380VAC or less, the short time operation range is limited.
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-2 Spindle motor
2-2 Spindle motor
2-2-1 Specifications
(1) 200V series
&lt; SJ-D Series (Standard) &gt;
Spindle motor type
MDS-D-SPCompatible
spindle drive
MDS-D-SP2unit type
Continuous rating [kW]
Output
capacity
Short time rating [kW]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Base rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Frame No.
Continuous rated torque [N•m]
SJ-D3.7/100-01
80
8040 (L)
16080S (M)
8080 (L,M)
16080 (M)
2.2
3.7
(15-minute rating)
6.7
1500
10000
B90
14.0
SJ-D5.5/100-01
80
8040 (L)
16080S (M)
8080 (L,M)
16080 (M)
3.7
5.5
(30-minute rating)
9.9
1500
10000
D90
23.6
SJ-D7.5/100-01
160
SJ-D11/80-01
160
16080S (L)
16080 (L)
16080S (L)
16080 (L)
5.5
7.5
(30-minute rating)
13.4
1500
10000
A112
35.0
7.5
11
(30-minute rating)
19.6
1500
8000
B112
47.7
GD2 [kg•m2]
0.030
0.053
0.094
0.122
Inertia [kg•m2]
Tolerable radial load [N]
Input voltage
Cooling fan
Maximum power
consumption
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment Atmosphere
0.0074
0.013
0.023
0.031
980
1470
1960
1960
50W
50W
Altitude
Degree of protection
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass [kg]
Heat-resistant class
(Note)
3-phase 200V
38W
38W
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing), Storage: -20&deg;C to 65&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
IP54 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
174 SQ.
174 SQ.
204 SQ.
204 SQ.
327
417
439
489
φ150
φ150
φ180
φ180
φ28
φ28
φ32
φ48
26
39
53
64
F (155&deg;C)
The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 19
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
&lt; SJ-DJ Series (Compact &amp; lightweight specifications) &gt;
Spindle motor type
MDS-D-SPCompatible
spindle drive
MDS-D-SP2unit type
SJ-DJ5.5/100-01
80
8040 (L)
16080S (M)
8080 (L,M)
16080 (M)
3.7
SJ-DJ7.5/100-01
160
SJ-DJ11/100-01
160
SJ-DJ15/80-01
200
16080S (L)
16080 (L)
16080S (L)
16080 (L)
-
5.5
7.5
5.5
(25%ED rating)
7.5
(15-minute rating)
11
(15-minute rating)
9.9
(Continuous) 2000
/ (Short time) 1500
10000
B90
17.7
13.4
(Continuous) 2000
/ (Short time) 1500
10000
D90
26.3
19.6
(Continuous) 2000
/ (Short time) 1500
10000
A112
35.8
11
15
(15-minute rating)
(15%ED rating)
26.7
(Continuous) 2000
/ (Short time) 1500
8000
B112
52.5
GD2 [kg•m2]
0.030
0.053
0.094
0.122
Inertia [kg•m2]
Tolerable radial load [N]
Input voltage
Cooling fan
Maximum power
consumption
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment Atmosphere
0.0074
0.013
0.023
0.031
980
1470
1960
1960
50W
50W
Continuous rating [kW]
Output
capacity
Short time rating [kW]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Base rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Frame No.
Continuous rated torque [N•m]
Altitude
Degree of protection
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass [kg]
Heat-resistant class
(Note)
3-phase 200V
38W
38W
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing), Storage: -20&deg;C to 65&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
IP54 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
174 SQ.
174 SQ.
204 SQ.
204 SQ.
327
417
439
489
φ150
φ150
φ180
φ180
φ28
φ28
φ32
φ48
26
39
53
64
F (155&deg;C)
The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 20
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-2 Spindle motor
&lt; SJ-V Series (Standard) &gt;
Spindle motor type
MDS-D-SPCompatible
spindle drive
MDS-D-SP2unit type
SJ-VL0.75-01T
20
SJ-VL1.5-01T
20
2020 (L,M)
4020 (M)
2020 (L,M)
4020 (M)
0.4
0.75
(10-minute rating)
1.5
1500
10000
A71
2.55
GD2 [kg•m2]
Inertia [kg•m2]
Tolerable radial load [N]
Input voltage
Cooling fan
Maximum power
consumption
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
Continuous rating [kW]
Output
capacity
Short time rating [kW]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Base rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Frame No.
Continuous rated torque [N•m]
Altitude
Degree of protection
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass [kg]
Heat-resistant class
(Note)
0.75
1.5
(10-minute rating)
2.8
1500
10000
B71
4.77
SJ-V2.2-01T
40
4020 (L)
4040S (L,M)
4040 (L,M)
8040 (M)
1.5
2.2
(15-minute rating)
4.1
1500
10000
A90
9.5
SJ-V3.7-01T
80
8040 (L)
16080S (M)
8080 (L,M)
16080 (M)
2.2
3.7
(15-minute rating)
6.7
1500
10000
B90
14.0
SJ-V5.5-01ZT
80
8040 (L)
16080S (M)
8080 (L,M)
16080 (M)
3.7
5.5
(30-minute rating)
9.9
1500
12000
D90
23.6
0.0053
0.0096
0.027
0.035
0.059
0.0013
0.0024
0.007
0.009
0.0148
490
Single-phase 200V
490
Single-phase 200V
980
Single-phase 200V
980
Single-phase 200V
980
Single-phase 200V
14W
14W
36W
36W
36W
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing), Storage: -20&deg;C to 65&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
IP44
130 SQ.
130 SQ.
174 SQ.
174 SQ.
174 SQ.
265
325
300
330
425
φ110
φ110
φ150
φ150
φ150
φ22
φ22
φ28
φ28
φ28
15
20
25
30
49
F (155&deg;C)
The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 21
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
&lt; SJ-V Series (Standard) &gt;
Spindle motor type
MDS-D-SPCompatible
spindle drive
MDS-D-SP2unit type
Continuous rating [kW]
Output
capacity
Short time rating [kW]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Base rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Frame No.
Continuous rated torque [N•m]
SJ-V7.5-01ZT
160
16080S (L)
16080 (L)
5.5
7.5
(30-minute rating)
13.4
1500
12000
A112
35
SJ-V7.5-03ZT
160
16080S (L)
16080 (L)
5.5
7.5
(30-minute rating)
13.4
1500
12000
A112
35
SJ-V11-01ZT
160
16080S (L)
16080 (L)
7.5
11
(30-minute rating)
19.6
1500
8000
B112
47.7
SJ-V11-13ZT
200
SJ-V15-01ZT
200
-
-
7.5
11
(30-minute rating)
19.6
1500
8000
B112
47.7
11
15
(30-minute rating)
26.7
1500
8000
A160
70
GD2 [kg•m2]
0.098
0.098
0.12
0.12
0.23
Inertia [kg•m2]
Tolerable radial load [N]
Input voltage
Cooling fan
Maximum power
consumption
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
0.0245
0.0245
0.03
0.03
0.0575
980
3-phase 200V
980
3-phase 200V
1960
3-phase 200V
1960
3-phase 200V
2940
3-phase 200V
40W
40W
40W
40W
63W
Altitude
Degree of protection
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass [kg]
Heat-resistant class
(Note)
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing), Storage: -20&deg;C to 65&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
IP44
204 SQ.
204 SQ.
204 SQ.
204 SQ.
250 SQ.
440
440
490
490
469.5
φ180
φ180
φ180
φ180
φ230
φ32
φ32
φ48
φ48
φ48
60
60
70
70
110
F (155&deg;C)
The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 22
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-2 Spindle motor
&lt; SJ-V Series (Standard) &gt;
Spindle motor type
Compatible
MDS-D-SPspindle drive
MDS-D-SP2unit type
Continuous rating [kW]
Output
capacity
Short time rating [kW]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Base rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Frame No.
Continuous rated torque [N•m]
SJ-V15-09ZT
200
SJ-V18.5-01ZT
200
SJ-V18.5-04ZT
240
SJ-V22-01ZT
240
SJ-V22-04ZT
320
-
-
-
-
-
11
15
(30-minute rating)
26.7
1500
8000
A160
70
15
18.5
(30-minute rating)
32.8
1500
8000
A160
95.5
15
18.5
(30-minute rating)
32.8
1500
8000
A160
95.5
18.5
22
(30-minute rating)
39.0
1500
8000
B160
118
18.5
22
(30-minute rating)
39.0
1500
8000
B160
118
0.319
GD2 [kg•m2]
0.23
0.23
0.23
0.319
Inertia [kg•m2]
Tolerable radial load [N]
Input voltage
Cooling fan
Maximum power
consumption
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
0.0575
0.0575
0.0575
0.08
0.08
2940
3-phase 200V
2940
3-phase 200V
2940
3-phase 200V
2940
3-phase 200V
2940
3-phase 200V
63W
63W
63W
63W
63W
Altitude
Degree of protection
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass [kg]
Heat-resistant class
(Note)
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing), Storage: -20&deg;C to 65&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
IP44
250 SQ.
250 SQ.
250 SQ.
250 SQ.
250 SQ.
469.5
469.5
469.5
539.5
539.5
φ230
φ230
φ230
φ230
φ230
φ48
φ48
φ48
φ55
φ55
110
110
110
135
135
F (155&deg;C)
The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 23
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
&lt; SJ-V Series (Standard) &gt;
Spindle motor type
Compatible
MDS-D-SPspindle drive
MDS-D-SP2unit type
Continuous rating [kW]
Output
capacity
Short time rating [kW]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Base rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Frame No.
Continuous rated torque [N•m]
SJ-V26-01ZT
320
SJ-V37-01ZT
400
SJ-V45-01ZT
640
SJ-V55-01ZT
640
-
-
-
-
22
26 (30-minute rating)
46.1
1500
8000
C160
140
30
37 (30-minute rating)
65.5
1150
6000
B180
249
37
45 (30-minute rating)
79.6
1500
6000
B180
236
45
55 (30-minute rating)
97.2
1150
4500
A225
374
GD2 [kg•m2]
0.37
1.36
1.36
3.39
Inertia [kg•m2]
Tolerable radial load [N]
Input voltage
Cooling fan
Maximum power
consumption
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
0.0925
0.34
0.34
0.848
2940
3-phase 200V
3920
3-phase 200V
3920
3-phase 200V
5880
3-phase 200V
63W
175W
175W
115W
Altitude
Degree of protection
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass [kg]
Heat-resistant class
(Note)
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing), Storage: -20&deg;C to 65&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
IP44
250 SQ.
320 SQ.
320 SQ.
480 SQ.
585.5
700
700
724
φ230
φ300
φ300
φ450
φ55
φ60
φ60
φ75
155
300
300
450
F (155&deg;C)
The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 24
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-2 Spindle motor
&lt; SJ-V Series (High-speed) &gt;
Spindle motor type
MDS-D-SPCompatible
spindle drive
MDS-D-SP2unit type
Continuous rating [kW]
Short time rating [kW]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Base rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Frame No.
Continuous rated torque [N•m]
Output
capacity
GD2 [kg•m2]
2
Inertia [kg•m ]
Tolerable radial load [N]
Input voltage
Cooling fan
Maximum power
consumption
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
Altitude
Degree of protection
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass [kg]
Heat-resistant class
(Note)
SJ-VL2.2-02ZT
40
4020 (L)
4040S (L,M)
4040 (L,M)
8040 (M)
1.5
2.2 (15-minute rating)
4.1
3000
15000
B71
4.77
SJ-V3.7-02ZT
80
8040 (L)
16080S (M)
8080 (L,M)
16080 (M)
2.2
3.7 (15-minute rating)
6.7
3000
15000
A90
7.0
SJ-V11-06ZT
200
SJ-V11-08ZT
200
-
-
5.5
7.5 (30-minute rating)
13.4
1500
12000
A112
35.0
7.5
11 (30-minute rating)
19.6
1500
8000
B112
47.7
0.0096
0.027
0.098
0.12
0.0024
0.007
0.025
0.03
196
Single-phase 200V
245
Single-phase 200V
980
3-phase 240V
1470
3-phase 240V
14W
42W
40W
40W
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing), Storage: -20&deg;C to 65&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
IP44
130 SQ.
174 SQ.
204 SQ.
204 SQ.
325
300
440
490
φ110
φ150
φ180
φ180
φ22
φ28
φ32
φ48
20
25
60
70
F (155&deg;C)
The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 25
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
&lt; SJ-V Series (High-speed) &gt;
Spindle motor type
Compatible
MDS-D-SPspindle drive
MDS-D-SP2unit type
Continuous rating [kW]
Output
capacity
Short time rating [kW]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Base rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Frame No.
Continuous rated torque [N•m]
SJ-V22-06ZT
240
SJ-V18.5-04ZT
240
SJ-V30-02ZT
320
-
-
-
11
15 (30-minute rating)
26.7
1500
8000
A160
70.0
15
18.5 (30-minute rating)
32.8
1500
8000
A160
95.5
18.5
22 (30-minute rating)
39.0
1500
8000
B160
118
GD2 [kg•m2]
0.23
0.23
0.32
Inertia [kg•m2]
Tolerable radial load [N]
Input voltage
Cooling fan
Maximum power
consumption
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
0.06
0.0575
0.08
1960
3-phase 240V
2940
3-phase 240V
1960
3-phase 240V
63W
63W
63W
Altitude
Degree of protection
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass [kg]
Heat-resistant class
(Note)
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing), Storage: -20&deg;C to 65&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
IP44
250 SQ.
250 SQ.
250 SQ.
469.5
469.5
539.5
φ230
φ230
φ230
φ48
φ48
φ55
125
110
155
F (155&deg;C)
The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 26
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-2 Spindle motor
&lt; SJ-V Series (Wide range constant output) &gt;
Spindle motor type
MDS-D-SPCompatible
spindle drive
MDS-D-SP2unit type
Continuous rating [kW]
Short time rating [kW]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Base rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Frame No.
Continuous rated torque [N•m]
Output
capacity
SJ-V11-01T
160
16080S (L)
16080 (L)
3.7
5.5 (30-minute rating)
9.9
750
6000
B112
47.1
SJ-V11-09T
160
16080S (L)
16080 (L)
5.5
7.5 (30-minute rating)
13.4
750
6000
A160
70.0
SJ-V15-03T
200
SJ-V18.5-03T
240
-
-
7.5
9 (30-minute rating)
16.1
750
6000
A160
95.5
9
11 (30-minute rating)
19.6
750
6000
B160
115
GD2 [kg•m2]
0.12
0.23
0.23
0.32
Inertia [kg•m2]
Tolerable radial load [N]
Input voltage
Cooling fan
Maximum power
consumption
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
0.03
0.06
0.06
0.08
1960
3-phase 240V
2940
3-phase 240V
2940
3-phase 240V
2940
3-phase 240V
40W
63W
63W
63W
Altitude
Degree of protection
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass [kg]
Heat-resistant class
(Note)
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing), Storage: -20&deg;C to 65&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
IP44
204 SQ.
250 SQ.
250 SQ.
250 SQ.
490
469.5
469.5
539.5
φ180
φ230
φ230
φ230
φ48
φ48
φ48
φ55
70
110
110
135
F (155&deg;C)
The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 27
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
&lt; SJ-V Series (Wide range constant output) &gt;
Spindle motor type
Compatible
MDS-D-SPspindle drive
MDS-D-SP2unit type
Continuous rating [kW]
Output
capacity
Short time rating [kW]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Base rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Frame No.
Continuous rated torque [N•m]
GD2 [kg•m2]
Inertia [kg•m2]
Tolerable radial load [N]
Input voltage
Cooling fan
Maximum power
consumption
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
Altitude
Degree of protection
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass [kg]
Heat-resistant class
(Note)
SJ-V22-05T
320
SJ-V22-09T
320
SJ-VK22-19ZT
320
-
-
-
11
15 (30-minute rating)
26.7
750
6000
B160
140
15
18.5 (30-minute rating)
32.8
500
4500
A180
239
0.32
1.23
13
18.5 (15-minute rating)
32.8
330
750
18.5
22 (30-minute rating)
39.0
575
6000
B180
310
307.3
1.36
0.08
0.31
0.34
2940
3-phase 240V
3920
3-phase 200V
3920
3-phase 200V
63W
175W
175W
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing), Storage: -20&deg;C to 65&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
IP44
250 SQ.
320 SQ.
320 SQ.
539.5
631
700
φ230
φ300
φ300
φ55
φ60
φ60
135
280
300
F (155&deg;C)
The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 28
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-2 Spindle motor
&lt; SJ-VL Series (Low-inertia) &gt;
SJ-VL11-10FZT
SJ-VL11-10FZT
SJ-VL11-07ZT
SJ-VL11-07ZT
160
16080S (L)
16080 (L)
2.2
3.7
(15-minute rating)
6.7
160
Power facility capacity [kVA]
SJ-VL11-05FZTS01
160
16080S (L)
16080 (L)
1.5
3
(10-minute rating)
5.5
160
16080S (L)
16080 (L)
5.5
7.5
(30-minute rating)
13.4
160
16080S (L)
16080 (L)
7.5
11
(15-minute rating)
19.6
Base rotation speed [r/min]
5000
1700
1500
2200
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Frame No.
Continuous rated torque [N•m]
20000
B71
2.8
15000
D90
12.4
12000
B112
35
12000
B112
32.6
GD2 [kg•m2]
0.0096
0.021
0.021
0.072
0.072
Inertia [kg•m2]
Tolerable radial load [N]
Input voltage
Cooling fan
Maximum power
consumption
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
0.0024
0.00525
0.00525
0.018
0.018
980
Single-phase 200V
245
Single-phase 200V
245
Single-phase 200V
980
3-phase 240V
980
3-phase 240V
14W
41W
41W
40W
40W
Spindle motor type
Compatible
spindle drive
unit type
MDS-D-SPMDS-D-SP2Continuous rating [kW]
Output
capacity
Short time rating [kW]
Altitude
Degree of protection
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass [kg]
Heat-resistant class
(Note)
3.7
5.5
(15-minute rating)
9.9
3000
(10-minute rating:
2500)
15000
D90
11.8
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing), Storage: -20&deg;C to 65&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
IP44
130 SQ.
174 SQ.
174 SQ.
204 SQ.
204 SQ.
335
441
441
490
490
φ110
φ150
φ150
φ180
φ180
φ22
φ28
φ28
φ32
φ32
20
40
40
70
70
F (155&deg;C)
The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 29
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
(2) 400V series
&lt; SJ-4-V Series (Standard) &gt;
Spindle motor type
Compatible
spindle drive
MDS-DH-SPunit type
Continuous rating [kW]
Output
capacity
Short time rating [kW]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Base rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Frame No.
Continuous rated torque [N•m]
SJ-4-V2.2-03T
SJ-4-V3.7-03T
SJ-4-V5.5-07T
20
1.5
2.2
(15-minute
rating)
4.1
SJ-4-V7.5-12T
SJ-4-V11-18T
SJ-4-V15-18T
80
100
5.5
7.5
(30-minute
rating)
13.4
7.5
11
(30-minute
rating)
19.6
11
15
(30-minute
rating)
26.7
40
2.2
3.7
(15-minute
rating)
6.7
3.7
5.5
(30-minute
rating)
9.9
1500
8000
10000
6000
A90
9.5
B90
14.0
D90
23.5
A112
35.0
B112
47.7
A160
70.0
GD2[kg•m2]
0.027
0.035
0.059
0.098
0.12
0.23
Inertia [kg•m2]
Tolerable radial load [N]
Input voltage
Cooling fan
Maximum power
consumption
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
0.007
0.009
0.015
0.025
0.03
Altitude
Degree of protection
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass [kg]
Heat-resistant class
980
1470
Single-phase 400V
30W
0.06
1960
2940
3-phase 400V
70W
72W
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing), Storage: -20&deg;C to 65&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
IP44
174 SQ.
174 SQ.
174 SQ.
204 SQ.
204 SQ.
250 SQ.
300
330
425
440
490
469.5
φ150
φ150
φ150
φ180
φ180
φ230
φ28
φ28
φ28
φ32
φ48
φ48
25
30
49
60
70
110
F (155&deg;C)
(Note 1) The rated output is guaranteed at the rated input voltage (380 to 440VAC 50Hz / 380 to 480VAC 60Hz)
to the power supply unit. If the input voltage fluctuates and drops below 380VAC, the rated output may
not be attained.
(Note 2) The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 30
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-2 Spindle motor
&lt; SJ-4-V Series (Standard) &gt;
Spindle motor type
Compatible
spindle drive
MDS-DH-SPunit type
Continuous rating [kW]
Output
capacity
Short time rating [kW]
SJ-4-V18.5-14T
SJ-4-V22-15T
100
SJ-4-V37-04T
160
22
26
(30-minute
rating)
46.1
30
37
(30-minute
rating)
65.5
1150
A160
95.5
C160
140
GD2[kg•m2]
0.23
0.32
Inertia [kg•m2]
Tolerable radial load [N]
Input voltage
Cooling fan
Maximum power
consumption
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
0.06
0.08
Altitude
Degree of protection
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass [kg]
Heat-resistant class
SJ-4-V45-02T
200
18.5
22
(30-minute
rating)
39.0
1500
6000
B160
118
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Base rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Frame No.
Continuous rated torque [N•m]
15
18.5
(30-minute
rating)
32.8
SJ-4-V26-08T
SJ-4-V55-03T
320
45
55
(30-minute
rating)
97.2
1150
A180
249
37
45
(30-minute
rating)
79.6
1500
3450
B180
236
0.38
1.23
2.19
3.39
0.10
0.31
0.55
2940
3920
A225
374
0.85
5880
3-phase 400V
72W
Refer to each motor specifications.
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing), Storage: -20&deg;C to 65&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
IP44
250 SQ.
250 SQ.
250 SQ.
320 SQ.
320 SQ.
480 SQ.
469.5
539.5
585.5
631
700
724
φ230
φ230
φ230
φ300
φ300
φ450
φ48
φ55
φ55
φ60
φ60
φ75
110
135
155
280
390
450
F (155&deg;C)
(Note 1) The rated output is guaranteed at the rated input voltage (380 to 440VAC 50Hz / 380 to 480VAC 60Hz)
to the power supply unit. If the input voltage fluctuates and drops below 380VAC, the rated output may
not be attained.
(Note 2) The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 31
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
&lt; SJ-4-V Series (High-speed) &gt;
Spindle motor type
Compatible
spindle drive
MDS-DH-SPunit type
Continuous rating [kW]
Output
capacity
Short time rating [kW]
SJ-4-V3.7-05ZT
SJ-4-V7.5-13ZT
20
80
2.2
3.7
(15-minute
rating)
6.7
3000
15000
A90
7.0
5.5
7.5
(30-minute
rating)
13.4
35.0
GD2[kg•m2]
0.027
Inertia [kg•m2]
Tolerable radial load [N]
0.007
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Base rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Frame No.
Continuous rated torque [N•m]
Input voltage
Cooling fan
Environment
Maximum power
consumption
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Atmosphere
Altitude
Degree of protection
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass [kg]
Heat-resistant class
490
Single-phase
400V
30W
SJ-4-V11-22ZT
SJ-4-V11-23ZT
SJ-4-V22-18ZT
100
5.5
7.5
(30-minute
rating)
13.4
SJ-4-V30-15ZT
160
11
15
(30-minute
rating)
26.7
18.5
22
(30-minute
rating)
39.0
35.0
B112
47.7
8000
A160
70.0
B160
118
0.098
0.098
0.12
0.23
0.32
0.025
0.025
0.03
0.06
12000
A112
980
7.5
11
(30-minute
rating)
19.6
1500
1470
0.08
1960
3-phase 400V
70W
72W
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing), Storage: -20&deg;C to 65&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
IP44
174 SQ.
204 SQ.
204 SQ.
204 SQ.
250 SQ.
250 SQ.
300
440
440
490
469.5
539.5
φ150
φ180
φ180
φ180
φ230
φ230
φ28
φ32
φ32
φ48
φ48
φ55
25
60
70
125
155
F (155&deg;C)
(Note 1) The rated output is guaranteed at the rated input voltage (380 to 440VAC 50Hz / 380 to 480VAC 60Hz)
to the power supply unit. If the input voltage fluctuates and drops below 380VAC, the rated output may
not be attained.
(Note 2) The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 32
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-2 Spindle motor
&lt; SJ-4-V Series (Wide range constant output)&gt;
Spindle motor type
Compatible
spindle drive
MDS-DH-SPunit type
Continuous rating [kW]
Output
capacity
Short time rating [kW]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Base rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Frame No.
Continuous rated torque [N•m]
GD2[kg•m2]
Inertia [kg•m2]
Tolerable radial load [N]
Input voltage
Cooling fan
Maximum power
consumption
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
Altitude
Degree of protection
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass [kg]
Heat-resistant class
SJ-4-V11-18T
SJ-4-V11-21T
80
SJ-4-V15-20T
SJ-4-V18.5-17T
SJ-4-V22-16T
100
3.7
5.5
(30-minute rating)
9.9
5.5
7.5
(30-minute rating)
13.4
B112
47.1
70.0
0.12
0.23
0.23
0.03
0.06
0.06
160
7.5
9
(30-minute rating)
16.1
750
6000
A160
95.5
1960
9
11
(30-minute rating)
19.6
11
15
(30-minute rating)
26.7
B160
115
140
0.32
0.32
0.08
0.08
2940
3-phase 400V
70W
72W
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing), Storage: -20&deg;C to 65&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
IP44
204 SQ.
250 SQ.
250 SQ.
250 SQ.
250 SQ.
490
469.5
469.5
539.5
539.5
φ180
φ230
φ230
φ230
φ230
φ48
φ48
φ48
φ55
φ55
70
110
135
F (155&deg;C)
(Note 1) The rated output is guaranteed at the rated input voltage (380 to 440VAC 50Hz / 380 to 480VAC 60Hz)
to the power supply unit. If the input voltage fluctuates and drops below 380VAC, the rated output may
not be attained.
(Note 2) The tolerable radial load is the value calculated at the center of output shaft.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 33
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
&lt; SJ-4-VS Series (Hollow shaft) &gt;
Spindle motor type
Compatible
spindle drive
MDS-DH-SPunit type
Continuous rating [kW]
Output
capacity
Short time rating [kW]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Base rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Frame No.
Continuous rated torque [N•m]
SJ-4-VS7.5-13ZT
SJ-4-VS22-18ZT
80
5.5
7.5
(30-minute rating)
13.4
1500
12000
A112
35.0
SJ-4-VS30-15ZT
160
11
15
(30-minute rating)
26.7
18.5
22
(30-minute rating)
39.0
1500
8000
A160
70.0
B160
118
0.32
GD2[kg•m2]
0.099
0.23
Inertia [kg•m2]
Tolerable radial load [N]
Input voltage
Cooling fan
Maximum power
consumption
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
0.025
0.058
0.08
0 (Note 3)
0 (Note 3)
3-phase 400V
0 (Note 3)
Altitude
Degree of protection
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass [kg]
Heat-resistant class
70W
72W
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing), Storage: -20&deg;C to 65&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation), Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
IP44
204 SQ.
250 SQ.
250 SQ.
440
469.5
539.5
φ180
φ230
φ230
φ32
φ48
φ55
65
115
140
F (155&deg;C)
(Note 1) The rated output is guaranteed at the rated input voltage (380 to 440VAC 50Hz / 380 to 480VAC 60Hz)
to the power supply unit. If the input voltage fluctuates and drops below 380VAC, the rated output may
not be attained.
(Note 2) Do not apply a radial load.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 34
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-2 Spindle motor
2-2-2 Output characteristics
(1) 200V series
&lt; SJ-D Series (Standard) &gt;
[SJ-D3.7/100-01 ]
[SJ-D5.5/100-01 ]
6.0
6.0
[ SJ-D7.5/100-01 ]
8.0
5.5
7.5
30-minute rating
30-minute rating
3.7
15-minute rating
2.2
2.0
4.0
Output [kW]
4.0
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
6.0
3.7
Continuous rating
2.0
0
0
0
1500
6000
Continuous rating
4.0
2.0
Continuous rating
0
5.5
10000
0
Rotation speed [r/min]
1500
6000
0
10000
1500
6000
10000
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ SJ-D11/80-01 ]
Output [kW]
30-minute rating
Continuous rating
0
1500
4500
8000
Rotation speed [r/min]
&lt; SJ-DJ Series (Compact &amp; lightweight specifications) &gt;
[SJ-DJ5.5/100-01 ]
[ SJ-DJ7.5/100-01 ]
15-minute rating
3.7
Continuous rating
12
5.5
4.0
Output [kW]
25%ED rating
4.0
7.5
6.0
5.5
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
6.0
[ SJ-DJ11/100-01 ]
16
8.0
8.0
Continuous rating
0
1500 2000
4500
10000
0
1500 2000
4500
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
Continuous rating
0
0
0
7.5
8
4
2.0
2.0
11
15-minute rating
10000
0
1500 2000
4500
10000
Rotation speed [r/min]
[SJ-DJ15/80-01 ]
16
15%ED
rating
Output [kW]
12
15
15-minute
rating
11
Continuous rating
8
4
0
0
1500 2000
4000
8000
Rotation speed [r/min]
2 - 35
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
&lt; SJ-V Series (Standard) &gt;
[ SJ-VL1.5-01T ]
2.0
1.5
1.5
1.0
0.75
10-minute rating
0.5
1.5
10-minute rating
1.0
0.75
Continuous rating
0.5
0.4
[ SJ-V2.2-01T ]
6.0
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
[ SJ-VL0.75-01T ]
2.0
4.0
2.2
2.0
1.5 15-minute rating
Continuous rating
Continuous rating
0
0
0
1500
6000
0
0
10000
1500
Rotation speed [r/min]
6000
10000
0
1500
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ SJ-V3.7-01T ]
[ SJ-V5.5-01ZT ]
10000
[ SJ-V7.5-01ZT ]
8.0
6.0
6000
Rotation speed [r/min]
8.0
7.5
30-minute rating
15-minute rating
2.2
2.0
Continuous rating
6.0
5.5
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
6.0
3.7
4.0
30-minute rating
3.7
4.0
Continuous rating
2.0
0
1500
6000
0
10000
1500
6000
0
12000
0
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ SJ-V7.5-03ZT ]
8.0
4.0
2.0
0
0
5.5
Continuous rating
6000
12000
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ SJ-V11-01ZT ]
[ SJ-V11-13ZT ]
20
20
7.5
1500
30-minute rating
15
Continuous rating
4.0
11
10
30-minute rating
7.5
Continuous rating
5
2.0
Output [kW]
15
5.5
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
6.0
0
1500
Continuous rating
0
0
10000 12000
7.5 30-minute rating
5
0
0
11
10
1500
4500
0
8000
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ SJ-V15-01ZT ]
6000
8000
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ SJ-V15-09ZT ]
[ SJ-V18.5-01ZT ]
20
20
20
1500
18.5
30-minute rating
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
11
10
Continuous rating
11
10
Continuous rating
0
1500
4500
Rotation speed [r/min]
8000
Continuous rating
10
5
0
0
0
15
15
30-minute rating
5
5
2 - 36
15
15
30-minute rating
Output [kW]
15
15
0
1500
6000
Rotation speed [r/min]
8000
0
1500
4500
Rotation speed [r/min]
8000
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-2 Spindle motor
[ SJ-V18.5-04ZT ]
20
[ SJ-V22-01ZT ]
[ SJ-V22-04ZT ]
30
30
18.5
30-minute rating
15
22
10
Output [kW]
22
Continuous rating
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
15
18.5 30-minute rating
20
Continuous rating
10
18.5 30-minute rating
20
Continuous rating
10
5
0
0
0
0
1500
6000
8000
0
Rotation speed [r/min]
1500
4500
0
8000
[ SJ-V26-01ZT ]
[ SJ-V37-01ZT ]
6000
8000
[ SJ-V45-01ZT ]
60
60
30
1500
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
26
Continuous rating
10
40
Output [kW]
45
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
22 30-minute rating
20
37
30 30-minute rating
Continuous rating
20
0
1500
6000
8000
0
1150
3450
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
Continuous rating
20
0
0
0
37 30-minute rating
40
6000
0
1500
4500
6000
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ SJ-V55-01ZT ]
60
55
Output [kW]
45
30-minute rating
40
Continuous rating
20
0
0
1150
3450
4500
Rotation speed [r/min]
2 - 37
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
&lt; SJ-V Series (High-speed) &gt;
[ SJ-VL2.2-02ZT ]
[ SJ-V3.7-02ZT ]
6.0
[ SJ-V11-06ZT ]
8.0
6.0
7.5
30-minute rating
2.2
2.0
1.5 15-minute rating
3.7
4.0
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
6.0
4.0
15-minute rating
2.2
2.0
5.5
Continuous rating
4.0
2.0
Continuous rating
Continuous rating
0
0
3000
0
0
15000
0
Rotation speed [r/min]
12000
0
15000
[ SJ-V22-06ZT ]
11
10
7.5 30-minute rating
30
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
20
12000
[ SJ-V18.5-04ZT ]
30
30
1500
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ SJ-V11-08ZT ]
Output [kW]
3000
20
15
11 30-minute rating
10
Continuous rating
20
18.5
15 30-minute rating
Continuous rating
10
Continuous rating
0
0
0
1500
8000
[ SJ-V30-02ZT ]
30
Output [kW]
22
18.5 30-minute rating
Continuous rating
10
0
0
1500
Rotation speed [r/min]
2 - 38
1500
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
20
0
0
8000
8000
0
1500
6000
Rotation speed [r/min]
8000
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-2 Spindle motor
&lt; SJ-V Series (Wide range constant output) &gt;
[ SJ-V11-01T ]
[ SJ-V11-09T ]
[ SJ-V15-03T ]
15
10
5.5
5
3.7 30-minute rating
15
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
15
10
7.5
5.5
5
30-minute rating
Continuous rating
10
9
7.5 30-minute rating
Continuous rating
5
Continuous rating
0
0
750
6000
0
0
750
15
15
11
30-minute rating
Continuous rating
5
6000
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ SJ-V22-09T ]
30
15
11
30-minute rating
10
Continuous rating
20
18.5
30-minute rating
15
Continuous rating
10
5
0
0
750
0
0
6000
0
750
6000
[ SJ-VK22-19ZT (in low-speed coil) ]
0 500 600
3500
4500
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ SJ-VK22-19ZT (in high-speed coil) ]
30
30
22
20
18.5
15-minute rating
13
Continuous rating
10
0
0
330 400
Rotation speed [r/min]
750
Output [kW]
10-minute rating
Output [kW]
750
[ SJ-V22-05T ]
20
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
[ SJ-V18.5-03T ]
20
9
0
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
10
6000
Output [kW]
0
20
18.5 30-minute rating
Continuous rating
10
0
0 575
3450
6000
Rotation speed [r/min]
2 - 39
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
&lt; SJ-VL Series (Low-inertia) &gt;
[ SJ-VL11-05FZT-S01 ]
[ SJ-VL11-10FZT ]
10
During
acceleration/deceleration
5
3.7
3
2.2
1.5 10-minute rating
0
500
600
15000
Output [kW]
11
During
acceleration/deceleration
5.5 30-minute rating
5
Continuous rating
0
10
15-minute rating
7.5
Continuous rating
5
0
Rotation speed [r/min]
3.7
15-minute rating
12000
0
2200
8000
Rotation speed [r/min]
0 2500 3000 5000
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ SJ-VL11-07ZT ]
11
Output [kW]
5000
15
8000
5.5
5
Continuous rating
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ SJ-VL11-07ZT ]
0 1500 2200
During
acceleration/deceleration
0
0 1700
18000 20000
15
7.5
10-minute
rating
15-minute rating
0
Rotation speed [r/min]
10
10
Continuous rating
Continuous rating
0
Output [kW]
5
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
During
acceleration/deceleration
10
11
11
11
2 - 40
[ SJ-VL11-10FZT ]
15
15
15
12000
15000
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-2 Spindle motor
(2) 400V series
&lt; SJ-4-V Series (Standard) &gt;
[ SJ-4-V2.2-03T ]
[ SJ-4-V3.7-03T ]
4.0
2.2
2.0
1.5 15-minute rating
8.0
6.0
4.0
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
6.0
Output [kW]
[ SJ-4-V5.5-07T ]
6.0
3.7
15-minute rating
2.2
2.0
Continuous rating
5.5
30-minute rating
4.0
3.7
Continuous rating
2.0
Continuous rating
0
0
0
1500
6000
0
0
10000
[ SJ-4-V7.5-12T ]
7.5
6.0
5.5
6000
10000
0
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
8.0
1500
1500
6000
8000
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ SJ-4-V11-18T ]
[ SJ-4-V15-18T ]
20
20
15
15
Continuous rating
4.0
11
10
7.5
30-minute rating
Continuous rating
5
2.0
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
30-minute rating
0
1500
6000
Continuous rating
1500
4500
6000
0
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ SJ-4-V18.5-14T ]
20
10
0
0
8000
30-minute rating
11
5
0
0
15
[ SJ-4-V22-15T ]
[ SJ-4-V26-08T ]
26
30-minute rating
10
5
0
18.530-minute rating
20
Continuous rating
10
4500
6000
20
Continuous rating
10
0
0
1500
0
Rotation speed [r/min]
1500
4500
0
6000
[ SJ-4-V37-04T ]
[ SJ-4-V45-02T ]
60
55
30
30-minute rating
Continuous rating
20
40
37
45
30-minute rating
Continuous rating
20
0
0
0
1150
Rotation speed [r/min]
3450
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
45
37
6000
[ SJ-4-V55-03T ]
60
40
1500
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
60
30-minute rating
22
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
22
Continuous rating
0
6000
30
15
15
4500
Rotation speed [r/min]
30
18.5
1500
30-minute rating
40
Continuous rating
20
0
0
1500
Rotation speed [r/min]
3450
0
1150
3450
Rotation speed [r/min]
2 - 41
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
&lt; SJ-4-V Series (High-speed) &gt;
[ SJ-4-V3.7-05ZT ]
[ SJ-4-V7.5-13ZT ]
6.0
8.0
[ SJ-4-V11-22ZT ]
7.5
8.0
7.5
6.0
5.5
30-minute rating
6.0
15-minute rating
2.2
2.0
Continuous rating
5.5
Continuous rating
4.0
0
0
3000
12000
15000
0
Rotation speed [r/min]
15
15
11
30-minute rating
Continuous rating
5
[ SJ-4-V30-15ZT ]
30
15
22
30-minute rating
11
10
Continuous rating
Rotation speed [r/min]
18.5 30-minute rating
20
Continuous rating
10
0
0
1500
12000
5
0
0
1500
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ SJ-4-V22-18ZT ]
20
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
[ SJ-4-V11-23ZT ]
7.5
0
10000 12000
Rotation speed [r/min]
20
10
1500
Output [kW]
0
Continuous rating
4.0
2.0
2.0
0
2 - 42
Output [kW]
3.7
4.0
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
30-minute rating
8000
0
1500
Rotation speed [r/min]
8000
0
1500
Rotation speed [r/min]
8000
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-2 Spindle motor
&lt; SJ-4-V Series (Wide range constant output) &gt;
[ SJ-4-V11-18T ]
[ SJ-4-V11-21T ]
10
5.5
5
30-minute rating
3.7
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
[ SJ-4-V15-20T ]
15
15
15
10
7.5
30-minute rating
5.5
5
Continuous rating
10
9
7.5
30-minute rating
Continuous rating
5
Continuous rating
0
0
0
0
750
0
6000
750
Rotation speed [r/min]
20
15
15
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
6000
[ SJ-4-V22-16T ]
20
11
30-minute rating
9
750
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ SJ-4-V18.5-17T ]
10
0
6000
Continuous rating
15
30-minute rating
11
10
Continuous rating
5
5
0
0
0
750
0
6000
750
6000
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
&lt; SJ-4-VS Series (Hollow shaft) &gt;
[ SJ-4-VS7.5-13ZT ]
8.0
7.5
6.0
5.5
[ SJ-4-VS22-18ZT ]
[ SJ-4-VS30-15ZT ]
20
30
15
Continuous rating
4.0
2.0
22
Output [kW]
15
Output [kW]
Output [kW]
30-minute rating
30-minute rating
11
10
Continuous rating
5
0
0
0
1500
12000
Rotation speed [r/min]
0
1500
Rotation speed [r/min]
8000
18.5 30-minute rating
20
Continuous rating
10
0
0
1500
8000
Rotation speed [r/min]
2 - 43
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
2-3 Tool spindle motor
2-3-1 Specifications
&lt; HF-KP Series &gt;
5.5
2.5
HF-KP Series
HF□-W09
HF-KP56
20
2020 (L,M)
4020 (M)
0.5
1.8
0.80
1.1
6000
6000
11.3
5
0.24
0.42
Tool spindle motor type
Compatible spindle
drive unit type
MDS-D-SPMDS-D-SP2-
Rated output [kW]
Rated current [A]
Rated torque [N•m]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Rated rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum current [A]
Maximum torque [N•m]
Continuous characteristics
Motor inertia [kg•cm2]
Motor side detector
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
Altitude
HF-KP46
20
2020 (L,M)
4020 (M)
0.4
1.5
0.64
0.9
15.5
6.5
1.43
Resolution per motor revolution
260,000 pulse/rev
IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing),
Storage: -15&deg;C to 70&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Vibration
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass [kg]
Heat-resistant class
HF-KP96
20
2020 (L,M)
4020 (M)
0.9
3.6
1.43
1.8
60 SQ.
118.7
φ50
φ14
1.2
X,Y: 49m/s2 (5G)
60 SQ.
140.6
φ50
φ14
1.7
B (130&deg;C)
80 SQ.
149.1
φ70
φ19
2.9
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum
torque are the values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) A 2-axis spindle drive unit (MDS-D-SP2) drives two tool spindle motors only. A spindle motor other than
tool spindle motor is not usable.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 44
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-3 Tool spindle motor
&lt; HF-SP Series &gt;
HF-SP Series
HF-SP□-JW09
Tool spindle motor type
MDS-D-SPCompatible spindle
drive unit type
MDS-D-SP2-
Rated output [kW]
Rated current [A]
Rated torque [N•m]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Rated rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum current [A]
Maximum torque [N•m]
Continuous characteristics
Motor inertia [kg•cm2]
Motor side detector
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
Altitude
HF-SP226
80
8040 (L)
16080S (M)
8080 (L,M)
16080 (M)
2.2
8.2
3.5
4.1
16080S (L)
16080 (L)
4.0
14.4
6.37
7.3
6000
6000
44.0
22.0
95.0
50.0
11.9
23.7
Resolution per motor revolution
260,000 pulse/rev
IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing),
Storage: -15&deg;C to 70&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
X,Y:24.5m/s2 (2.5G)
Vibration
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass [kg]
Heat-resistant class
HF-SP406
160
130 SQ.
140.5
φ110
φ24
6.8
130 SQ.
184.5
φ110
φ24
10.0
F (155&deg;C)
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum
torque are the values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) A 2-axis spindle drive unit (MDS-D-SP2) drives two tool spindle motors only. A spindle motor other than
tool spindle motor is not usable.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 45
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
&lt; HF Series &gt;
Tool spindle motor type
HF75
20
HF105
20
2020 (L,M)
4020 (M)
2020 (L,M)
4020 (M)
Rated output [kW]
Rated current [A]
Rated torque [N•m]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Rated rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum current [A]
Maximum torque [N•m]
0.75
2.8
1.8
1.5
1.0
3.6
2.4
2.0
HF54
40
4020 (L)
4040S (L,M)
4040 (L,M)
8040 (M)
0.5
1.8
1.6
1.1
14.0
8.0
15.5
11.0
16.8
13.0
Motor inertia [kg•cm2]
2.6
5.1
6.1
MDS-D-SPCompatible
spindle drive
unit type
MDS-D-SP2-
Continuous
characteristics
4000
4000
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Atmosphere
Altitude
Vibration
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass [kg]
Heat-resistant class
11.9
17.8
23.7
HF204
80
8040 (L)
16080S(M)
8080 (L,M)
16080 (M)
2.0
6.8
6.4
3.7
HF354
160
16080S(L)
16080 (L)
3.5
13.8
11.1
6.4
57.0
47.0
116.0
90.0
38.3
75.0
Resolution per motor revolution
260,000 pulse/rev
IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing),
Storage: -15&deg;C to 70&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Motor side detector
Environment
HF Series
HF□-A48
HF104
HF154
HF224
40
80
80
4020 (L)
8040 (L)
8040 (L)
4040S (L,M) 16080S(M)
16080S(M)
4040 (L,M)
8080 (L,M)
8080 (L,M)
8040 (M)
16080 (M)
16080 (M)
1.0
1.5
2.2
3.6
5.8
8.5
3.2
4.8
7.0
2.0
2.8
4.1
3000
3000
29.0
52.0
57.0
23.3
42.0
46.5
90 SQ.
126.5
φ80
φ14
2.5
90 SQ.
162.5
φ80
φ14
4.3
130 SQ.
118.5
φ110
φ24
4.8
X,Y:24.5m/s2 (2.5G)
130 SQ.
130 SQ.
140.5
162.5
φ110
φ110
φ24
φ24
6.5
8.3
F (155&deg;C)
130 SQ.
184.5
φ110
φ24
10.0/
176 SQ.
143.5
φ114.3
φ35
12.0
176 SQ.
183.5
114.3
φ35
19.0
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum
torque are the values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) A 2-axis spindle drive unit (MDS-D-SP2) drives two tool spindle motors only. A spindle motor other than
tool spindle motor is not usable.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 46
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-3 Tool spindle motor
&lt; HF Series &gt;
HF Series
HF□-A48
Tool spindle motor type
Rated output [kW]
Rated current [A]
Rated torque [N•m]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
Rated rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum rotation speed [r/min]
Maximum current [A]
Maximum torque [N•m]
15.5
17.0
HF223
40
4020 (L)
4040S (L,M)
4040 (L,M)
8040 (M)
2.2
9.0
10.5
4.1
2000
2000
29.0
32.0
Motor inertia [kg•cm2]
11.9
23.7
MDS-D-SPCompatible
spindle drive
unit type
MDS-D-SP2-
Continuous
characteristics
HF123
20
2020 (L,M)
4020 (M)
1.2
5.2
5.7
2.3
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Atmosphere
Altitude
Vibration
Flange size [mm]
Total length (excluding shaft) [mm]
Flange fitting diameter [mm]
Shaft diameter [mm]
Mass [kg]
Heat-resistant class
48.0
64.0
75.0
HF453
160
HF703
160
HF903
320
16080S(L)
16080 (L)
16080S(L)
16080 (L)
-
4.5
13.4
14.3
8.1
104.2
122.0
7.0
16.6
22.3
12.5
3000
3000
108.4
152.0
204.0
208.0
112.0
154.0
196.0
9.0
27.2
28.7
16.1
Resolution per motor revolution
260,000 pulse/rev
IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
Operation: 0 to 40&deg;C (with no freezing),
Storage: -15&deg;C to 70&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Storage: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust
Operation: 1000 meters or less above sea level,
Storage: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Motor side detector
Environment
HF303
80
8040 (L)
16080S(M)
8080 (L,M)
16080 (M)
3.0
10.7
14.3
5.5
130 SQ.
140.5
φ110
φ24
6.5
130 SQ.
184.5
φ110
φ24
10.0
X,Y:24.5m/s2 (2.5G)
176 SQ.
176 SQ.
183.5
223.5
φ114.3
φ114.3
φ35
φ35
19.0
26.0
F (155&deg;C)
176 SQ.
263.5
φ114.3
φ35
32.0
X,Y:9.8m/s2 (1G)
204 SQ.
330
φ180
φ42
45.0
(Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum
torque are the values when combined with the drive unit.
(Note 2) A 2-axis spindle drive unit (MDS-D-SP2) drives two tool spindle motors only. A spindle motor other than
tool spindle motor is not usable.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 47
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
2-3-2 Output characteristics
&lt; HF-KP Series &gt;
[ HF-KP46JW09 ]
[ HF-KP56JW09 ]
3.0
6.0
2.5
5.0
[ HF-KP96JW09 ]
8.0
Short time operation range
1.0
Torque [N･m]
1.5
Torque [N･m]
Torque [N･m]
6.0
2.0
4.0
Short time operation range
3.0
2.0
Short time operation range
4.0
2.0
0.5
1.0
Continuous operation range
Continuous operation range
Continuous operation range
0.0
0.0
0.0
0
2000
4000
6000
0
2000
4000
6000
0
2000
4000
6000
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
&lt; HF-SP Series &gt;
[ HF-SP226JW09]
[HF-SP406JW09 ]
60
25
45
Torque [N･m]
Torque [N･m]
20
15
Short time operation range
10
30
Short time operation range
15
5
Continuous operation range
Continuous operation range
0
0
0
2000
4000
6000
0
Rotation speed [r/min]
2000
4000
6000
Rotation speed [r/min]
&lt; HF Series &gt;
[ HF105 ]
10
12
7.5
9
5
Short time operation range
Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]
[ HF75 ]
6
Short time operation range
3
2.5
Continuous operation range
Continuous operation range
0
0
0
2000
4000
Rotation speed [r/min]
(Note)
2 - 48
0
2000
4000
Rotation speed [r/min]
The above graphs show the data when applied the input voltage of 200VAC. When the input
voltage is 200VAC or less, the short time operation range is limited.
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-3 Tool spindle motor
&lt; HF Series &gt;
[ HF54 ]
[ HF104 ]
20
40
Short time operation range
6
15
Short time operation range
10
30
Short time operation range
20
10
5
3
Continuous operation range
Continuous operation range
0
0
1000
2000
Continuous operation range
0
0
0
3000
1000
2000
3000
[ HF224 ]
[ HF204 ]
40
80
20
30
Short time operation range
20
Torque [N㨯m]
40
Torque [N㨯m]
100
Short time operation range
10
10
60
Short time operation range
40
20
Continuous operation range
Continuous operation range
Continuous operation range
0
1000
2000
0
3000
[ HF123 ]
0
3000
0
Short time operation range
10
Torque [N㨯m]
15
5
1000
30
60
0
2000
[ HF303 ]
80
Short time operation range
40
Continuous
operation range
Continuous
operation range
0
0
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ HF453 ]
1000
0
1000
2000
Rotation speed [r/min]
2000
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ HF703 ]
125
Short time operation range
20
10
Continuous
operation range
3000
Rotation speed [r/min]
40
20
2000
1000
[ HF223 ]
20
0
2000
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
0
1000
Torque [N･m]
0
3000
[ HF354 ]
50
30
2000
1000
Rotation speed [r/min]
50
0
0
Rotation speed [r/min]
Rotation speed [r/min]
Torque [N･m]
Torque [N㨯m]
12
Torque [N㨯m]
50
Torque [N㨯m]
25
9
Torque [N･m]
[ HF154 ]
15
[ HF903 ]
160
240
120
180
75
Short time operation range
50
Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]
Torque [N㨯m]
100
Short time operation range
80
40
60
25
Continuous operation range
0
0
1000
2000
Continuous operation range
3000
Rotation speed [r/min]
(Note)
Short time operation range
120
0
0
1000
2000
Rotation speed [r/min]
Continuous operation range
3000
0
0
1000
2000
3000
Rotation speed [r/min]
The above graphs show the data when applied the input voltage of 200VAC. When the input
voltage is 200VAC or less, the short time operation range is limited.
2 - 49
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
2-4 Drive unit
2-4-1 Installation environment conditions
Common installation environment conditions for servo, spindle and power supply unit are shown below.
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
Altitude
Vibration/impact
2 - 50
Operation: 0 to 55&deg;C (with no freezing), Storage / Transportation: -15&deg;C to 70&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Storage / Transportation: 90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight)
With no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, dust or conductive fine particles
Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Transportation: 13000 meters or less above sea level
4.9m/s2 (0.5G) / 49m/s2 (5G)
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-4 Drive unit
2-4-2 Servo drive unit
(1) 200V series
&lt; MDS-D Series &gt;
1-axis servo drive unit MDS-D-V1 Series
Servo drive unit type
MDS-D-V1-
20
40
80
Nominal maximum current (peak) [A]
20
40
80
Output
Input
Rated voltage [V]
Rated current [A]
4.6
320
320W
160
160
320
320
7.8
14.6
40.2
59.6
83.4
35
45
55
29.6
270 to 311DC
7
Voltage [V]
7
14
30
200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz)
Frequency [Hz]
Control
power
160W
155AC
Rated voltage [V]
Rated current [A]
160
Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
50/60 Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Maximum current [A]
0.2
Maximum rush current [A]
30
Maximum rush conductivity
time [ms]
Earth leakage current [mA]
6
1 (Max. 2)
Control method
Sine wave PWM control method
Regenerative braking and dynamic brakes
Braking
Dynamic brakes
External
(MDS-DDBU)
Built-in
External analog output
0 to +5V, 2ch (data for various adjustments)
Degree of protection
IP20 ([over all] / IP00 [Terminal block TE1])
Cooling method
Forced wind cooling
Mass [kg]
3.8
Heat radiated at rated output [W]
40
58
96
A1
A1
A1
Noise
184
4.5
5.8
7.5
245
366
471
B1
C1
D1
Less than 55dB
Unit outline dimension drawing
A1
2-axis servo drive unit MDS-D-V2 Series
Servo drive unit type
MDS-D-V2Nominal maximum current (peak) [A]
Output
Input
2020
4020
4040
8040
20/20
40/20
40/40
80/40
Rated voltage [V]
Rated current [A]
4.6 / 4.6
7.8 / 4.6
14(7 / 7)
7.8 / 7.8
14.6 / 7.8
14(7 / 7)
14(7 / 7)
21(14 / 7)
200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz)
Frequency [Hz]
160160W
80/80
160/80
160/160
160/160
14.6 / 14.6
29.6 / 14.6
29.6 / 29.6
40.2 / 40.2
44(30 / 14)
60(30 / 30)
70(35 / 35)
28(14 / 14)
Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
50/60 Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Maximum current [A]
0.2
Maximum rush current [A]
Maximum rush conductivity
time [ms]
Earth leakage current [mA]
30
6
1 (Max. 4 For two axes)
Control method
Braking
160160
270 to 311DC
Voltage [V]
Control
power
16080
AC155
Rated voltage [V]
Rated current [A]
8080
Sine wave PWM control method Current control method
Regenerative braking and dynamic brakes
Dynamic brakes
Built-in
External analog output
0 to +5V, 2ch (data for various adjustments)
Degree of protection
IP20 ([over all] / IP00 [Terminal block TE1])
Cooling method
Forced wind cooling
Mass [kg]
4.5
Heat radiated at rated output [W]
5.2
70
88
106
144
A1
A1
A1
A1
Noise
182
6.3
270
358
480
B1
B1
C1
Less than 55dB
Unit outline dimension drawing
A1
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 51
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
(2) 400V series
&lt; MDS-DH Series &gt;
1-axis servo drive unit MDS-DH-V1 Series
Servo drive unit type
MDS-DH-V1-
10
20
40
80
80W
160
160W
200
Nominal maximum current (peak) [A]
10
20
40
80
80
160
160
200
2.3
3.9
7.3
15.0
20.1
29.8
41.7
76.8
11.9
16.7
39.0
Output
Input
Rated voltage [V]
340AC
Rated current [A]
Rated voltage [V]
513 to 648DC
Rated current [A]
0.9
Voltage [V]
1.6
2.9
Frequency [Hz]
Control
power
6.0
50/60 Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Maximum current [A]
0.1
Maximum rush current [A]
Maximum rush conductivity
time [ms]
18
12
Earth leakage current [mA]
18
1 (Max. 2)
Control method
Braking
8.0
380 to 440AC (50Hz) / 380 to 480AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
Sine wave PWM control method
Regenerative braking and dynamic brakes
Dynamic brakes
Built-in
External (MDS-D-DBU)
External analog output
0 to +5V, 2ch (data for various adjustments)
Degree of protection
IP20 ([over all] / IP00 [Terminal block TE1])
Cooling method
Forced wind cooling
Mass [kg]
3.8
Heat radiated at rated output [W]
46
68
114
215
Noise
4.5
5.8
7.5
16.5
269
390
542
735
C1
D1
E1
Less than 55dB
Unit outline dimension drawing
A1
A1
A1
A1
B1
2-axis servo drive unit MDS-DH-V2 Series
Servo drive unit type
MDS-DH-V2Nominal maximum current
(peak) [A]
Rated voltage [V]
Output
Rated current [A]
Input
1010
2010
2020
4020
10/10
20/10
20/20
40/20
2.3 / 2.3
8080
8080W
40/40
80/40
80/80
80/80
3.9 / 2.3
3.9 / 3.9
7.3 / 3.9
7.3 / 7.3
15 / 7.3
15 / 15
20.1 / 20.1
8.9(6.0 / 2.9)
12(6.0 / 6.0)
16(8.0 / 8.0)
513 to 648DC
1.8(0.9 / 0.9)
Voltage [V]
2.5(1.6 / 0.9)
3.2(1.6 / 1.6)
4.5(2.9 / 1.6)
5.8(2.9 / 2.9)
380 to 440AC (50Hz) / 380 to 480AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
Frequency [Hz]
Maximum current
[A]
Control
Maximum rush
power
current [A]
Maximum rush
conductivity time
[ms]
Earth leakage current [mA]
50/60 Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
0.1
18
12
1 (Max. 4 For two axes)
Control method
Braking
8040
340AC
Rated voltage [V]
Rated current [A]
4040
Sine wave PWM control method Current control method
Regenerative braking and dynamic brakes
Dynamic brakes
Built-in
External analog output
0 to +5V, 2ch (data for various adjustments)
Degree of protection
IP20
Cooling method
Forced wind cooling
Mass [kg]
3.8
Heat radiated at rated output [W]
5.2
82
104
126
172
A1
A1
A1
A1
Noise
218
6.3
319
420
528
B1
B1
C1
Less than 55dB
Unit outline dimension drawing
A1
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 52
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-4 Drive unit
2-4-3 Spindle drive unit
(1) 200V series
&lt; MDS-D Series &gt;
1-axis spindle drive unit MDS-D-SP Series
Spindle drive unit type
MDS-D-SP-
20
40
80
160
Nominal maximum current (peak) [A]
20
40
80
160
Rated voltage [V]
Output
Rated current [A]
Rated current [A]
4.5
320
400
640
200
240
320
400
640
10
18
37
79
130
174
200
95
140
150
210
63
270 to 311DC
7
Voltage [V]
13
20
41
76
200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
Frequency [Hz]
Control
power
240
155AC
Rated voltage [V]
Input
200
50/60
Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Maximum current [A]
0.2
Maximum rush current [A]
30
Maximum rush conductivity
time [ms]
6
9
Earth leakage current [mA]
6 (Max. 15)
Control method
Sine wave PWM control method
Braking
Regenerative braking
External analog output
0 to +5V, 2ch (data for various adjustments)
Degree of protection
IP20 ([over all] / IP00 [Terminal block TE1])
Cooling method
Forced wind cooling
Mass [kg]
3.8
Heat radiated at continuous rated output [W]
55
94
158
4.5
5.8
6.5
7.5
290
481
620
806
1045
1427
D1
D2
E1
F1
Noise
16.5
Less than 55dB
Unit outline dimension drawing
A1
A1
A1
B1
C1
2-axis spindle drive unit MDS-D-SP Series
Spindle drive unit type
MDS-D-SP-
2020
4020
4040S
4040
Nominal maximum current (peak) [A]
20/20
40/20
40/40
40/40
Rated voltage [V]
Output
Rated current [A]
Rated current [A]
4.5 / 4.5
8080
16080
80/40
160/80
80/80
160/80
10 / 4.5
10 / 10
10 / 10
18 / 10
37 / 18
18 / 18
37 / 18
61(41 / 20)
40(20 / 20)
61(41 / 20)
270 to 311DC
14(7 / 7)
Voltage [V]
20(13 / 7)
26(13 / 13)
26(13 / 13)
33(20 / 13)
200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
Frequency [Hz]
Control
power
16080S
AC155
Rated voltage [V]
Input
8040
50/60
Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Maximum current [A]
0.2
Maximum rush current [A]
30
Maximum rush conductivity time [ms]
6
Earth leakage current [mA]
6 (Max. 15)
Control method
Sine wave PWM control method
Braking
Regenerative braking
External analog output
0 to +5V, 2ch (data for various adjustments)
Degree of protection
IP20 ([over all] / IP00 [Terminal block TE1])
Cooling method
Forced wind cooling
Mass [kg]
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
5.2
6.5
6.5
Heat radiated at continuous rated output
[W]
90
129
168
168
232
428
298
428
A1
A1
A1
B1
B1
C1
C1
Noise
Less than 55dB
Unit outline dimension drawing
B1
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 53
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
(2) 400V series
&lt; MDS-DH Series &gt;
1-axis spindle drive unit MDS-DH-SP Series
Spindle drive unit type
MDS-DH-SP-
20
40
80
100
Nominal maximum current (peak) [A]
20
40
80
100
Rated voltage [V]
Output
Rated current [A]
Rated current [A]
Voltage [V]
9
13
320
480
160
200
320
480
19
30
65
70
103
132
82
119
150
513 to 648DC
10
15
21
38
72
380 to 440AC (50Hz) / 380 to 480AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
Frequency [Hz]
Control
power
200
340AC
Rated voltage [V]
Input
160
50/60
Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Maximum current [A]
0.1
Maximum rush current [A]
18
Maximum rush conductivity
time [ms]
12
Earth leakage current [mA]
18
6 (Max. 15)
Control method
Sine wave PWM control method
Braking
Regenerative braking
External analog output
0 to +5V, 2ch (data for various adjustments)
Degree of protection
IP20 ([over all] / IP00 [Terminal block TE1])
Cooling method
Forced wind cooling
Mass [kg]
3.8
4.5
5.8
7.5
Heat radiated at continuous rated output [W]
120
200
291
442
749
A1
A1
B1
C1
Noise
1720
D1
E1
E1
F1
Rated output capacity and rated speed of the motor used in combination with the drive unit are as
indicated when using the power supply voltage and frequency listed. The torque drops when the voltage
is less than specified.
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 54
22.5
1202
Less than 55dB
Unit outline dimension drawing
(Note)
16.5
872
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-4 Drive unit
2-4-4 Power supply unit
(1) 200V series
&lt; MDS-D Series &gt;
Power supply unit MDS-D-CV Series
Power supply unit type
MDS-D-CV-
37
Rated output [kW]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
75
110
185
300
370
450
550
3.7
7.5
11.0
18.5
30.0
37.0
45.0
55.0
5.3
11.0
16.0
27.0
43.0
53.0
64.0
78.0
Rated voltage [V]
Input
200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz)
Frequency [Hz]
Rated current [A]
50/60
15
26
Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
35
65
Rated voltage [V]
Output
Rated current [A]
107
121
148
200
164
198
238
270 to 311DC
17
Voltage [V]
30
41
76
200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz)
Frequency [Hz]
Control
power
Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
50/60
Maximum current [A]
Maximum rush current [A]
Maximum rush conductivity
time [ms]
144
Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
0.2
38
30
3
6
Main circuit method
Converter with power regeneration circuit
Degree of protection
IP20 ([over all] / IP00 [Terminal block TE1])
Cooling method
Forced wind cooling
Mass [kg]
4.0
Heat radiated at rated output [W]
54
6.0
79
10.0
124
193
Noise
317
25.5
396
496
595
D1
D2
F1
Less than 55dB
Unit outline dimension drawing
A2
A2
B1
B1
D1
(2) 400V series
&lt; MDS-DH Series &gt;
Power supply unit MDS-DH-CV Series
Power supply unit type
MDS-DH-CV-
37
Rated output [kW]
Power facility capacity [kVA]
75
110
185
300
370
450
550
3.7
7.5
11.0
18.5
30.0
37.0
45.0
55.0
75.0
5.3
11.0
16.0
27.0
43.0
53.0
64.0
78.0
107.0
Rated voltage [V]
Input
380 to 440AC (50Hz)/380 to 480AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
Frequency [Hz]
Rated current [A]
50/60
5.2
13
18
Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
35
Rated voltage [V]
Output
Rated current [A]
61
70
85
106
130
82
99
119
150
513 to 648DC
7.1
Voltage [V]
15
21
38
72
380 to 440AC (50Hz)/380 to 480AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
Frequency [Hz]
Control
power
50/60
Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Maximum current [A]
Maximum rush current [A]
Maximum rush conductivity
time [ms]
0.1
18
12
Main circuit method
Converter with power regeneration circuit
Degree of protection
IP20 ([over all] / IP00 [Terminal block TE1])
Cooling method
Forced wind cooling
Mass [kg]
6.0
Heat radiated at rated output [W]
750
54
79
10.0
124
193
Noise
317
25.5
402
496
595
842
D1
D1
F1
F1
Less than 55dB
Unit outline dimension drawing
B1
B1
B1
B1
D1
For outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; (IB-1500273(ENG)).
2 - 55
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
2-4-5 Unit outline dimension drawing
U nit [mm]
A2
Panel cut drawing
60
52
Square hole
350
380
360
342
Square hole
200
60
200
(80)
200
60
C1
B1
Panel cut drawing
200
380
350
360
Square
hole
120
82
60
(80)
200
D1
60
D2
Panel cut drawing
Panel cut drawing
200
60
142
380
350
360
Square
hole
342
380
350
360
(80)
150
(80)
Square
hole
150
67
200
Panel cut drawing
(80)
Square
hole
210
92
360
380
(80)
341
380
360
Panel cut drawing
2 - 56
142
F1
E1
240
112
Square
hole
222
300
210
92
282
341
90
342
Square hole
380
350
360
Panel cut drawing
(80)
52
20
342
60
380
350
360
380
350
360
(80)
(80)
342
Panel cut drawing
342
A1
A0
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-4 Drive unit
2-4-6 AC reactor
An AC reactor must be installed for each power supply unit.
(1) 200V series
&lt; MDS-D Series &gt;
AC reactor
AC reactor model
D-ALCompatible power supply unit type
MDS-D-CVRated capacity [kW]
Rated voltage [V]
Rated current [A]
Frequency [Hz]
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
Altitude
7.5K
11K
18.5K
30K
37K
45K
55K
37,75
110
185
300
370
450
550
7.5
11
18.5
30
37
45
55
200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
27
40
66
110
133
162
200
50/60 Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Operation: -10&deg;C to 60&deg;C (with no freezing), Storage/Transportation: -10&deg;C to 60&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Storage/Transportation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight)
With no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Vibration / impact
Mass [kg]
4.2
3.7
5.3
9.8m/s2 (1G) / 98m/s2 (10G)
6.1
8.6
9.7
11.5
(2) 400V series
&lt; MDS-DH Series &gt;
AC reactor
AC reactor model
DH-ALCompatible power supply unit type
MDS-DH-CVRated capacity [kW]
Rated voltage [V]
Rated current [A]
Frequency [Hz]
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Environment
Atmosphere
Altitude
7.5K
11K
18.5K
30K
37K
45K
55K
75K
37, 75
110
185
300
370
450
550
750
7.5
11
18.5
30
37
45
55
75
380 to 440AC (50Hz) / 380 to 480AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
14
21
37
65
75
85
106
142
50/60 Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Operation: -10&deg;C to 60&deg;C (with no freezing), Storage/Transportation: -10&deg;C to 60&deg;C (with no freezing)
Operation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation),
Storage/Transportation: 80%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight)
With no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
Operation/Storage: 1000 meters or less above sea level, Transportation: 10000 meters or less above sea level
Vibration / impact
Mass [kg]
4.0
3.7
5.3
9.8m/s2 (1G) / 98m/s2 (10G)
6.0
8.5
9.8
10.5
13.0
2 - 57
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
Outline dimension drawing
[Unit:mm]
Terminal screw 6-M5 12
Terminal screw 6-M5 12
L11
L21
L31
L11
FG
2-M4
Terminal plate
(with cover)
M512
L12
Nameplate
L21
L31
FG
L22
L32
2-M4
M512
L12
L22
Terminal plate
(with cover)
L32
Nameplate
Grounding
position
4-M6 hole
Grounding 4-M6 hole
position
Terminal
assignment seal
20
Terminal
assignment seal
Cover
130
Cover
175
175
130
155
Serial number
of manufacture
Bar code
55r1.5
82r1.5
N.P
Bar code
N.P
55r1.5
Serial number
of manufacture
155
20
75r1.5
165
165
D/DH-AL-7.5K
D/DH-AL-11K
Terminal screw 6-M6 16
L11
L21
L31
L11
L21
L31
L12
L22
L32
FG
FG
2-M4
M512
L12
L22
2-M4
Terminal plate
(with cover)
L32
M512
Nameplate
Terminal plate
(with cover)
Nameplate
Grounding 4-M6 hole
position
20
Terminal
assignment seal
Terminal screw 6-M6 16
Cover
175
Grounding
position
20
130
4-M6 hole
Terminal
assignment seal
175
Cover
130
Bar code
105r1.5
55r1.5
165
D/DH-AL-18.5K
L21
110r1.5
140
D/DH-AL-30K
L11
L31
L21
2-M4
2-M4
M512
L12
L22
L32
M512
Terminal plate
(with cover)
L12
L22
L32
Terminal plate
(with cover)
Nameplate
Nameplate
20
Grounding
position
4-M6 hole
Terminal
assignment seal
Cover
Terminal screw 6-M6 16
130
20
Grounding
position
4-M6 hole
Terminal
assignment seal
Cover
130
Serial number
of manufacture
175
175
Serial number
of manufacture
Bar code
N.P
Bar code
N.P
70r1.5
110r1.5
70r1.5
120r1.5
215r2.5
150
215r2.5
160
D/DH-AL-37K
2 - 58
L31
FG
FG
Terminal screw 6-M6 16
N.P
Bar code
N.P
55r1.5
165
L11
Serial number
of manufacture
155
155
Serial number
of manufacture
D/DH-AL-45K
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-4 Drive unit
[Unit:mm]
L11
L21
L11
L31
L21
L31
2-M4
FG
FG
2-M4
M512
L12
L22
L32
M512
L22
Terminal plate
(with cover)
Nameplate
Nameplate
4-M8 hole
Grounding
position
4-M8 hole
Grounding
position
L32
Terminal plate
(with cover)
Cover
Cover
230
Terminal
assignment seal
Terminal
assignment seal
230
Terminal screw 6-M6 16
210
195r2.5
Terminal screw 6-M10 20
02
Bar code
Serial number
of manufacture
Serial number
of manufacture
120r1.5
200r1.5
N.P
Bar code
120r1.5
200r1.5
220r2.5
220r2.5
D-AL-55K
L11
L21
L31
L12
L22
L32
DH-AL-55K
FG
2-M4
M512
Terminal plate
(with cover)
Nameplate
Grounding
position
4-M8 hole
Cover
Terminal
assignment seal
230
215
Terminal screw 6-M6 16
Serial number
of manufacture
N.P
Bar code
230r1.5
143r1.5
250r2.5
DH-AL-75K
2 - 59
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
2-4-7 Explanation of each part
(1) 200V series
&lt; MDS-D Series &gt;
(a) Explanation of each 1-axis servo drive unit part
(2)
(3)
(1)
1 2
1 2
(6)
(4)
(5)
1
2
(7)
(9)
(8)
(10)
(12)
(15)
(11)
(13)
(14)
(16)
(17)
(17)
MDS-D-V1
60mm width
Bottom view of left diagram
MDS-D-V1
90mm width or more
The connector and terminal block layout may differ according to the unit being used. Refer to each unit
outline drawing for details.
&lt;Each part name&gt;
Name
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
Control
circuit
LED
SWL
SW1
CN1A
CN1B
-----------
BTA,BTB
---
BT1
CN9
CN4
CN2
CN3
CN20
------------L+
LL11
L21
(13)
TE2
(14)
TE3
(15)
Main
circuit
TE1
(16)
Description
Unit status indication LED
Axis No. setting switch
Unused axis setting switch
NC or master axis optical communication connector
Slave axis optical communication connector
For connecting converged battery unit
Both BTA and BTB are the same function, and they are internally connected each other.
For connecting battery built-in drive unit ER6V-C119B
Maintenance connector (usually not used)
Power supply communication connector
Motor side detector connection connector 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
Machine side detector connection connector 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
Motor brake/dynamic brake control connector (Key way: X type)
Converter voltage input terminal (DC input)
Control power input terminal (single-phase AC input)
Motor power supply output connector (3-phase AC output),
Motor grounding terminal (for 60mm width)
Motor power supply output terminal (for 90mm width or more) (3-phase AC output)
Grounding terminal, Motor grounding terminal
Note that TE1 connector (above &quot;(15)&quot;) is used for the motor grounding of the 60mm
width unit.
U, V, W,
U, V, W
(17)
PE
&lt;Screw size&gt;
Type
Unit width (mm)
(13) TE2
(14) TE3
(16) TE1
(17)
2 - 60
-
1-axis servo drive unit MDS-D-V1160W
320
90
120
M6 x 16
M4 x 12
M5 x 12
M8 x 12
M4 x 12
M5 x 12
M8 x 12
20 to 160
60
320W
150
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-4 Drive unit
(b) Explanation of each 2-axis servo drive unit part
(2)
(3)
(1)
1 2 1 2
(6)
(4)
(5)
1
(8)
2
(7)
(9)
(10)
(14)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(17)
(18)
(15)
(16)
(19)
(20)
(21)
(21)
MDS-D-V2
90mm width or less
Bottom view
MDS-D-V2
120mm width
The connector and terminal block layout may differ according to the unit being used. Refer to each unit
outline drawing for details.
&lt;Each part name&gt;
Name
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
Control
circuit
LED
SWL,SWM
SW1
CN1A
CN1B
-----------
BTA,BTB
---
BT1
CN9
CN4
CN2L
CN3L
CN2M
CN3M
CN20
----------------L+
LL11
L21
(15)
TE2
(16)
TE3
(17)
(18)
Main
circuit
(19)
(20)
TE1
TE1
(21)
Description
Unit status indication LED
Axis No. setting switch (L,M axis)
Unused axis setting switch (L, M axis)
NC or master axis optical communication connector
Slave axis optical communication connector
For connecting converged battery unit
Both BTA and BTB are the same function, and they are internally connected each other.
For connecting battery built-in drive unit ER6V-C119B
Maintenance connector (usually not used)
Power supply communication connector
Motor side detector connection connector (L axis) 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
Machine side detector connection connector (L axis) 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
Motor side detector connection connector (M axis) 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
Machine side detector connection connector (M axis) 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
Motor brake/dynamic brake control connector (Key way: X type)
Converter voltage input terminal (DC input)
Control power input terminal (single-phase AC input)
MU, MV, MW,
Motor power supply output connector(3-phase AC output)
Motor grounding terminal (for 90mm width or less)
LU, LV, LW,
MU, MV, MW
LU, LV, L
Motor power supply output connector(3-phase AC output) (for 120mm width)
Grounding terminal, Motor grounding terminal
Note that TE1 connector (above &quot;(17)&quot;, &quot;(18)&quot;) is used for the motor grounding of the 90mm
width or less unit.
PE
&lt;Screw size&gt;
Type
Unit width (mm)
(15) TE2
(16) TE3
(19) (20)TE1
(21)
2020 to 8080
60
-
2-axis servo drive unit MDS-D-V216080,160160
90
M6&times;16
M4&times;12
M4&times;12
160160W
120
M5&times;12
M5&times;12
2 - 61
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
(c) Explanation of each 1-axis spindle drive unit part
(2)
(3)
(1)
1 2
1 2
(4)
(6)
(5)
(7)
1
(8)
2
(9)
(10)
(14)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(15)
(16)
(16)
Bottom view of left diagram
MDS-D-SP
60mm width
MDS-D-SP
90mm width or more
The connector and terminal block layout may differ according to the unit being used. Refer to each unit
outline drawing for details.
&lt;Each part name&gt;
Name
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
Control circuit
LED
SWL
SW1
CN1A
CN1B
BTA,BTB
BT1
CN9
CN4
CN2L
CN3L
(12)
TE2
(13)
TE3
(14)
Main
circuit
----------------------L+
LL11
L21
U, V, W,
TE1
(15)
U, V, W
(16)
PE
Description
Unit status indication LED
Axis No. setting switch
Unused axis setting switch
NC or master axis optical communication connector
Slave axis optical communication connector
(Unused)
(Unused)
Maintenance connector (usually not used)
Power supply communication connector
Motor side detector connection connector 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
Spindle side detector connection connector 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
Converter voltage input terminal (DC input)
Control power input terminal (single-phase AC input)
Motor power supply output connector (3-phase AC output),
Motor grounding terminal (for 60mm width)
Motor power supply output terminal (3-phase AC output)
(for 90mm width or more)
Grounding terminal, Motor grounding terminal
Note that TE1 connector (above &quot;(14)&quot;) is used for the motor grounding of the 60mm
width unit.
&lt;Screw size&gt;
Spindle drive unit MDS-D-SPType
Unit width (mm)
160
90
200
120
(12) TE2
M6 x 16
(13) TE3
M4 x 12
(15) TE1
(16)
2 - 62
20,40,80
60
240,320
150
400
240
640
300
M10 x 20
M4 x 8
-
M5 x 12
M8 x 12
M10 x 20
M4 x 12
M5 x 12
M8 x 12
M10 x 20
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-4 Drive unit
(d)
Explanation of each 2-axis spindle drive unit part
(2)
(3)
(1)
12 12
(4)
(6)
(5)
1
(8)
2
(7)
(9)
(16)
(17)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(18)
(19)
(20)
(20)
Bottom view
MDS-D-SP2-2020㨪8080
MDS-D-SP2-16080
The connector and terminal block layout may differ according to the unit being used. Refer to each unit
outline drawing for details.
&lt;Each part name&gt;
Name
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
Control
circuit
LED
SWL,SWM
SW1
CN1A
CN1B
BTA,BTB
BT1
CN9
CN4
CN2L
CN3L
CN2M
CN3M
(14)
TE2
(15)
TE3
(16)
(17)
Main
circuit
TE1
(18)
(19)
TE1
(20)
PE
--------------------------L+
LL11
L21
MU, MV, MW,
LU, LV, LW,
MU, MV, MW
LU, LV, LW
Description
Unit status indication LED
Axis No. setting switch (L,M axis)
Unused axis setting switch (L,M axis)
NC or master axis optical communication connector
Slave axis optical communication connector
(Unused)
For connecting battery built-in drive unit ER6V-C119B
Maintenance connector (usually not used)
Power supply communication connector
Motor side detector connection connector (L axis) 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
Spindle side detector connection connector (L axis) 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
Motor side detector connection connector (M axis) 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
Spindle side detector connection connector (M axis) 5V power supply capacity:0.35A
Converter voltage input terminal (DC input)
Control power input terminal (single-phase AC input)
Motor power supply output connector (3-phase AC output),
Motor grounding terminal (For other than MDS-D-SP2-2020 to 8080)
Motor power supply output terminal (3-phase AC output)
(For MDS-D-SP2-16080)
Grounding terminal, Motor grounding terminal
Note that TE1 connector (above &quot;(16)&quot;,&quot;(17)&quot;) is used for the motor grounding of MDS-D-SP22020 to 8080 unit.
&lt;Screw size&gt;
Type
Unit width (mm)
(14) TE2
(15) TE3
(18), (19) TE1
(20)
2-axis spindle drive unit MDS-D-SP24040, 8040, 16080S
8080
90
120
M6&times;16
M4&times;12
-
2020, 4020, 4040S
60
M4&times;12
16080
120
M5&times;12
M5&times;12
2 - 63
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
(e) Explanation of each power supply unit part
(2)
(1)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(10)
(8)
(9)
(7)
(6)
(6)
(7)
(11)
(12)
MDS-D-CV
Bottom view
90mm width or more
Bottom view
60mm width
The connector and terminal block layout may differ according to the unit being used. Refer to each unit
outline drawing for details.
&lt;Each part name&gt;
Name
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Control
circuit
LED
SW1
CN4
CN9
---
(6)
(7)
CN23A
CN23B
(8)
TE2
(9)
(10)
TE3
Main
circuit
--------CHARGE
LAMP
--MC1,MC2
L+
LL11
L21
L1,L2,L3,
TE1
(11)
L1, L2, L3
(12)
PE
Description
Power supply status indication LED
Power supply setting switch
Servo/spindle communication connector (master)
Servo/spindle communication connector (slave)
TE2 output charging/discharging circuit indication LED
External emergency stop input connector (Key way: X type)
External contactor control connector (Key way: Y type)
Converter voltage output terminal (DC output)
Control power input terminal (single-phase AC input)
Power input terminal (3-phase AC input),
Grounding terminal (for 60mm width)
Power input terminal (3-phase AC input),
(for 90mm width or more)
Grounding terminal (for 90mm width or more)
&lt;Screw size&gt;
Power supply unit MDS-D-CVType
Unit width (mm)
110,185
90
(8) TE2
M6 x 16
(9) TE3
M4 x 12
(10) TE1
(11) TE1
(12)
2 - 64
37, 75
60
300 to 450
150
550
300
M10 x 20
M4 x 8
M4 x 12
-
M5 x 12
M8 x 16
M10 x 20
-
M5 x 12
M8 x 14
M10 x 20
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-4 Drive unit
(2) 400V series
&lt; MDS-DH Series &gt;
(a) Explanation of each 1-axis servo drive unit part
(2)
(1)
(3)
(6)
(4)
(5)
(7)
(9)
(8)
(15)
(10)
(12)
(11)
(13)
(14)
(16)
(17)
(17)
MDS-DH-V1
90mm width or less
Bottom view of left diagram
MDS-DH-V1
120mm width or more
The connector and terminal block layout may differ according to the unit being used. Refer to each unit
outline drawing for details.
&lt;Each part name&gt;
Name
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
Control
circuit
LED
SWL
SW1
CN1A
CN1B
-----------
BTA,BTB
---
BT1
CN9
CN4
CN2
CN3
CN20
------------L+
LL11
L21
(13)
TE2
(14)
TE3
(15)
Main
circuit
TE1
(16)
U, V, W,
U, V, W
(17)
PE
Description
Unit status indication LED
Axis No. setting switch
Unused axis setting switch
NC or master axis optical communication connector
Slave axis optical communication connector
For connecting converged battery unit
Both BTA and BTB are the same function, and they are internally connected each other.
For connecting battery built-in drive unit ER6V-C119B
Maintenance connector (usually not used)
Power supply communication connector
Motor side detector connection connector
Machine side detector connection connector
Motor brake/dynamic brake control connector (Key way: X type)
Converter voltage input terminal (DC input)
Control power input terminal (single-phase AC input)
Motor power supply output connector (3-phase AC output),
Motor grounding terminal (for 90mm width or less)
Motor power supply output terminal (3-phase AC output) (for 120mm width or more)
Grounding terminal, Motor grounding terminal
Note that TE1 connector (above &quot;(15)&quot;) is used for the motor grounding of the 90mm
width unit or less.
&lt;Screw size&gt;
Type
Unit width (mm)
(13) TE2
(14) TE3
(16) TE1
(17)
10 to 80
60
M4&times;12
1-axis servo drive unit MDS-DH-V180W
160
160W
90
120
150
M6&times;16
M4&times;12
M5&times;12
M4&times;8
M8&times;15
M5&times;12
M8&times;16
200
240
2 - 65
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
(b) Explanation of each 2-axis servo drive unit part
(2)
(3)
(1)
(6)
(4)
(5)
(7)
(9)
(8)
(10)
(14)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(17)
(18)
(15)
(16)
(19)
MDS-DH-V2
Bottom view
The connector and terminal block layout may differ according to the unit being used. Refer to each unit
outline drawing for details.
&lt;Each part name&gt;
Name
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
LED
SWL,SWM
SW1
CN1A
CN1B
-----------
BTA,BTB
---
BT1
CN9
CN4
CN2L
CN3L
CN2M
CN3M
CN20
----------------L+
LL11
L21
Control
circuit
(15)
TE2
(16)
(17)
TE3
Main
circuit
(18)
TE1
MU, MV, MW,
Description
Unit status indication LED
Axis No. setting switch (L,M axis)
Unused axis setting switch (L, M axis)
NC or master axis optical communication connector
Slave axis optical communication connector
For connecting converged battery unit
Both BTA and BTB are the same function, and they are internally connected
each other.
For connecting battery built-in drive unit ER6V-C119B
Maintenance connector (usually not used)
Power supply communication connector
Motor side detector connection connector (L axis)
Machine side detector connection connector (L axis)
Motor side detector connection connector (M axis)
Machine side detector connection connector (M axis)
Motor brake/dynamic brake control connector (Key way: X type)
Converter voltage input terminal (DC input)
Control power input terminal (single-phase AC input)
Motor power supply output connector(3-phase AC output), Motor grounding
LU, LV, LW,
(19)
Grounding terminal
Use TE1 connector for the motor grounding.
PE
&lt;Screw size&gt;
Type
Unit width (mm)
(15) TE2
(16) TE3
(19)
2 - 66
1010 to 4040
60
2-axis servo drive unit MDS-DH-V28040, 8080
90
M6&times;16
M4&times;12
M4&times;12
8080
120
M5&times;12
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
2-4 Drive unit
(c) Explanation of each 1-axis spindle drive unit part
(2)
(3)
(1)
(6)
(4)
(5)
(7)
(9)
(8)
(10)
(14)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(15)
(16)
(16)
Bottom view of
left diagram
MDS-DH-SP
90mm width or less
MDS-DH-SP
120mm width or more
The connector and terminal block layout may differ according to the unit being used. Refer to each unit
outline drawing for details.
&lt;Each part name&gt;
Name
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
Control circuit
LED
SWL
SW1
CN1A
CN1B
BTA,BTB
BT1
CN9
CN4
CN2L
CN3L
(12)
TE2
(13)
TE3
(14)
Main
circuit
----------------------L+
LL11
L21
U, V, W,
TE1
(15)
U, V, W
(16)
PE
Description
Unit status indication LED
Axis No. setting switch
Unused axis setting switch
NC or master axis optical communication connector
Slave axis optical communication connector
(Unused)
(Unused)
Maintenance connector (usually not used)
Power supply communication connector
Built-in PLG detector connection connector
Machine side detector connection connector
Converter voltage input terminal (DC input)
Control power input terminal (single-phase AC input)
Motor power supply output connector (3-phase AC output),
Motor grounding terminal (for 90mm width or less)
Motor power supply output terminal (3-phase AC output)
(for 120mm width or more)
Grounding terminal, Motor grounding terminal
Note that TE1 connector (above &quot;(14)&quot;) is used for the motor grounding of the 90mm
width or less unit.
&lt;Screw size&gt;
Spindle drive unit MDS-DH-SPType
Unit width (mm)
20, 40
60
80
90
100
120
(12) TE2
200, 320
240
480
300
M6&times;16
(13)TE3
M4&times;12
(15)TE1
(16)
160
150
M4&times;8
M4&times;12
M5&times;12
M5&times;12
M8&times;15
M8&times;16
2 - 67
MITSUBISHI CNC
2 Specifications
(d) Explanation of each power supply unit part
(2)
(1)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(8)
(9)
(7)
(6)
(10)
(11)
Bottom view
MDS-DH-CV
The connector and terminal block layout may differ according to the unit being used. Refer to each unit
outline drawing for details.
&lt;Each part name&gt;
Name
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Control circuit
LED
SW1
CN4
CN9
---
(6)
(7)
CN23A
CN23B
(8)
TE2
(9)
Main
circuit
TE3
(10)
TE1
(11)
PE
--------CHARGE
LAMP
--MC1,MC2
L+
LL11
L21
L1, L2, L3
Description
Power supply status indication LED
Power supply setting switch
Servo/spindle communication connector (master)
Servo/spindle communication connector (slave)
TE2 output charging/discharging circuit indication LED
External emergency stop input connector (Key way: X type)
External contactor control connector (Key way: Y type)
Converter voltage output terminal (DC output)
Control power input terminal (single-phase AC input)
Power input terminal (3-phase AC input)
Grounding terminal
&lt;Screw size&gt;
Power supply unit MDS-DH-CVType
Unit width (mm)
2 - 68
37 to 185
90
300 to 450
150
(8) TE2
M6&times;16
(9) TE3
M4&times;12
550, 750
300
M6&times;16
M4&times;8
(10) TE1
M5&times;12
M8&times;16
M8&times;15
(11)
M5&times;12
M8&times;14
M8&times;16
付録
3
3
章
Function Specifications
3-1
MITSUBISHI CNC
3 Function Specifications
Function specifications list
&lt;Power Supply specification&gt;
MDS-DSVJ3NA
MDS-D-SVJ3
built-in converter
MDS-DSPJ3NA
MDS-D-SPJ3
built-in converter
MDS-D-CV
MDS-DH-CV
MDS-DM-SPV
built-in converter
Software version
B0
B0
B0
A3
A3
1
Base
control
functions
1-14 Power regeneration control
●
●
●
-
-
1-15 Resistor regeneration control
-
-
-
●
●
4
Protection
function
4-6 Fan stop detection
●
●
●
●
●
4-7 Open-phase detection
●
●
●
-
-
4-8 Contactor weld detection
●
●
●
●
●
5
Sequence
function
5-1 Contactor control function
●
●
●
●
●
5-3 External emergency stop function
●
●
●
●
●
5-5 High-speed READY ON sequence
●
●
●
●
-
6-7 Power supply voltage display function
●
●
-
-
-
Item
6
Diagnosis
function
3-2
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
&lt;Servo specification&gt;
Item
Software version
1
Base
control
functions
2
Servo
control
function
4
Protection
function
5
Sequence
function
6
Diagnosis
function
MDS-DHV1/V2
MDS-DMV3
MDS-DMSPV2F/3F
MDS-DMSPV2/3
MDS-DSVJ3NA
MDS-D-SVJ3
A1/B0
B0
B0
B0
C0/C0
1-1 Full closed loop control
●
●
-
● (Note2)
●
1-2 Position command synchronous control
●
●
●
●
●
1-3 Speed command synchronous control
●
●
-
-
-
1-4 Distance-coded reference position control
●
●
-
-
-
2-1 Torque limit function (stopper function)
●
●
●
●
●
2-2 Variable speed loop gain control
●
●
●
●
●
2-3 Gain changeover for synchronous tapping
control
●
●
●
●
●
2-4 Speed loop PID changeover control
●
●
●
●
●
2-5 Disturbance torque observer
●
●
●
●
●
2-6 Smooth High Gain control (SHG control)
●
●
●
●
●
2-7 High-speed synchronous tapping control
(OMR-DD control)
●
●
●
(Only for 1-axis)
●
(Only for 1-axis)
-
2-8 Dual feedback control
●
●
-
● (Note2)
●
2-9 HAS control
●
●
●
●
-
3-1 Jitter compensation
●
●
●
●
●
Variable
frequency: 4
Fixed
frequency: 1
Variable
frequency: 4
Fixed
frequency: 1
3-3 Adaptive tracking-type notch filter
●
●
-
-
-
3-4 Overshooting compensation
●
●
●
●
●
3-5 Machine end compensation control
●
●
●
●
●
3-6 Lost motion compensation type 2
●
●
●
●
●
3-7 Lost motion compensation type 3
●
●
●
●
●
3-8 Lost motion compensation type 4
●
●
-
-
-
4-1 Deceleration control at emergency stop
●
●
●
●
●
4-2 Vertical axis drop prevention/pull-up control
●
●
●
●
●
4-3 Earth fault detection
●
●
●
●
●
4-4 Collision detection function
●
●
●
●
●
4-5 Safety observation function
●
●
●
●
●
4-6 Fan stop detection
●
●
●
●
●
5-2 Motor brake control function (Note 1)
●
●
●
●
●
5-4 Specified speed output
●
●
-
-
-
5-5 Quick READY ON sequence
●
●
●
●
-
6-1 Monitor output function
●
●
●
●
●
6-2 Machine resonance frequency display function
●
●
●
●
●
6-3 Machine inertia display function
●
●
●
●
●
6-4 Motor temperature display function
(Only for linear or direct-drive motor)
●
●
-
-
●
3-2 Notch filter
3
Compensation
control
function
MDS-DV1/V2
Variable
frequency: 4
Fixed
frequency: 1
Variable
frequency: 4
Fixed
frequency: 1
Variable
frequency: 4
Fixed
frequency: 1
(Note 1) For the multiaxis drive unit, a control by each axis is not available.
It is required to turn the servo of all axes OFF in the drive unit in order to enable a motor brake output.
(Note 2) For the drive unit MDS-DM-SPV2/3, this function is not available.
3-3
MITSUBISHI CNC
3 Function Specifications
&lt;Spindle specifications&gt;
Item
Software version
1
Base
control
functions
2
Spindle
control
functions
4
Protection
function
5
Sequence
functions
6
Diagnosis
functions
(Note)
3-4
MDS-DHSP
MDS-DSP2
MDS-DMSPV2F/3F
MDS-DMSPV2/3
MDS-DSPJ3NA
MDS-D-SPJ3
B0
B0
B0
C0/C0
A1/B0
1-5 Spindle's continuous position loop control
●
●
●
●
●
1-6 Coil changeover control
●
●
-
●
-
1-7 Gear changeover control
●
●
●
●
●
1-8 Orientation control
●
●
●
●
●
1-9 Indexing control
●
●
●
●
●
1-10 Synchronous tapping control
●
●
●
●
●
1-11 Spindle synchronous control
●
●
●
●
●
1-12 Spindle/C axis control
●
●
●
●
●
1-13 Proximity switch orientation control
●
●
-
●
●
2-1 Torque limit function
●
●
●
●
●
2-2 Variable speed loop gain control
●
●
●
●
●
2-5 Disturbance torque observer
●
●
-
●
●
2-6 Smooth High Gain control (SHG control)
●
●
●
●
●
2-7 High-speed synchronous tapping control
(OMR-DD control)
●
●
●
●
-
2-8 Dual feedback control
●
●
●
●
●
2-10 Control loop gain changeover
●
●
●
●
●
2-11 Spindle output stabilizing control
●
●
●
●
●
2-12 High-response spindle acceleration/deceleration function
●
●
●
●
●
3-1 Jitter compensation
3
Compensation
control
function
MDS-DSP
3-2 Notch filter
●
Variable
frequency: 4
Fixed
frequency: 1
●
Variable
frequency: 4
Fixed
frequency: 1
●
Variable
frequency: 4
Fixed
frequency: 1
●
Variable
frequency: 4
Fixed
frequency: 1
●
Variable
frequency: 4
Fixed
frequency: 1
3-4 Overshooting compensation
●
●
●
●
●
3-6 Lost motion compensation type 2
●
●
●
●
●
3-9 Spindle motor temperature compensation
function
●
●
●
●
-
4-1 Deceleration control at emergency stop
●
●
●
●
●
4-3 Earth fault detection
●
●
●
●
●
4-5 Safety observation function
●
●
●
●
●
4-6 Fan stop detection
●
●
●
●
●
5-4 Specified speed output
●
●
●
●
-
5-5 Quick READY ON sequence
●
●
●
●
-
6-1 Monitor output function
●
●
●
●
●
6-2 Machine resonance frequency display function
●
●
●
●
●
6-3 Machine inertia display function
●
●
●
●
●
6-4 Motor temperature display function
●
●
●
●
●
6-5 Load monitor output function
●
●
●
●
● (Note)
6-6 Open loop control function
●
●
●
●
●
The motor output effective value cannot be displayed.
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
3-1 Base control functions
3-1 Base control functions
3-1-1 Full closed loop control
The servo control is all closed loop control using the detector's feedback. &quot;Full closed loop control&quot; is the
system that directly detects the machine position using a linear scale, whereas the general &quot;semi-closed
loop&quot; is the one that detects the motor position.
In a machine that drives a table with a ball screw, the following factors exist between the motor and table
end:
(1) Coupling or ball screw table bracket's backlash
(2) Ball screw pitch error
These can adversely affect the accuracy. If the table position of the machine side is directly detected with a
linear scale, high-accuracy position control which is not affected by backlash or pitch error is possible.
Position
command
NC
+
Position
command
PGN
-
+
Current
command
VGN
-
Servo
motor
IG
+
-
Table
Voltage
command
Linear scale
Current FB
ENC
The ball screw side
detector is also applied.
Speed FB
Position FB
Full closed loop control
3-1-2 Position command synchronous control
This is one of the controls which enable two servo motors to drive the same axis. This is also called &quot;Position
tandem control&quot;
The same position command is issued to the 2-axis servo control, and the control is carried out according to
each axis' position and speed feedbacks.
&lt;Features&gt;
(1) The position commands in which machine's mechanical errors (pitch error, backlash, etc.) have
been compensated, can be output to each axis.
(2) Each axis conducts independent position control, therefore the machine posture can be kept
constant.
(3) Deviation between the two axes is always monitored, and if excessive, the alarm is detected.
CNC
Program
Primary axis
Compen
-sation
Compen
-sation
+
-
+
Position
control
-
Speed
control
Current
control
M
Detector
S
Same position command
+
-
Position
control
Secondary axis
+
-
Speed
control
S
Current
control
M
Detector
3-5
MITSUBISHI CNC
3 Function Specifications
3-1-3 Speed command synchronous control
This is one of the controls which enable two servo motors to drive the same axis. This is also called &quot;Speed
tandem control&quot;.
The same position command is issued to the 2-axis servo control, and the control is carried out according to
each axis' position and speed feedbacks.
This function is usually used when the control is performed with one linear scale during the full closed loop
control.
&lt;Features&gt;
(1) The position commands in which machine's mechanical errors (pitch error, backlash, etc.) have
been compensated, can be output to each axis.
(2) Each axis conducts independent position control, therefore the machine posture can be kept
constant.
(3) Deviation between the two axes is always monitored, and if excessive, the alarm is detected
Primary axis
CNC
+
Program
Compen
-sation
Position
control
-
+
Speed
control
-
Current
control
Detector
S
Same position command
Same position FB
M
Same speed command
+
-
Position
control
Secondary axis
+
Speed
control
S
Current
control
M
Detector
3-1-4 Distance-coded reference position control
This is the function to establish the reference point from axis movements of the reference points using a
scale with distance-coded reference mark.
Since it is not necessary to move the axis to the reference point, the axis movement amount to establish the
reference point can be reduced.
No dog is used as the position is calculated using reference marks. This function can not be used for the
linear servomotor and direct-drive motor.
If the distance-coded reference check function is used to verify the motor end detector data, select a battery
option before setting the parameter.
3-6
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
3-1 Base control functions
3-1-5 Spindle's continuous position loop control
Under this control, position loop control is always applied to spindle, including when speed command is
issued (in cutting). There is no need for control changeover nor zero point return during orientation and C
axis control changeover. Therefore, the operation can be completed in a shorter time than the previous.
In acceleration/deceleration with S command, the acceleration/deceleration and orientation are always
controlled with the spindle motor's maximum torque.
Speed
Speed
Reduced by 20%
Time
1
&lt;Our conventional series&gt;
0.8
&lt;MDS-D/DH/DM Series&gt;
Orientation
Speed
Time
Speed
Time reduced
Zero point
return
C-axis
positioning
C-axis
positioning
Time
&lt;Our conventional series&gt;
Time
&lt;MDS-D/DH/DM Series&gt;
C-axis changeover
3-1-6 Coil changeover control
A signal output from the spindle drive unit controls the changeover of the low-speed and high-speed
specification coils in a spindle motor.
The drive unit automatically outputs the coil changeover sequence in accordance with the motor speed.
3-1-7 Gear changeover control
This function enables a spindle motor to perform both high-speed light cutting and low-speed heavy cutting
by changing the gear ratio between the motor and spindle.
The gear change is carried out while the spindle is not running.
3-1-8 Orientation control
This control enables a spindle motor to stop at a designated angle when the motor is rotating at a high-speed
with a speed command. This control is used for exchanging the tools in machining centers and performing
index positioning in lathes, etc.
3-1-9 Indexing control
This control enables positioning of a spindle motor at an arbitrary angle (in increments of 0.01 degrees) from
the orientation stop position. This control is used for positioning in lathes for hole drilling, etc.
3-1-10 Synchronous tapping control
Under synchronous tapping control, spindle control is completely synchronized with Z axis servo control, and
Z axis is accurately fed by one screw pitch in accordance with one tap revolution. The tap is completely fixed
to the spindle head. As a result, feed pitch error is less likely to occur, which allows high-speed, highaccuracy and high-durable tapping.
3-7
MITSUBISHI CNC
3 Function Specifications
3-1-11 Spindle synchronous control
This control enables two spindles to run at the same speed. A spindle being driven with a speed command is
synchronized with another spindle at a constant rate or acceleration/deceleration rate.
This control is applied such as when a workpiece is transferred between two rotating chucks in lathe or a
workpiece is held with two chucks.
3-1-12 Spindle/C axis control
An axis rotating about Z axis is called C axis, whose rotation direction is normally the same as of spindle.
This function enables high-accuracy spindle control including interpolation control, like servo axis, when a
high-resolution position detector is attached to the spindle motor.
3-1-13 Proximity switch orientation control
Orientation control is carried out based on the leading edge position of the proximity switch output signal
(ON/OFF).
3-1-14 Power regeneration control
This control enables the regeneration energy generated when the motor decelerates to return to the power
supply.
This is an energy saving method because regeneration energy is hardly converted to heat.
3-1-15 Resistor regeneration control
This control enables the regeneration energy generated when the motor decelerates to convert to heat with
regenerative resistance.
The drive system can be downsized because the regeneration capacity is also small in the motor of relatively
small capacity.
Select a suitable regenerative resistance according to the load inertia, motor operation speed, etc.
3-8
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
3-2 Servo/Spindle control functions
3-2 Servo/Spindle control functions
3-2-1 Torque limit function
This control suppresses the motor output torque with the parameter values (SV013, SV014).
This function is used for stopper positioning control and stopper reference position establishment, by
switching the two setting values.
3-2-2 Variable speed loop gain control
&lt; Servo &gt;
If disturbing noise occurs when the motor is rotating at a high speed, such as during rapid traverse, the high
speed loop gain during high-speed rotation can be lowered with this function.
VGN1
VGN1:SV005
VGN2:SV006
VCS:SV029
VLMT: Servomotor maximum speed x 1.15
VGN2
0
VCS
VLMT
(VLMT=Max. speed x 1.15)
&lt; Spindle &gt;
For a high-speed spindle of machining center etc., adequate response can be ensured with this function by
suppressing noise and vibration at low speeds and increasing the speed loop gain at high-speeds.
VGN1
(VGN2)
VGVN
VGVN
VGN1
(VGN2)
0
VGVS
VLMT
(VLMT=Max. speed x 1.15)
0
VGVS
VLMT
VGN1:SP005
VGN2:SP008
VGVN:SP073
VGVS:SP074
VLMT: Spindle maximum speed x 1.15
(VLMT=Max. speed x 1.15)
3-2-3 Gain changeover for synchronous tapping control
SV003, SV004 and SV057 are used as the position loop gain for normal control. Under synchronous tapping
control, SV049, SV050 and SV058 are used instead to meet the spindle characteristics.
Spindle
Servo axis
Material
3-9
MITSUBISHI CNC
3 Function Specifications
3-2-4 Speed loop PID changeover control
This function is used under full-closed loop control. Normally, machine-end position tracking delays
compared with the motor-end position.
Under full-closed position loop control, machine-end position is used for position feedback. Therefore, the
motor-end position tends to advance too much, which may cause overshooting of the machine-end position.
This function can suppress the generation of overshoot by adding the D (delay) control to the speed control,
which is normally controlled with PI (proportional integral), in order to weaken the PI control after the position
droop becomes 0.
3-2-5 Disturbance torque observer
The effect caused by disturbance, frictional resistance or torsion vibration during cutting can be reduced by
estimating the disturbance torque and compensating it.
3-2-6 Smooth High Gain control (SHG control)
A high-response control and smooth control (reduced impact on machine) were conventionally conflicting
elements; however, SHG control enables the two elements to function simultaneously by controlling the
motor torque (current FB) with an ideal waveform during acceleration/deceleration.
SHG control
Speed
Conventional control
Time
Position loop step response
3-2-7 High-speed synchronous tapping control (OMR-DD control)
Servo drive unit detects the spindle position, and compensates the synchronization errors. This control
enables more accurate tapping than the previous.
Spindle speed
(r/min)
Spindle speed
(r/min)
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
−1000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
−1000
Spindle speed
−2000 Servo/Spindle
−3000 synchronous error
−4000
0
0.5
1
1.5
Servo/Spindle
−2000
−3000 synchronous error
−4000
2
2.5
3
3.5
〈Without OMR-DD control〉 (sec)
3 - 10
Spindle speed
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
〈With OMR-DD control〉
3.5
(sec)
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
3-2 Servo/Spindle control functions
3-2-8 Dual feedback control
This function is used under full-closed loop control.
When a linear scale is used, the machine-end position, such as a table, is directly detected, which may
render the position loop control unstable.
With this control, however, high-frequency components are eliminated from the machine-end feedback
signals, which will lead to stable control.
Speed
command
Position droop
Position
command
Position control
+
-
Low
frequency FB
element
-
Servo
motor
Linear scale
High frequency
FB element
+
Table
Position FB
ENC
+
Primary
delay filter
-
Position FB
SV051
Dual feedback control
3-2-9 HAS control
If the torque output during acceleration/deceleration is close to the servo motor's maximum torque, the motor
cannot accelerate with the commanded time constant when the torque is saturated due to input voltage
fluctuation, etc. As a result, speed overshoot occurs when a constant speed command is issued, because
the position droop for the delay is canceled.
With HAS control, however, this overshoot is smoothened so that the machine operation can be stable.
During current limit
During current limit 1% or less than
maximum speed
Speed command
Speed command
HAS control will catch up
the delay of position.
Overshoot will occur to
catch up the delay of position.
0[r/min]
0[r/min]
Speed feedback
HAS control is disabled.
0[r/min]
0[r/min]
Speed feedback
HAS control is enabled.
3-2-10 Control loop gain changeover
Position loop gain and speed loop gain are switched between non-interpolation mode, which is used during
speed command, and interpolation mode, which is used during synchronous tapping and C axis control. By
switching these gains, optimum control for each mode can be realized.
3 - 11
MITSUBISHI CNC
3 Function Specifications
3-2-11 Spindle output stabilizing control
Spindle motor's torque characteristic is suppressed due to voltage saturation in the high-speed rotation
range, therefore the current control responsiveness significantly degrades, which may cause excessive
current.
With this control, however, the current and flux commands are compensated to avoid the voltage saturation
so that the current control responsiveness will not degrade.
3-2-12 High-response spindle acceleration/deceleration function
This function enables reduction of the spindle motor's setting time (from when the command value becomes
0 until when the motor actually stops) without being affected by the position loop gain, when the spindle
motor stops under deceleration stop control using the S command.
This function is not active when the spindle is stopped while performing position control, such as orientation
control and synchronous tapping control.
3 - 12
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
3-3 Compensation control function
3-3 Compensation control function
3-3-1 Jitter compensation
The load inertia becomes much smaller than usual if the motor position enters the machine backlash when
the motor is stopped.
Because this means that an extremely large VGN1 is set for the load inertia, vibration may occur.
Jitter compensation can suppress the vibration that occurs at the motor stop by ignoring the backlash
amount of speed feedback pulses when the speed feedback polarity changes.
3-3-2 Notch filter
This filter can damp vibrations of servo torque commands at a specified frequency.
Machine vibrations can be suppressed by adjusting the notch filter frequency to the machine's resonance
frequency.
Filter depth adjustment is also available that allows stable control even when the filter is set to an extremely
low frequency.
&lt;Specifications&gt;
Notch filter
Notch filter 1
Notch filter 2
Notch filter 3
Notch filter 4
Notch filter 5
Frequency
50Hz to 2250Hz
50Hz to 2250Hz
Fixed at 1125Hz
50Hz to 2250Hz
50Hz to 2250Hz
Depth compensation
Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
Enabled
Enabled
+20
Gain
[dB]
0
-20
-40
10
30
50 70 100
300 500 700 1k
Frequency
[Hz]
Example of filter characteristic set to 300Hz
+20
Gain
[dB]
0
-20
-40
10
30
50 70 100
300 500 700 1k
Frequency
[Hz]
For shallow setting by additionally using the depth compensation at 300Hz
3-3-3 Adaptive tracking-type notch filter
Machine's specific resonance frequency tends to change due to aged deterioration or according to
machine's operation conditions. Therefore, the frequency may be deviated from the filter frequency set at the
initial adjustment. With adaptive tracking-type notch filter, resonance point fluctuation due to the machine's
condition change is estimated using the vibration components of the current commands, and effective notch
filter frequency, which has been deviated from the setting value, is automatically corrected to suppress the
resonance.
3 - 13
MITSUBISHI CNC
3 Function Specifications
3-3-4 Overshooting compensation
The phenomenon when the machine position goes past or exceeds the command during feed stopping is
called overshooting.
In OVS compensation, the overshooting is suppressed by subtracting the torque command set in the
parameters when the motor stops.
Position
command
Speed
FB
0
0
Position
droop
Position
droop
0
0
Overshoot
Overshoot
Time
Time
[1] Overshooting during rapid traverse settling
[2] Overshooting during pulse feed
3-3-5 Machine end compensation control
The shape of the machine end during high-speed and high-speed acceleration operation is compensated by
compensating the spring effect from the machine end to the motor end.
The shape may be fine during low-speed operation. However, at high speeds, the section from the machine
end to the outer sides could swell. This function compensates that phenomenon.
Compensation
Program path
Electric end FB
Command is issued
in the inner side
during high-speed
feed.
Spindle head
Machine end FB
Machine end FB
Machine end FB
During high-speed
feed, the machine end
swells outward due to
the spring effect.
Electric end FB
Normal control
3 - 14
Since a command is
issued in the inner side
by the amount of spring
effect, the shape keeps
fine even during the
high-speed feed.
Electric end FB
Machine end compensation
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
3-3 Compensation control function
3-3-6 Lost motion compensation type 2
Servo motor always drives the machine opposing to the frictional force, and the torque which is required to
oppose the friction during the axis movement is outputted by I control (Integral control) of the speed loop PI
control. When the movement direction is changed, the frictional force works in the opposite direction
momentarily, however, the machine will stop while the command torque is less than the frictional force as it
takes some time to reverse the command torque in I control.
When the movement direction is changed, the frictional force works in the opposite direction momentarily,
however, the machine will stop while the command torque is less than the frictional force as it takes some
time to reverse the command torque in I control.
With the this lost motion compensation function improves the accuracy worsened by the stick motion.
No compensation
With compensation
3-3-7 Lost motion compensation type 3
For a machine model where the travel direction is reversed, the compensation in accordance with the
changes in the cutting conditions is enabled by also considering the spring component and viscosity
component in addition to the friction.
This function can be used to accommodate quadrant projection changes that accompany feed rate and
circular radius changes which could not be compensated by Lost motion compensation type 2.
1.Mechanical spring elements can't be ignored.
2.Changes between static and dynamic frictions are
wide and steep.
Not only frictions but spring element and viscosity element can
be compensated, thus quadrant protrusions are suppressed
within a wide band.
Conventional control can’t perform enough compensation.
+Y
+Y
+X
+X
3μm
Conventional compensation control
Lost motion compensation control type 3
3 - 15
MITSUBISHI CNC
3 Function Specifications
3-3-8 Lost motion compensation type 4
When the difference between static and dynamic friction is large, the friction torque changes sharply at the
inversion of the travel direction. When the lost motion type 4 is used together with the type 2 or type 3, the
acute change of the friction torque is compensated so that the path accuracy at the travel direction inversion
can be enhanced.
3-3-9 Spindle motor temperature compensation function
S12000 Acceleration/deceleration time[s]
As for the low-temperature state of the IM spindle motor, the output characteristic may deteriorate in
comparison with the warm-up state and the acceleration/deceleration time may become long, or the load
display during cutting may become high immediately after operation. This function performs the control
compensation depending on the motor temperature with the thermistor built into the spindle motor and
suppresses the output characteristic deterioration when the temperature is low. Temperature compensation
function is not required for IPM spindle motor in principle.
Without compensation
[Acceleration]
Without compensation
[Deceleration]
2.50
2.40
With compensation
[Acceleration]
With compensation
[Deceleration]
Eﬀect of suppressing
acceleration/deceleration
time ﬂuctuation
2.30
2.20
2.10
2.00
1.90
1.80
1.70
1.60
1.50
3 - 16
20
100
40
60
80
Stator (thermistor) temperature[℃]
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
3-4 Protection function
3-4 Protection function
3-4-1 Deceleration control at emergency stop
When an emergency stop (including NC failure, servo alarm) occurs, the motor will decelerate following the
set time constant while maintaining the READY ON state.
READY will turn OFF and the dynamic brakes will function after stopping. The deceleration stop can be
executed at a shorter distance than the dynamic brakes.
3-4-2 Vertical axis drop prevention/pull-up control
If the READY OFF and brake operation are commanded at same time when an emergency stop occurs, the
axis drops due to a delay in the brake operation.
The no-control time until the brakes activate can be eliminated by delaying the servo READY OFF sequence
by the time set in the parameters.
Always use this function together with deceleration control.
When an emergency stop occurs in a vertical machining center, the Z axis is slightly pulled upwards before
braking to compensate the drop of even a few μm caused by the brake backlash.
During power failure
Pull up
Motor brake of
gravity axis
Spindle
3-4-3 Earth fault detection
When an emergency stop is canceled, the earth fault current is measured using the power module's special
switching circuit before Servo ready ON.
Specifying the faulty axis is possible in this detection, as the detection is carried out for each axis.
3 - 17
MITSUBISHI CNC
3 Function Specifications
3-4-4 Collision detection function
Collision detection function quickly detects a collision of the motor shaft, and decelerates and stops the
motor. This suppresses the generation of an excessive torque in the machine tool, and helps to prevent an
abnormal state from occurring.Impact at a collision will not be prevented by using this collision detection
function, so this function does not necessarily guarantee that the machine tool will not be damaged or that
the machine accuracy will be maintained after a collision.
The same caution as during regular operation is required to prevent the machine from colliding.
Collision detection function outline
(a) A collision of machine is detected.
(b) A retracting torque is generated.
The collision of machine is reduced.
3-4-5 Safety observation function
This function is aimed at allowing a safety access to the machine's working part by opening the protection
door, etc. without shutting the power for saving the setup time.
Both the NC control system and drive system (servo and spindle drive units) doubly observe the axis feed
rate so that it will not exceed the safety speed. If it exceeds the set safety speed, emergency stop occurs
and the power is shut OFF.
NC CPU
Position
speed
command
Drive CPU
Servo control
Speed observation
Current
command
Motor detector
Speed observation
Command speed
observation
Command speed
observation
FB speed observation
FB speed observation
Speed F/B
3-4-6 Fan stop detection
The rotation of the radiation fin cooling fan is observed and when the fan stops rotating for a breakdown of
the fan or an external factor, warning is detected.(The system will not be stopped.) Before sudden system
down by the power module overheat, inspection and replacement of the fan are prompted.
3-4-7 Open-phase detection
Disconnection of a phase of the 3-phase input power is detected.
The occurrence of abnormal operation will be avoided by open-phase detection because open-phase does
not cause a power failure, however, abnormal operation will occur when the motor load becomes large.
3-4-8 Contactor weld detection
It detects that a contact of the external contactor is welding and cannot be opened.
3 - 18
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
3-5 Sequence functions
3-5 Sequence functions
3-5-1 Contactor control function
With this function, the contactor ON/OFF command is output from the power supply unit (or servo/spindle
drive unit for integrated type) based on the judgement as to whether it is in emergency stop, emergency stop
cancel, spindle deceleration and stop or vertical axis drop prevention control, etc.
3-5-2 Motor brake control function
With this function, the brake ON/OFF command is output from the servo drive unit based on the judgement
as to whether it is in emergency stop, emergency stop cancel or vertical axis drop prevention/pull-up control,
etc.
When a multiaxis drive unit is connected, all the axes are simultaneously controlled.
3-5-3 External emergency stop function
Besides the emergency stop input from the NC, double-protection when an emergency stop occurs can be
provided by directly inputting an external emergency stop, which is a second emergency stop input, to the
power supply unit (servo/spindle drive unit for integrated type).
Even if the emergency stop is not input from NC for some reason, the contactors will be activated by the
external emergency stop input, and the power can be shut off.
MDS-D/DH-V1/V2/SP/SP2
MDS-D/DH-CV
Emergency
stop
Mitsubishi NC
OPT1
EMG
Emergency
stop
Alarm
Optical
communication
G391 cable
CN1A
Alarm
CN4
CN4
CN23B
SH21 cable
3
2
1
External emergency stop input
(24VDC)
External emergency
stop switch
MC2
(NC)
MC1
Contactor shutoff
command
CN23A
3 EMG2
2 (NC)
1 EMG1
3-5-4 Specified speed output
This function is to output a signal that indicates whether the machine-end speed has exceeded the speed
specified with the parameter.
With this function, the protection door, etc. can be locked to secure the machine operator when the machineend speed has exceeded the specified speed. This function can also be used for judging whether the current
machine-end speed is higher than the specified speed.
3-5-5 Quick READY ON sequence
With this function, the charging time during READY ON is shortened according to the remaining charge
capacity of the power supply unit. When returning to READY ON status immediately after the emergency
stop input, the charging time can be shortened according to the remaining charge capacity and the time to
READY ON is shortened.
3 - 19
MITSUBISHI CNC
3 Function Specifications
3-6 Diagnosis function
3-6-1 Monitor output function
&lt;Servo drive unit&gt;
Drive unit has a function to D/A output the various control data. The servo adjustment data required for
setting the servo parameters to match the machine can be D/A output. Measure using a high-speed
waveform recorder, oscilloscope, etc.
(1) D/A output specifications
CN9 connector
Pin
Name
LG
M01
Pin
Name
LG
M02
MDS-D/DH-V2
Item
No. of channels
Output cycle
Output precision
Output voltage range
Output magnification setting
Output pin (CN9 connector)
Others
Explanation
2ch
0.8ms (min. value)
12bit
0V to 2.5V (zero) to +5V
-32768 to 32767 (1/100-fold)
MO1 = Pin 9, MO2 = Pin 19, LG = Pin 1,11
The D/A output for the 2-axis unit is also 2ch. When using the 2-axis unit,
always set -1 for the output data (SV061, 62) of the axis that is not to be measured.
When the output data is 0, the offset voltage is 2.5V. If there is an offset voltage, adjust the zero level
position in the measuring instrument side.
+5 [V]
Speed FB
+2.5 [V]
0 [V]
+5 [V]
Current FB
+2.5 [V]
0 [V]
Example of D/A output waveform
3 - 20
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
3-6 Diagnosis function
(2) Output data settings
(Standard output)
【#2261】 SV061 DA1NO D/A output ch1 data No.
Input the data number you wish to output to the D/A output channel 1.
When using the 2-axis drive unit, set &quot;-1&quot; to the axis that the data will not be output.
---Setting range---1 to 127
【#2262】 SV062 DA2NO D/A output ch2 data No.
Input the data number you wish to output to the D/A output channel 2.
When using the 2-axis drive unit, set &quot;-1&quot; to the axis that the data will not be output.
---Setting range---1 to 127
No.
Output data
Standard output unit
Linear axis
Output cycle
Rotary axis
For 2-axis drive unit (MDS-D/DH-V2).
Set the parameters to another axis in the drive unit that is not D/A output.
-1
D/A output not selected
0
Commanded rotation speed
1000(r/min)/V
1
Motor rotation speed
1000(r/min)/V
0.8ms
2
Torque command
Motor stall rated ratio 100%/V
0.8ms
3
Torque feedback
Motor stall rated ratio 100%/V
0.8ms
6
Effective current command
100%/V
0.8ms
7
Effective current feedback
100%/V
0.8ms
8
Machine vibration frequency
500Hz/V
9
HAS control droop cancel amount
30
Collision detection estimated torque
100%/V
0.8ms
31
Collision detection disturbance estimated
torque
100%/V
0.8ms
32
Estimated load inertia ratio
or moving sections gross weight
100%/V or 100kg/V (Note)
0.8ms
35
Disturbance observer estimated disturbance
torque
100%/V
0.8ms
50
Position droop
1μm/V
1/1000&deg;/V
0.8ms
51
Position command
1μm/V
1/1000&deg;/V
0.8ms
52
Position feedback
1μm/V
1/1000&deg;/V
0.8ms
53
Position FΔT
1μm/s/V
1/1000&deg;/s/V
0.8ms
54
Deviation from ideal position
(considering servo tracking delay)
1μm/V
1/1000&deg;/V
0.8ms
60
Position droop
1mm/V
1&deg;/V
0.8ms
61
Position command
1mm/V
1&deg;/V
0.8ms
62
Position feedback
1mm/V
1&deg;/V
0.8ms
63
Position FΔT
1mm/s/V
1&deg;/s/V
0.8ms
64
Deviation from ideal position
(considering servo tracking delay)
1mm/V
1&deg;/V
0.8ms
70
Position droop
1m/V
1000&deg;/V
0.8ms
71
Position command
1m/V
1000&deg;/V
0.8ms
72
Position feedback
1m/V
1000&deg;/V
0.8ms
73
Position FΔT
1m/s/V
1000&deg;/s/V
0.8ms
74
Deviation from ideal position
(considering servo tracking delay)
1m/V
1000&deg;/V
0.8ms
126
Saw tooth wave
0V to 5V
0.8ms
127
2.5V test data
2.5V
0.8ms
(Note)
1mm/V
0.8ms
0.8ms
1&deg;/V
0.8ms
The estimated load inertia ratio (unit: 100%/V) is applied for the rotary motor, and the moving
sections gross weight (unit: 100kg/V) for the linear motor.
3 - 21
MITSUBISHI CNC
3 Function Specifications
(Servo control signal)
Servo control input (NC to Servo)
3 - 22
No.
16384
16385
Details
Servo control input 1-0
READY ON command
Servo control input 1-1
Servo ON command
16388
Servo control input 1-4
16390
Servo control input 1-6
16391
Servo control input 1-7
16392
Servo control input 1-8
16409
Servo control input 2-9
16410
Servo control input 2-A
16411
Servo control input 2-B
16416
Servo control input 3-0
Position loop gain changeover command
Excessive error detection
width changeover command
Alarm reset command
Current limit selection command
Speed monitor command
valid
In door closed (controller)
In door closed (all drive
units)
Control axis detachment
command
Servo control output (Servo to NC)
No.
16480
16481
Servo control output 1-0
Servo control output 1-1
Details
In READY ON
In servo ON
16484
Servo control output 1-4
In position loop gain changeover
16486
Servo control output 1-6
In excessive error detection
width changeover
16487
Servo control output 1-7
In alarm
16488
Servo control output 1-8
In current limit selection
16492
16493
16494
16495
16496
Servo control output 1-C
Servo control output 1-D
Servo control output 1-E
Servo control output 1-F
Servo control output 2-0
In in-position
In current limit
In absolute position data loss
In warning
Z phase passed
16499
Servo control output 2-3
In zero speed
16503
Servo control output 2-7
In external emergency stop
16505
Servo control output 2-9
In speed monitor
16506
Servo control output 2-A
16507
Servo control output 2-B
In door closed (controller)
In door closed (self drive
unit)
16512
Servo control output 3-0
In control axis detachment
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
3-6 Diagnosis function
&lt; Spindle drive unit &gt;
Drive unit has a function to D/A output each control data. The spindle adjustment data required to set the
spindle parameters matching the machine can be D/A output. The data can be measured with a high-speed
waveform recorder or oscilloscope, etc.
(1) D/A output specifications
CN9 connector
Pin
Name
LG
M01
Pin
Name
LG
M02
MDS-D/DH-SP
Item
No. of channels
Output cycle
Output precision
Output voltage range
Output magnification setting
Output pin (CN9 connector)
Explanation
2ch
0.8ms (min. value)
12bit
0V to 2.5V (zero) to +5V
-32768 to 32767 (1/100-fold)
MO1 = Pin 9, MO2 = Pin 19, LG = Pin 1,11
When the output data is 0, the offset voltage is 2.5V. If there is an offset voltage, adjust the zero level
position in the measuring instrument side.
Memory
Scroll
+5 [V]
Speed FB
+2.5 [V]
0 [V]
+5 [V]
Current FB
+2.5 [V]
0 [V]
Example of D/A output waveform
3 - 23
MITSUBISHI CNC
3 Function Specifications
(2) Output data settings
(Standard output)
【#13125】 SP125 DA1NO D/A output ch1 data No.
Input the desired data number to D/A output channel.
---Setting range---32768 to 32767
【#13126】 SP126 DA2NO D/A output ch2 data No.
Input the desired data number to D/A output channel.
---Setting range---32768 to 32767
No.
-1
0
1
2
3
35
50
51
52
53
54
60
61
62
63
64
70
71
72
73
Commanded motor rotation speed
Motor rotation speed
Torque current command
Torque current feedback
Disturbance observer estimated disturbance torque
Position droop
Position command
Position feedback
Position FΔT
Deviation from ideal position
(considering spindle tracking delay)
Position droop
Position command
Position feedback
Position FΔT
Deviation from ideal position
(considering spindle tracking delay)
Position droop
Position command
Position feedback
Position FΔT
74
Deviation from ideal position
(considering spindle tracking delay)
110
3.0V output load meter (Note)
126
127
Saw tooth wave
(Note)
3 - 24
Output data
D/A output stop
2.5V test data output
Output unit for standard setting
1000(r/min)/V
1000(r/min)/V
Short time rated ratio 100%/V
Short time rated ratio 100%/V
Output cycle
0.8ms(min)
0.8ms(min)
0.8ms(min)
0.8ms(min)
Short time rated torque current value ratio
100%/V
0.8ms(min)
1/1000&deg;/V
1/1000&deg;/V
1/1000&deg;/V
1/1000&deg;/s/V
0.8ms(min)
0.8ms(min)
0.8ms(min)
0.8ms(min)
1/1000&deg;/V
0.8ms(min)
1&deg;/V
1&deg;/V
1&deg;/V
1&deg;/s/V
0.8ms(min)
0.8ms(min)
0.8ms(min)
0.8ms(min)
1&deg;/V
0.8ms(min)
1000&deg;/V
1000&deg;/V
1000&deg;/V
1000&deg;/s/V
0.8ms(min)
0.8ms(min)
0.8ms(min)
0.8ms(min)
1000&deg;/V
0.8ms(min)
40%/V, 120%/3V
0.8ms(min)
0V to 5V
2.5V
0.8ms(min)
0.8ms(min)
Load meter displays &quot;100%(=2.5V)&quot; when the control power turns ON and the NC is starting.
After the NC has been run, it displays &quot;0%(=0V%)&quot;.
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
3-6 Diagnosis function
(Special output)
The result of PLG(TS5690) installation accuracy diagnosis is output to D/A output. D/A output
magnification:SP127(DA1MPY) and SP128(DA2MPY) is 0.
PLG installation diagnosis function can be enabled during the rotation, when open loop control is
enabled:SP018(SPEC2)/bit1=1.
D/A output
No.
120
121
122
123
Details
Description
Motor end PLG installation gap is diagnosed.
When the gap is good, 2.5V is output.
When the gap is excessive, 2.5V+1V is output.
When the gap is too small, 2.5V-1V is output.
Motor end PLG installation error (including the gap) is diagnosed.
Motor end PLG installation
When the installation is good, 2.5V is output.
All errors diagnosis
When the installation is incorrect, 2.5V+1V is output.
Spindle end PLG installation Spindle end PLG installation gap is diagnosed.
Gap diagnosis
Diagnostic procedure is the same as that of motor end PLG.
Spindle end PLG installation Spindle end PLG installation error (including the gap) is diagnosed.
All errors diagnosis
Diagnostic procedure is the same as that of motor end PLG.
Motor end PLG installation
Gap diagnosis
3 - 25
MITSUBISHI CNC
3 Function Specifications
(Spindle control signal)
Spindle control input (NC to Spindle)
No.
16384
16385
Spindle control input 1-0
Spindle control input 1-1
16391
Spindle control input 1-7
16392
Spindle control input 1-8
16393
Spindle control input 1-9
16394
Spindle control input 1-A
Details
READY ON command
Servo ON command
Alarm reset command
Torque limit 1 selection command
Torque limit 2 selection command
Torque limit 3 selection command
Speed monitor command valid
In door closed (controller)
In door closed (all drive units)
Spindle control output (Spindle to NC)
No.
16480
16481
Spindle control output 1-0
Spindle control output 1-1
Details
In ready ON
In servo ON
16487
Spindle control output 1-7
In alarm
16488
Spindle control output 1-8
In torque limit 1 selection
16489
Spindle control output 1-9
In torque limit 2 selection
16490
Spindle control output 1-A
In torque limit 3 selection
16492
Spindle control output 1-C
In in-position
16495
16496
Spindle control output 1-F
Spindle control output 2-0
In warning
Z phase passed
16499
Spindle control output 2-3
In zero speed
16503
Spindle control output 2-7
In external emergency stop
16505
Spindle control output 2-9
In speed monitor
16506
16507
Spindle control output 2-A
Spindle control output 2-B
In door closed (controller)
In door closed (self drive unit)
16528
Spindle control output 4-0
16529
Spindle control output 4-1
16530
Spindle control output 4-2
16409
Spindle control input 2-9
16410
16411
Spindle control input 2-A
Spindle control input 2-B
16432
Spindle control input 4-0
16433
Spindle control input 4-1
16434
Spindle control input 4-2
16436
Spindle control input 4-4
Gear changeover command
16532
Spindle control output 4-4
16437
16438
Spindle control input 4-5
Spindle control input 4-6
Gear selection command 1
Gear selection command 2
16533
16534
Spindle control output 4-5
Spindle control output 4-6
In spindle control mode selection 1
In spindle control mode selection 2
In spindle control mode selection 3
In gear changeover command
In gear selection 1
In gear selection 2
16445
Spindle control input 4-D
L coil selection command
16541
Spindle control output 4-D
In L coil selection
16545
Spindle control output 5-1
Speed detection
16550
Spindle control output 5-6
In coil changeover
16554
Spindle control output 5-A
16555
Spindle control output 5-B
16556
Spindle control output 5-C
16557
Spindle control output 5-D
16558
Spindle control output 5-E
16559
Spindle control output 5-F
16458
Spindle control input 5-A
16459
Spindle control input 5-B
16460
Spindle control input 5-C
16461
Spindle control input 5-D
16462
Spindle control input 5-E
Spindle control mode selection command 1
Spindle control mode selection command 2
Spindle control mode selection command 3
Phase synchronization suppression command
Minimum excitation rate 2
changeover request
Speed gain set 2 changeover
request
Zero point re-detection request
Spindle holding force up
In phase synchronization
suppression
In minimum excitation rate 2
selection
In speed gain set 2 selection
Zero point re-detection complete
Spindle holding force up
completed
In 2nd in-position
(Note 1) Control signal is bit output. Setting the No. of the table above to the data output(SP125, SP126),
and when the scale (SP127, SP128) is set to &quot;0&quot;, the output is &quot;0V&quot; for bit 0, and &quot;2.5V&quot; for bit 1.
(Note 2) Refer to the section &quot;Spindle control signal&quot; in Instruction Manual for details on the spindle control
signal.
3 - 26
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
3-6 Diagnosis function
3-6-2 Machine resonance frequency display function
If resonance is generated and it causes vibrations of the current commands, this function estimates the
vibration frequency and displays it on the NC monitor screen (AFLT frequency).
This is useful in setting the notch filter frequencies during servo adjustment. This function constantly
operates with no need of parameter setting.
3-6-3 Machine inertia display function
With this function, the load current and acceleration rate during motor acceleration are measured to estimate
the load inertia.
According to the parameter setting, the estimated load inertia is displayed on the NC monitor screen,
expressed as its percentage to the motor inertia.
3-6-4 Motor temperature display function
The temperature sensed by the thermal sensor attached to the motor coil is displayed on the NC screen.
3-6-5 Load monitor output function
A spindle motor's load is output as an analog voltage of 0 to 3V (0 to 120%). To use this function, connect a
load meter that meets the specifications.
3-6-6 Open loop control function
This function is to run a spindle motor for operation check before or during the adjustment of the spindle
motor's detector. This allows the operation in which no detector feedback signals are used.
3-6-7 Power supply voltage display function
The converter bus voltage in main circuit power is displayed on the NC monitor screen.
3 - 27
MITSUBISHI CNC
3 Function Specifications
3 - 28
付録
4
4
章
Characteristics
4-1
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Characteristics
4-1 Servomotor
4-1-1 Environmental conditions
Environment
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Storage temperature
Storage humidity
Atmosphere
Altitude
Conditions
0&deg;C to +40&deg;C (with no freezing)
80% RH or less (with no dew condensation)
-15&deg;C to +70&deg;C (with no freezing)
90% RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight)
No corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
Operation / storage: 1000m or less above sea level
Transportation: 10000m or less above sea level
4-1-2 Quakeproof level
Series
200V
series
Motor type
HF75, 105
HF54, 104, 154, 224, 123, 223, 142
HP54, 104, 154, 224
HF204, 354, 303, 453, 703, 302
HP204, 354, 454, 704
HF903
HP903, 1103
HF-KP23, 43, 73
400V
series
HF-H75, 105
HF-H54, 104, 154
HP-H54, 104, 154, 224
HF-H204, 354, 453, 703
HP-H204, 354, 454, 704
HF-H903
HP-H903, 1103
HC-H1502S-S10
Acceleration direction
Axis direction (X)
Direction at right angle to axis (Y)
24.5m/s2 (2.5G) or less
24.5m/s2 (2.5G) or less
24.5m/s2 (2.5G) or less
29.4m/s2 (3G) or less
9.8m/s2 (1G) or less
9.8m/s2 (1G) or less
49m/s2 (5G) or less
49m/s2 (5G) or less
24.5m/s2 (2.5G) or less
24.5m/s2 (2.5G) or less
24.5m/s2 (2.5G) or less
29.4m/s2 (3G) or less
9.8m/s2 (1G) or less
9.8m/s2 (1G) or less
9.8m/s2 (1G) or less
9.8m/s2 (1G) or less
The vibration conditions are as shown below.
Vibration amplitude
(double-sway width) (μm)
200
Servomotor
100
80
60
50
40
Y
X
30
20
Acceleration
0
4-2
3000
2000
1000
Speed (r/min)
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
4-1 Servomotor
4-1-3 Shaft characteristics
There is a limit to the load that can be applied on the motor shaft. Make sure that the load applied on the
radial direction and thrust direction, when mounted on the machine, is below the tolerable values given
below. These loads may affect the motor output torque, so consider them when designing the machine.
Series
200V
series
400V
series
Servomotor
HF75T, 105T (Taper shaft)
HF75S, 105S (Straight shaft)
HF54T, 104T, 154T, 224T,123T, 223T, 142T (Taper shaft)
HF54S, 104S, 154S, 224S,123S, 223S, 142S (Straight shaft)
HF204S, 354S, 303S, 453S, 703S, 302S (Straight shaft)
HF903S (Straight shaft)
HP54T, 104T, 154T, 224T (Taper shaft)
HP54S, 104S, 154S, 224S (Straight shaft)
HP204S, 354S, 454S (Straight shaft)
HP704S (Straight shaft)
HP903S (Straight shaft)
HP1103S (Straight shaft)
HF-KP23, 43 (Straight shaft)
HF-KP73 (Straight shaft)
HF-H75T, 105T (Taper shaft)
HF-H75S, 105S (Straight shaft)
HF-H54T, 104T, 154T (Taper shaft)
HF-H54S, 104S, 154S (Straight shaft)
HF-H204S, 354S, 453S, 703S (Straight shaft)
HF-H903S (Straight shaft)
HP-H54T, 104T, 154T, 224T (Taper shaft)
HP-H54S, 104S, 154S, 224S (Straight shaft)
HP-H204S, 354S, 454S (Straight shaft)
HP-H704S (Straight shaft)
HP-H903S (Straight shaft)
HP-H1103S (Straight shaft)
HC-H1502S-S10 (Straight shaft)
Tolerable radial load
245N (L=33)
245N (L=33)
392N (L=58)
980N (L=55)
2058N (L=79)
2450N (L=85)
392N (L=52.7)
980N (L=52.7)
1500N (L=52.7)
1300N (L=52.7)
2500N (L=52.7)
2700N (L=52.7)
245N (L=30)
392N (L=40)
245N (L=33)
245N (L=33)
392N (L=58)
980N (L=55)
2058N (L=79)
2450N (L=85)
392N (L=52.7)
980N (L=52.7)
1500N (L=52.7)
1300N (L=52.7)
2500N (L=52.7)
2700N (L=52.7)
3234N (L=140)
Tolerable thrust load
147N
147N
490N
490N
980N
980N
490N
490N
490N
590N
1100N
1500N
98N
147N
147N
147N
490N
490N
980N
980N
490N
490N
490N
590N
1100N
1500N
1470N
(Note 1) The tolerable radial load and thrust load in the above table are values applied when each motor is
used independently.
(Note 2) The symbol L in the table refers to the value of L below.
L
Radial load
Thrust load
L: Length from flange installation surface to center of load mass [mm]
4-3
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Characteristics
1. Use a flexible coupling when connecting with a ball screw, etc., and keep the shaft core deviation
to below the tolerable radial load of the shaft.
2. When directly installing the gear on the motor shaft, the radial load increases as the diameter of the
gear decreases. This should be carefully considered when designing the machine.
3. When directly installing the pulley on the motor shaft, carefully consider so that the radial load
CAUTION
(double the tension) generated from the timing belt tension is less than the values shown in the
table above.
4. In machines where thrust loads such as a worm gear are applied, carefully consider providing
separate bearings, etc., on the machine side so that loads exceeding the tolerable thrust loads are
not applied to the motor.
4-1-4 Machine accuracy
Machine accuracy of the servo motor's output shaft and around the installation part is as below.
(Excluding special products)
Accuracy (mm)
Measurement
point
Less than 100
a
0.05
0.06
0.08
0.08
b
0.04
0.04
0.06
0.08
c
0.02
0.02
0.03
0.03
Amplitude of the flange surface to the
output shaft
Amplitude of the flange surface's fitting
outer diameter
Amplitude of the output shaft end
c
a
b
4-4
Flange size [mm]
100 SQ., 130 SQ. 176 SQ. - 250 SQ.
280 or over
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
4-1 Servomotor
4-1-5 Oil / water standards
(1) The motor protective format uses the IP type, which complies with IEC Standard. (Refer to the section “2-1-1
Specifications list&quot;.) However, these Standards are short-term performance specifications. They do not
guarantee continuous environmental protection characteristics. Measures such as covers, etc., must be
taken if there is any possibility that oil or water will fall on the motor, and the motor will be constantly wet and
permeated by water. Note that the motor's IP-type is not indicated as corrosion-resistant.
Oil or water
Servomotor
(2) When a gear box is installed on the servomotor, make sure that the oil level height from the center of the
shaft is higher than the values given below. Open a breathing hole on the gear box so that the inner pressure
does not rise.
Series
200V
series
400V
series
Servomotor
HF75, 105
HF54, 104, 154, 224, 123, 223, 142
HP54, 104, 154, 224
HF204, 354, 303, 453, 302
HP204, 354, 454, 704
HF703
HF903
HP903, 1103
HF-KP23, 43
HF-KP73
HF-H75, 105
HF-H54, 104, 154
HP-H54, 104, 154, 224
HF-H204, 354, 453
HP-H204, 354, 454, 704
HF-H703
HF-H903
HP-H903, 1103
HC-H1502S-S10
Oil level (mm)
15
22.5
20
30
25
30
34
30
12.5
15
15
22.5
20
30
25
30
34
30
45
Gear
Servomotor
Oil level
Lip
Oil seal
4-5
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Characteristics
(3) When installing the servomotor horizontally, set the power cable and detector cable to face downward.
When installing vertically or on an inclination, provide a cable trap.
Cable trap
1. The servomotors, including those having IP67 specifications, do not have a completely waterproof
(oil-proof) structure. Do not allow oil or water to constantly contact the motor, enter the motor, or
CAUTION
accumulate on the motor. Oil can also enter the motor through cutting chip accumulation, so be
careful of this also.
2. When the motor is installed facing upwards, take measures on the machine side so that gear oil,
etc., does not flow onto the motor shaft.
4-1-6 Installation of servo motor
Mount the servo motor on a flange which has the following size or produces an equivalent or higher heat
dissipation effect:
Flange size
(mm)
150x150x6
250x250x6
250x250x12
300x300x20
800x800x35
Servo Motor
HF, HF-H, HP, HP-H, HF-KP
100W
200 to 400W
0.5 to 1.5kW
2.0 to 7.0kW
9.0 to 11.0kW
4-1-7 Overload protection characteristics
The servo drive unit has an electronic thermal relay to protect the servomotor and servo drive unit from
overloads. The operation characteristics of the electronic thermal relay are shown below when standard
parameters (SV021=60, SV022=150) are set. If overload operation over the electronic thermal relay
protection curve shown below is carried out, overload 1 (alarm 50) will occur. If the maximum torque is
commanded continuously for one second or more due to a machine collision, etc., overload 2 (alarm 51) will
occur.
4-6
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
4-1 Servomotor
(1) 200V series
&lt; HF series &gt;
HF75
HF105
10000.0
10000.0
When stopped
When rotating
1000.0
100.0
Time 䋨s䋩
Time 䋨s䋩
When stopped
When rotating
1000.0
10.0
100.0
10.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
0
100
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
200
300
400
HF54
When stopped
When stopped
When rotating
Time 䋨s䋩
Time 䋨s䋩
When rotating
1000.0
100.0
10.0
1.0
100.0
10.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
0
100
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
200
300
400
500
600
700
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
HF154
HF224
10000.0
10000.0
When stopped
When stopped
When rotating
1000.0
When rotating
1000.0
100.0
100.0
Time s
Time 䋨s䋩
700
10000.0
1000.0
10.0
10.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
0
100
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
200
300
400
500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
HF204
HF354
10000.0
10000.0
When stopped
When stopped
When rotating
1000.0
When rotating
1000.0
100.0
Time 䋨s䋩
Time 䋨s䋩
600
HF104
10000.0
10.0
1.0
100.0
10.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
0
100
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
200
300
400
500
600
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
HF123
700
HF223
10000.0
10000.0
When stopped
When stopped
When rotating
1000.0
When rotating
1000.0
100.0
Time s
Time s
500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
10.0
100.0
10.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
500
0
100
200
300
400
500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
4-7
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Characteristics
HF303
HF453
10000.0
10000.0
When stopped
When stopped
When rotating
1000.0
Time 䠄s䠅
100.0
Time s
When rotating
1000.0
10.0
1.0
100.0
10.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
500
0
100
200
300
HF703
HF903
When stopped
When stopped
When rotating
When rotating
1000.0
100.0
Time 䠄s䠅
Time 䠄s䠅
1000.0
10.0
100.0
10.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
0
500
100
200
300
400
500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
HF142
HF302
10000.0
10000.0
When stopped
When stopped
When rotating
1000.0
When rotating
1000.0
100.0
Time s
Time s
500
10000.0
10000.0
10.0
1.0
100.0
10.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
4-8
400
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
500
0
100
200
300
400
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
500
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
4-1 Servomotor
&lt; HP series &gt;
HP54
HP104
10000.0
10000.0
When stopped
When stopped
When rotating
1000.0
100.0
Time 䋨s䋩
100.0
Time 䋨s䋩
When rotating
1000.0
10.0
10.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
0
700
100
200
300
400
HP154
When stopped
When rotating
1000.0
100.0
Time 䠄s䠅
Time 䠄s䠅
When rotating
1000.0
100.0
10.0
10.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
0.1
700
0
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
100
200
300
400
500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
HP204
HP354
10000.0
10000.0
When stopped
When stopped
When rotating
1000.0
When rotating
1000.0
100.0
Time 䋨s䋩
Time 䋨s䋩
700
HP224
When stopped
10.0
1.0
100.0
10.0
1.0
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
0.1
500
0
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
100
200
300
400
500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
HP454
HP704
10000.0
10000.0
When stopped
When stopped
When rotating
1000.0
When rotating
1000.0
100.0
Time 䠄s䠅
Time 䠄s䠅
600
10000.0
10000.0
10.0
100.0
10.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
0
500
100
200
300
400
500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
HP903
HP1103
10000.0
10000.0
When stopped
When stopped
When rotating
1000.0
When rotating
1000.0
100.0
100.0
Time 䋨s䋩
Time 䋨s䋩
500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
10.0
1.0
10.0
1.0
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
500
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
4-9
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Characteristics
&lt; HF-KP series &gt;
HF-KP23
HF-KP43
10000.0
10000.0
When stopped
When stopped
When rotating
1000.0
100.0
Time 䠄s䠅
Time 䠄s䠅
100.0
10.0
0.1
0.1
0
100
200
300
HF-KP73
10000.0
When stopped
When rotating
1000.0
100.0
10.0
1.0
0.1
0
100
200
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
0
100
200
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
Time 䠄s䠅
10.0
1.0
1.0
4 - 10
When rotating
1000.0
300
300
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
4-1 Servomotor
(2) 400V series
&lt; HF-H series &gt;
HF-H75
HF-H105
10000.0
10000.0
When stopped
When rotating
Time 䠄s䠅
1000.0
When stopped
When rotating
1000.0
Time 䠄s䠅
100.0
10.0
100.0
10.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
0
100
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
200
HF-H54
700
When rotating
1000.0
Time 䋨s䋩
100.0
10.0
100.0
10.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
0
700
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
HF-H154
HF-H204
10000.0
10000.0
When stopped
When stopped
When rotating
1000.0
When rotating
1000.0
Time 䠄s䠅
100.0
10.0
100.0
10.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
0.1
700
0
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
100
200
300
400
500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
HF-H354
HF-H453
10000.0
10000.0
When stopped
When stopped
When rotating
1000.0
When rotating
1000.0
100.0
Time 䠄s䠅
Time 䠄s䠅
600
When stopped
When rotating
1000.0
10.0
1.0
100.0
10.0
1.0
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
0.1
500
0
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
100
200
300
400
500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
HF-H703
HF-H903
10000.0
10000.0
When stopped
When stopped
When rotating
1000.0
When rotating
1000.0
100.0
Time 䠄s䠅
Time 䠄s䠅
500
10000.0
When stopped
Time 䠄s䠅
400
HF-H104
10000.0
Time 䠄s䠅
300
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
10.0
1.0
100.0
10.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
500
0
100
200
300
400
500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
4 - 11
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Characteristics
&lt; HP-H series &gt;
HP-H54
HP-H104
10000.0
10000.0
When stopped
1000.0
When rotating
1000.0
100.0
100.0
Time 䠄s䠅
Time 䋨s䋩
When stopped
When rotating
10.0
10.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
0
700
100
200
300
400
HP-H154
When stopped
When stopped
When rotating
100.0
Time 䠄s䠅
Time 䠄s䠅
When rotating
1000.0
10.0
100.0
10.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
0
100
200
300
HP-H204
500
HP-H354
10000.0
10000.0
When stopped
When stopped
When rotating
When rotating
1000.0
Time 䠄s䠅
1000.0
Time 䠄s䠅
400
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
100.0
100.0
10.0
10.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
0
500
100
200
300
400
500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
HP-H454
HP-H704
10000.0
10000.0
When stopped
When stopped
When rotating
1000.0
When rotating
1000.0
100.0
Time 䠄s䠅
Time 䠄s䠅
700
HP-H224
1000.0
10.0
100.0
10.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
0
500
100
200
300
400
500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
HP-H903
HP-H1103
10000.0
10000.0
When stopped
When stopped
When rotating
When rotating
1000.0
Time 䋨s䋩
1000.0
Time 䋨s䋩
600
10000.0
10000.0
100.0
100.0
10.0
10.0
1.0
1.0
0.1
0.1
0
100
200
300
400
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
4 - 12
500
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
500
0
100
200
300
400
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
500
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
4-1 Servomotor
&lt; HC-H series &gt;
HC-H1502S-S10
10000.0
When stopped
When rotating
Time 䠄s䠅
1000.0
100.0
10.0
1.0
0.1
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
Motor current value (stall rated current value ratio %)
4 - 13
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Characteristics
4-1-8 Magnetic brake
1. The axis will not be mechanically held even when the dynamic brakes are used. If the machine
could drop when the power fails, use a servomotor with magnetic brakes or provide an external
brake mechanism as holding means to prevent dropping.
2. The magnetic brakes are used for holding, and must not be used for normal braking. There may be
cases when holding is not possible due to the life or machine structure (when ball screw and
servomotor are coupled with a timing belt, etc.). Provide a stop device on the machine side to
CAUTION
ensure safety.
3. When operating the brakes, always turn the servo OFF (or ready OFF). When releasing the
brakes, always confirm that the servo is ON first. Sequence control considering this condition is
possible by using the brake contact connection terminal on the servo drive unit.
4. When the vertical axis drop prevention function is used, the drop of the vertical axis during an
emergency stop can be suppressed to the minimum.
(1) Motor with magnetic brake
(a) Types
The motor with a magnetic brake is set for each motor. The &quot;B&quot; following the standard motor model
stands for the motor with a brake.
(b) Applications
When this type of motor is used for the vertical feed axis in a machining center, etc., slipping and
dropping of the spindle head can be prevented even when the hydraulic balancer's hydraulic pressure
reaches zero when the power turns OFF. When used with a robot, deviation of the posture when the
power is turned OFF can be prevented.
When used for the feed axis of a grinding machine, a double safety measures is formed with the
deceleration stop (dynamic brake stop) during emergency stop, and the risks of colliding with the
grinding stone and scattering can be prevented.
This motor cannot be used for the purposes other than holding and braking during a power failure
(emergency stop). (This cannot be used for normal deceleration, etc.)
(c) Features
[1] The magnetic brakes use a DC excitation method, thus:
• The brake mechanism is simple and the reliability is high.
• There is no need to change the brake tap between 50Hz and 60Hz.
• There is no rush current when the excitation occurs, and shock does not occur.
• The brake section is not larger than the motor section.
[2] The magnetic brake is built into the motor, and the installation dimensions are the same as the
motor without brake.
(d) Cautions for using a timing belt
Connecting the motor with magnetic brakes and the load (ball screw, etc.) with a timing belt as
shown on the left below could pose a hazard if the belt snaps. Even if the belt's safety coefficient is
increased, the belt could snap if the tension is too high or if cutting chips get imbedded. Safety can
be maintained by using the method shown on the right below.
Top
Load
Brake
Load
Top
Motor
Bottom
Bottom
Ball screw
Timing belt
4 - 14
Motor
(No brakes)
Timing belt
Ball screw
Brake
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
4-1 Servomotor
(2) Magnetic brake characteristics
(a) 200V series
&lt; HF Series &gt;
Item
Type (Note 1)
Rated voltage
Rated current at 20&deg;C (A)
Capacity (W)
Static friction torque (N•m)
Inertia (Note 2) (kg•cm2)
Release delay time (Note 3) (s)
Braking delay time (DC OFF) (Note 3) (s)
Per braking (J)
Tolerable braking work
amount
Per hour (J)
Brake play at motor axis (degree)
No. of braking
operations (times)
Brake life (Note 4)
Work amount
per braking (J)
HF75B, HF105B
Motor type
HF54B, HF104B
HF154B,HF224B
HF123B, HF223B
HF142B
HF204B, HF354B
HF303B, HF453
HF703B, HF903B
HF302B
Spring closed non-exciting operation magnetic brakes
(for maintenance and emergency braking)
24VDC
0.38
0.8
1.4
9
19
34
2.4
8.3
43.1
0.2
2.2
9.7
0.03
0.04
0.1
0.03
0.03
0.03
64
400
4,500
640
4,000
45,000
0.1 to 0.9
0.2 to 0.6
0.2 to 0.6
20,000
20,000
20,000
32
200
1,000
&lt; HP Series &gt;
Item
HP54B
Type (Note 1)
Rated voltage
Rated current at 20&deg;C(A)
Capacity (W)
Static friction torque (N•m)
Inertia (Note 2) (kg•cm2)
Release delay time (Note3) (s)
Braking delay time (DC OFF) (Note3) (s)
Per braking (J)
Tolerable braking work
amount
Per hour (J)
Brake play at motor axis (degree)
No. of braking
operations (times)
Brake life (Note4)
Work amount
per braking (J)
0.91
21
3.5
0.5
0.1
0.1
700
7,000
0.2 to 0.6
Motor type
HP104B
HP204B
HP354B
HP704B
HP154B
HP224B
HP454B
Spring closed non-exciting operation magnetic brakes
(for maintenance and emergency braking)
24VDC
0.86
1.0
1.4
1.4
21
24
34
34
9
12
32
54.9
0.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
0.1
0.1
0.12
0.3
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
700
700
4,500
4,500
7,000
7,000
45,000
45,000
0.2 to 0.6
0.2 to 0.6
0.2 to 0.6
0.2 to 0.6
HP903B
HP1103B
1.7
41
90
24
0.3
0.1
4,500
45,000
0.2 to 0.6
20,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
200
200
200
1,000
1,000
1,000
(Note 1) There is no manual release mechanism. If handling is required such as during the machine core
alignment work, prepare a separate 24VDC power supply, and electrically release a brake.
(Note 2) These are the values added to the servomotor without a brake.
(Note 3) This is the representative value for the initial attraction gap at 20&deg;C.
(Note 4) The brake gap will widen through brake lining wear caused by braking. However, the gap cannot be
adjusted. Thus, the brake life is considered to be reached when adjustments are required.
(Note 5) A leakage flux will be generated at the shaft end of the servomotor with a magnetic brake.
(Note 6) When operating in low speed regions, the sound of loose brake lining may be heard. However, this is
not a problem in terms of function.
4 - 15
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Characteristics
&lt; HF-KP Series &gt;
Item
Type (Note 1)
Rated voltage
Rated current at 20&deg;C(A)
Capacity (W)
Static friction torque (N•m)
Inertia (Note 2) (kg•cm2)
Release delay time (Note3) (s)
Braking delay time (DC OFF) (Note3) (s)
Per braking (J)
Tolerable braking work
amount
Per hour (J)
Brake play at motor axis (degree)
No. of braking
operations (times)
Brake life (Note4)
Work amount
per braking (J)
Motor type
HF-KP23B, HF-KP43B
HF-KP73B
Spring closed non-exciting operation magnetic brakes
(for maintenance and emergency braking)
24VDC
0.33
0.42
7.9
10
1.3
2.4
0.08
0.2
0.03
0.04
0.02
0.02
22
64
220
640
1.2
0.9
20,000
20,000
22
64
(Note 1) There is no manual release mechanism. If handling is required such as during the machine core
alignment work, prepare a separate 24VDC power supply, and electrically release a brake.
(Note 2) These are the values added to the servomotor without a brake.
(Note 3) This is the representative value for the initial attraction gap at 20&deg;C.
(Note 4) The brake gap will widen through brake lining wear caused by braking. However, the gap cannot be
adjusted. Thus, the brake life is considered to be reached when adjustments are required.
(Note 5) A leakage flux will be generated at the shaft end of the servomotor with a magnetic brake.
(Note 6) When operating in low speed regions, the sound of loose brake lining may be heard. However, this is
not a problem in terms of function.
4 - 16
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
4-1 Servomotor
(b) 400V series
&lt; HF-H Series &gt;
Motor type
Item
HF-H204B, HF-H354B
HF-H453B, HF-H703B
HF-H903B
Spring closed non-exciting operation magnetic brakes
(for maintenance and emergency braking)
24VDC
0.38
0.8
1.4
9
19
34
2.4
8.3
43.1
0.2
2.2
9.7
0.03
0.04
0.1
0.03
0.03
0.03
64
400
4,500
640
4,000
45,000
0.1 to 0.9
0.2 to 0.6
0.2 to 0.6
HF-H75B, HF-H105B
HF-H54B, HF-H104B
HF-H154B
20,000
20,000
20,000
32
200
1,000
Type (Note 1)
Rated voltage
Rated current at 20&deg;C (A)
Capacity (W)
Static friction torque (N•m)
Inertia (Note 2) (kg•cm2)
Release delay time (Note 3) (s)
Braking delay time (DC OFF) (Note 3) (s)
Tolerable braking work Per braking (J)
amount
Per hour (J)
Brake play at motor axis (degree)
No. of braking
operations (times)
Brake life (Note 4)
Work amount
per braking (J)
&lt; HP-H Series &gt;
Item
HP-H54B
Type (Note 1)
Rated voltage
Rated current at 20&deg;C(A)
Capacity (W)
Static friction torque (N•m)
Inertia (Note 2) (kg•cm2)
Release delay time (Note3) (s)
Braking delay time (DC OFF) (Note3) (s)
Tolerable braking work Per braking (J)
amount
Per hour (J)
Brake play at motor axis (degree)
No. of braking
operations (times)
Brake life (Note4)
Work amount
per braking (J)
0.91
21
3.5
0.5
0.1
0.1
700
7,000
0.2 to 0.6
Motor type
HP-H104B
HP-H204B
HP-H354B
HP-H704B
HP-H154B
HP-H224B
HP-H454B
Spring closed non-exciting operation magnetic brakes
(for maintenance and emergency braking)
24VDC
0.86
1.0
1.4
1.4
21
24
34
34
9
12
32
54.9
0.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
0.1
0.1
0.12
0.3
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
700
700
4,500
4,500
7,000
7,000
45,000
45,000
0.2 to 0.6
0.2 to 0.6
0.2 to 0.6
0.2 to 0.6
HP-H903B
HP-H1103B
1.7
41
90
24
0.3
0.1
4,500
45,000
0.2 to 0.6
20,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
200
200
200
1,000
1,000
1,000
(Note 1) There is no manual release mechanism. If handling is required such as during the machine core
alignment work, prepare a separate 24VDC power supply, and electrically release a brake.
(Note 2) These are the values added to the servomotor without a brake.
(Note 3) This is the representative value for the initial attraction gap at 20&deg;C.
(Note 4) The brake gap will widen through brake lining wear caused by braking. However, the gap cannot be
adjusted. Thus, the brake life is considered to be reached when adjustments are required.
(Note 5) A leakage flux will be generated at the shaft end of the servomotor with a magnetic brake.
(Note 6) When operating in low speed regions, the sound of loose brake lining may be heard. However, this is
not a problem in terms of function.
4 - 17
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Characteristics
(3) Magnetic brake power supply
1. Always install a surge absorber on the brake terminal when using DC OFF.
CAUTION
2. Do not pull out the cannon plug while the brake power is ON. The cannon plug pins could be
damaged by sparks.
(a) Brake excitation power supply
[1] Prepare a brake excitation power supply that can accurately ensure the attraction current in
consideration of the voltage fluctuation and excitation coil temperature.
[2] The brake terminal polarity is random. Make sure not to mistake the terminals with other circuits.
(b) Bake excitation circuit
When turning OFF the brake excitation power supply (to apply the brake), DC OFF is used to shorten
the braking delay time.
A surge absorber will be required. Pay attention to the relay cut off capacity.
&lt;Cautions&gt;
• Provide sufficient DC cut off capacity at the contact.
• Always use a surge absorber.
• When using the cannon plug type, the surge absorber will be further away, so use shielded wires
between the motor and surge absorber.
100VAC or
200VAC
PS
ZD2
VAR1
SW2
VAR2
Magnetic brake 2
SW1
ZD1
Magnetic brake 1
24VDC
(b) Example of DC OFF
: 24VDC stabilized power supply
PS
: Zener diode for power supply protection (1W, 24V)
ZD1,ZD2
VAR1,VAR2 : Surge absorber
Magnetic brake circuits
4 - 18
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
4-1 Servomotor
4-1-9 Dynamic brake characteristics
If a servo alarm that cannot control the motor occurs, the dynamic brakes will function to stop the servomotor
regardless of the parameter settings.
(1) Deceleration torque
The dynamic brake uses the motor as a generator, and obtains the deceleration torque by consuming that
energy with the dynamic brake resistance. The characteristics of this deceleration torque have a maximum
deceleration torque (Tdp) regarding the motor speed as shown in the following drawing. The torque for each
motor is shown in the following table.
Tdp
Deceleration
torque
0
Ndp
Motor speed Deceleration torque characteristics of a dynamic brake
Max. deceleration torque of a dynamic brake
Motor type
(200V series)
HF75
HF105
HF54
HF104
HF154
HF224
HF204
HF354
HF123
HF223
HF303
HF453
HF703
HF903
HF142
HF302
HP54
HP104
HP154
HP224
HP204
HP354
HP454
HP704
HP903
HP1103
HF-KP23
HF-KP43
HF-KP73
Stall torque
(N•m)
2.0
3.0
2.9
5.9
9.0
12.0
13.7
22.5
7.0
12.0
22.5
37.2
49.0
58.8
11.0
20.0
3.0
5.9
9.0
12.0
13.7
22.5
31.9
49.0
70.0
110.0
0.64
1.3
2.4
Tdp
(N•m)
5.43
10.21
3.96
10.02
15.65
20.06
15.97
35.28
9.79
19.95
30.43
53.01
71.93
89.23
14.43
29.42
6.36
11.10
17.41
28.74
26.16
38.44
61.60
88.38
91.73
158.09
1.04
2.60
2.96
Ndp
(r/min)
1825
1967
758
1060
1356
1765
1029
908
750
1059
955
1080
1070
3755
547
635
716
987
1307
1848
2135
2072
1597
1656
2984
2324
1272
1377
962
Motor type
(400V series)
HF-H75
HF-H105
HF-H54
HF-H104
HF-H154
HF-H204
HF-H354
HF-H453
HF-H703
HF-H903
HP-H54
HP-H104
HP-H154
HP-H224
HP-H204
HP-H354
HP-H454
HP-H704
HP-H903
HP-H1103
HC-H1502S-S10
Stall torque
(N•m)
2.0
3.0
2.9
5.9
9.0
13.7
22.5
37.2
49.0
58.8
3.0
5.9
9.0
12.0
13.7
22.5
31.9
49.0
70.0
110.0
146.0
Tdp
(N•m)
5.11
10.19
3.96
10.04
15.04
15.83
37.35
52.90
71.79
89.57
6.32
11.10
18.08
28.65
28.04
37.93
60.58
95.47
100.47
170.39
237.80
Ndp
(r/min)
1685
1740
690
897
1073
835
657
619
374
1044
614
824
1107
1445
1524
861
939
597
936
704
1828
4 - 19
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Characteristics
(2) Coasting rotation distance during emergency stop
The distance that the motor coasts (angle for rotary axis) when stopping with the dynamic brakes can be
approximated with the following expression.
. /#:㧩
(
,.
㧕㨯㧔#㨯0㧗$㧕_
㨯] VG 㧔㧗
,/
LMAX
F
N
JM
: Motor coasting distance (angle)
: Axis feedrate
: Motor speed
: Motor inertia
JL
: Motor shaft conversion load inertia
te
: Brake drive relay delay time
: Coefficient A (Refer to the next page)
: Coefficient B (Refer to the next page)
A
B
Emergency stop (EMG)
Dynamic brake control output
Actual dynamic brake operation
[mm, (deg)]
[mm/min, (deg/min)]
[r/min]
[kg•cm2]
[kg•cm2]
[s] (Normally, 0.03s)
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Motor speed
N
Coasting amount
Time
te
Dynamic brake braking diagram
4 - 20
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
4-1 Servomotor
Coasting amount calculation coefficients table
Motor type
JM
B
HF75
(kg•cm )
2.6
A
A
B
0.46&times;10-9
4.58&times;10-3
HF-H75
0.53&times;10-9
4.49&times;10-3
HF105
5.1
0.44&times;10-9
HF54
6.1
-9
5.15&times;10-3
HF-H105
5.1
0.50&times;10-9
4.56&times;10-3
3.54&times;10
6.11&times;10-3
HF-H54
6.1
3.90&times;10
-9
5.56&times;10-3
11.9
1.95&times;10-9
6.59&times;10-3
11.9
2.31&times;10-9
5.57&times;10-3
HF154
17.8
1.46&times;10-9
8.07&times;10
-3
HF-H154
17.8
1.92&times;10-9
6.65&times;10-3
HF224
23.7
1.17&times;10-9
10.92&times;10-3
HF-H204
38.3
5.06&times;10-9
10.58&times;10-3
HF204
38.3
4.07&times;10-9
12.92&times;10
-3
HF-H354
75.0
5.33&times;10-9
6.91&times;10-3
75.0
4.09&times;10-9
10.11&times;10
-3
112.0
5.97&times;10-9
6.86&times;10-3
HF123
11.9
-9
2.83&times;10
4.77&times;10
-3
HF-H703
154.0
10.01&times;10
-9
4.20&times;10-3
HF223
23.7
1.96&times;10-9
6.59&times;10-3
HF-H903
196.0
3.66&times;10-9
11.96&times;10-3
75.0
-9
12.32&times;10
-3
4.6
3.23&times;10
-9
2.34&times;10-3
-3
HP-H104
7.7
2.30&times;10
-9
2.99&times;10-3
HF104
HF354
HF303
4.50&times;10
-9
Motor type
JM
(kg•cm2)
2.6
2
HF-H104
HF-H453
HP-H54
HF453
112.0
3.42&times;10
11.95&times;10
HF703
154.0
3.49&times;10-9
11.99&times;10-3
HP-H154
12.0
1.64&times;10-9
3.85&times;10-3
HF903
196.0
1.02&times;10-9
43.18&times;10-3
HP-H224
20.0
1.32&times;10-9
5.28&times;10-3
17.8
3.94&times;10-9
3.53&times;10
-3
29.0
2.66&times;10-9
8.25&times;10-3
HF302
75.0
7.01&times;10-9
8.48&times;10-3
HP-H354
37.0
4.45&times;10-9
4.40&times;10-3
HP54
4.6
2.75&times;10-9
2.71&times;10-3
HP-H454
55.0
3.80&times;10-9
4.46&times;10-3
7.7
-9
3.59&times;10
-3
82.0
5.65&times;10
-9
2.68&times;10-3
-3
HP-H903
163.0
9.39&times;10
-9
10.98&times;10-3
HF142
HP104
1.92&times;10
-9
HP-H204
HP-H704
HP154
12.0
1.44&times;10
4.72&times;10
HP224
20.0
1.03&times;10-9
6.74&times;10-3
HP-H1103
255.0
9.83&times;10-9
6.49&times;10-3
HP204
29.0
-9
12.39&times;10-3
HC-H1502S-S10
550.0
-9
22.14&times;10-3
-9
2.04&times;10
HP354
37.0
1.82&times;10
10.44&times;10-3
HP454
55.0
2.19&times;10-9
7.47&times;10-3
HP704
82.0
2.20&times;10-9
8.04&times;10-3
163.0
3.23&times;10-9
38.33&times;10-3
HP1103
255.0
3.21&times;10-9
23.09&times;10-3
HF-KP23
0.23
0.18&times;10-9
1.54&times;10-3
HF-KP43
0.42
-9
1.16&times;10-3
-9
2.43&times;10-3
HP903
HF-KP73
1.43
0.12&times;10
0.49&times;10
2.21&times;10
4 - 21
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Characteristics
4-2 Spindle motor
4-2-1 Environmental conditions
Environment
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Storage temperature
Storage humidity
Atmosphere
Altitude
Conditions
0&deg;C to +40&deg;C (with no freezing)
90% RH or less (with no dew condensation)
-20&deg;C to +65&deg;C(with no freezing)
90% RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight);
no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
Operation/storage: 1000m or less above sea level
Transportation: 10000m or less above sea level
4-2-2 Shaft characteristics
There is a limit to the load that can be applied on the motor shaft. Make sure that the load applied on the
radial direction, when mounted on the machine, is below the tolerable values given below. These loads may
affect the motor output torque, so consider them when designing the machine.
Series
200V
series
400V
series
Spindle motor
SJ-VL2.2ZT, SJ-V3.7-02ZT
SJ-VL11-10FZT
SJ-VL0.75-01T, SJ-VL1.5-01T
SJ-D3.7/100-01, SJ-DJ5.5/100-01,
SJ-V2.2-01T, SJ-V3.7-01T, SJ-V5.5-01ZT, SJ-V7.5-01ZT, SJ-V7.5-03ZT,
SJ-V11-06ZT, SJ-VL11-05FZT-S01, SJ-VL11-07ZT
SJ-D5.5/100-01, SJ-DJ7.5/100-01, SJ-V11-08ZT
SJ-D7.5/100-01, SJ-D11/80-01, SJ-DJ11/100-01, SJ-DJ15/80-01
SJ-V11-01T, SJ-V11-01ZT, J-V11-13ZT, SJ-V22-06ZT, SJ-V30-02ZT
SJ-V11-09T, SJ-V15-01ZT, SJ-V15-03ZT, SJ-V15-09ZT, SJ-V18.5-03T,
SJ-V18.5-01ZT, SJ-V18.5-04ZT, SJ-V22-05T, SJ-V22-01ZT, SJ-V22-04ZT,
SJ-V26-01ZT
SJ-V37-01T, SJ-V45-01T, SJ-V22-09T, SJ-VK22-19ZT
SJ-V55-01T
SJ-4-V3.7-05ZT
SJ-4-V2.2-03T, SJ-4-V3.7-03T, SJ-4-V7.5-13ZT, SJ-4-V11-22ZT
SJ-4-V5.5-07T, SJ-4-V11-23ZT
SJ-4-V7.5-12T, SJ-4-V11-18T, SJ-4-V22-18ZT, SJ-4-V30-15ZT
SJ-4-V11-21T, SJ-4-V15-18T, SJ-4-V15-20T, SJ-4-V18.5-14T, SJ-4-V18.5-17T,
SJ-4-V22-15T, SJ-4-V22-16T, SJ-4-V26-08T
SJ-4-V37-04T, SJ-4-V45-02T
SJ-4-V55-03T
Tolerable radial load
196N
245N
490N
980N
1470N
1960N
2940N
3920N
5880N
490N
980N
1470N
1960N
2940N
3920N
5880N
Radial load
(Note) The load point is at the one-half of the shaft length.
CAUTION
4 - 22
Consider on the machine side so that the thrust loads are not applied to the spindle motor.
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
4-2 Spindle motor
4-2-3 Machine accuracy
Machine accuracy of the spindle motor's output shaft and around the installation part is as below.
(Excluding special products)
Accuracy [mm]
Amplitude of the flange surface to the output shaft
Amplitude of the flange surface's fitting outer diameter
Amplitude of the output shaft end
c
Measurement
point
a
b
c
Flange size [mm]
0.08
0.04
0.02
a
b
4-2-4 Installation of spindle motor
1. Rubber packing for waterproof is attached on the inner surface of the top cover of terminal block.
After checking that the packing is installed, install the top cover.
CAUTION
2. When installing a motor on a flange, chamfer(C1) the part of flange that touches inside low part of
the motor.
To yield good cooling performance, provide a space of at least 30mm between the cooling fan and wall. If
the motor is covered by a structure and the air is not exchanged, its cooling performance degrades and the
motor is unable to fully exercise its performance, which may cause the spindle motor overheat alarm. Do not
use the spindle motor in an enclosed space with little ventilation.
Cooling fan
wall
30mm or more
4 - 23
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Characteristics
4-3 Tool spindle motor
4-3-1 Environmental conditions
Environment
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Storage temperature
Storage humidity
Atmosphere
Altitude
Conditions
0&deg;C to +40&deg;C (with no freezing)
80% RH or less (with no dew condensation)
-15&deg;C to +70&deg;C (with no freezing)
90% RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight)
No corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist or dust
Operation / storage: 1000m or less above sea level
Transportation: 10000m or less above sea level
4-3-2 Shaft characteristics
There is a limit to the load that can be applied on the motor shaft. Make sure that the load applied on the
radial direction and thrust direction, when mounted on the machine, is below the tolerable values given
below. These loads may affect the motor output torque, so consider them when designing the machine.
Tool spindle motor
HF-KP46, 56
HF-KP96
HF-SP226, 406
HF75S, 105S
HF54S, 104S, 154S, 224S, 123S, 223S
HF204S, 303S, 354S,453S,703S
HF903S
Tolerable radial load
245N (L=30)
392N (L=40)
980N(L-55
245N (L=33)
980N (L=55)
2058N (L=79)
2450(L=85)
Tolerable thrust load
98N
147N
490N
147N
490N
980N
980N
(Note 1) The tolerable radial load and thrust load in the above table are values applied when each motor is
used independently.
(Note 2) The symbol L in the table refers to the value of L below.
L
Radial load
Thrust load
L: Length from flange installation surface to center of load mass [mm]
4 - 24
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
4-3 Tool spindle motor
4-3-3 Tool spindle temperature characteristics
&lt; HF-KP Series &gt;
[ HF-KP46J(K)W09 ]
60K
100
80K
[ HF-KP56J(K)W09 ]
100K
40K
100
60K
80K
40K
80
20K
Load rate [%]
Load rate [%]
80
60
40
20K
60
40
20
20
0
0
0
2000
4000
0
6000
2000
Rotation speed [r/min]
4000
6000
Rotation speed [r/min]
[ HF-KP96J(K)W09 ]
20K
100
40K
60K
80K
Load rate [%]
80
60
40
20
0
0
2000
4000
Rotation speed [r/min]
6000
&lt; HF-SP Series &gt;
[HF-SP226J(K)W09 ]
40K
20K
㪈㪇㪇
60K
[ HF-SP406J(K)W09 ]
80K
㪏㪇
㪍㪇㪢
㪏㪇㪢
㪏㪇
Load rate [%]
Load rate [%]
㪋㪇㪢
㪈㪇㪇
㪍㪇
㪋㪇
㪉㪇
㪉㪇㪢
㪍㪇
㪋㪇
㪉㪇
㪇
㪇
㪇
㪉㪇㪇㪇
㪋㪇㪇㪇
Rotation speed [r/min]
㪍㪇㪇㪇
㪇
㪉㪇㪇㪇
㪋㪇㪇㪇
㪍㪇㪇㪇
Rotation speed [r/min]
1. The contour lines 20K to 100K in the graph indicate the temperature rising values from the start-up
CAUTION
to saturation.
2. The motor temperature tends to rise in a high-speed rotation even if the load rate is low.
4 - 25
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Characteristics
4-4 Drive unit
4-4-1 Environmental conditions
Environment
Ambient temperature
Ambient humidity
Storage temperature
Storage humidity
Atmosphere
Altitude
Vibration
(Note)
4 - 26
Conditions
0&deg;C to +55&deg;C (with no freezing)
90% RH or less (with no dew condensation)
-15&deg;C to +70&deg;C (with no freezing)
90% RH or less (with no dew condensation)
Indoors (no direct sunlight);
no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, dust or conductive fine particles
Operation/storage: 1000m or less above sea level
Transportation: 13000m or less above sea level
Operation/storage: 4.9m/s2 (0.5G) or less Transportation: 49m/s2(5G) or less
When installing the machine at 1,000m or more above sea level, the heat
dissipation characteristics will drop as the altitude increases. The upper limit of
the ambient temperature drops 1&deg;C with every 100m increase in altitude.
(The ambient temperature at an altitude of 2,000m is between 0 and 45&deg;C.)
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
4-4 Drive unit
4-4-2 Heating value
The values for the servo drive unit apply at the stall output. The values for the spindle drive unit apply for the
continuous rated output. The values for the power supply unit include the AC reactor's heating value.
&lt; MDS-D Series &gt;
Type
MDS-D-
V1-20
V1-40
V1-80
V1-160
V1-160W
V1-320
V1-320W
Servo drive unit
Heating value
[W]
Type
InOutMDS-Dside
side
panel panel
18
22
V2-2020
20
38
V2-4020
25
71
V2-4040
36
148
V2-8040
44
201
V2-8080
59
307
V2-16080
72
399
V2-160160
V2-16160W
Heating value
[W]
InOutside
side
panel panel
26
44
28
60
31
75
35
109
40
142
51
219
62
296
77
403
Spindle drive unit
Heating value
[W]
Type
InOutMDS-Dside
side
panel panel
24
31
SP2-2020
29
65
SP2-4020
37
121
SP2-4040S
54
236
SP2-4040
78
404
SP2-8040
100
520
SP2-16080S
118
688
SP2-8080
148
897
SP2-16080
196
1231
Type
MDS-D-
SP-20
SP-40
SP-80
SP-160
SP-200
SP-240
SP-320
SP-400
SP-640
Heating value
[W]
InOutside
side
panel panel
28
62
33
96
38
130
38
130
46
186
70
358
54
242
70
358
Power supply unit
Heating value
[W]
Type
InOutMDS-Dside
side
panel panel
CV-37
20
34
CV-75
24
55
CV-110
25
99
CV-185
32
161
CV-300
45
272
CV-370
53
343
CV-450
104
392
CV-550
164
431
&lt; MDS-DH Series &gt;
Type
MDS-DH-
Servo drive unit
Heating value [W]
Type
Inside
Outside
MDS-DHpanel
panel
Heating value [W]
Inside
Outside
panel
panel
Spindle drive unit
Heating value [W]
Type
Inside
Outside
MDS-DHpanel
panel
Power supply unit
Heating value [W]
Type
Inside
Outside
MDS-DHpanel
panel
V1-10
19
27
V2-1010
28
54
SP-20
32
88
CV-37
V1-20
22
46
V2-2010
30
74
SP-40
42
158
CV-75
V1-40
27
87
V2-2020
33
93
SP-80
54
237
CV-110
V1-80
40
175
V2-4020
39
133
SP-100
73
369
CV-185
V1-80W
47
222
V2-4040
45
173
SP-160
110
639
CV-300
V1-160
62
328
V2-8040
57
262
SP-200
126
746
CV-370
V1-160W
81
461
V2-8080
70
350
SP-320
168
1034
CV-450
V1-200
105
630
V2-8080W
83
445
SP-480
232
1488
CV-550
CV-750
20
24
25
32
45
53
104
164
228
34
55
99
161
272
343
392
431
614
1. Design the panel's heating value taking the actual axis operation (load rate) into consideration.
2. The heating values in the above tables are calculated with the following load rates.
POINT
Unit
Load rate
Servo drive unit
50%
Spindle drive unit
100%
Power supply unit
100%
4 - 27
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Characteristics
4-4-3 Drive unit arrangement
Arrange the drive units in the following procedure.
(1) Install a power supply unit.
(2) Arrange drive units in order of the nominal current from largest from the right.
(3) In the arrangement, the clearance between the units is 1 mm.
(4) Arrange the drive units with the DC connection length from the power supply unit being 800mm or less.
For the arrangement of 800mm or more, multiple power supply units are required.
(5) Arrange large capacity drive units at the left of the power supply unit with the clearance between the
drive units being 1mm.
1mm
1mm
1mm
1mm
Use the dedicated
connection bar.
800mm or less
Large
Small
Arrange drive units in order of nominal current from largest.
1. Arrange large capacity drive units at the left of the power supply unit with the clearance between
the drive units being 1mm.
POINT
2. Power supply units equivalent to the number of large capacity drive units are required.
3. When arranging the drive unit at the right of the large capacity power supply unit, remove the side
protection cover of the power supply unit.
4 - 28
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
4-4 Drive unit
&lt;For separated arrangement of drive units &gt;
Arranging drive units in the horizontal as much as possible is recommended. Thus, if the drive units
must be arranged in the vertical, or if the drive units must be separated by more than 30mm, arrange
them with the DC connection length of 500mm or less.
1mm
500mm or less
1mm
Twist
Fixing band
1. D: For MDS-D-V1-320W, MDS-D-SP-240 to 640, the separated wiring is not available.
DH: For MDS-DH-V1-160W to 200, MDS-DH-SP-160 to 480, the separated wiring is not available.
CAUTION
2. If the drive units are separated by more than 30mm, twist the wires used for the DC connection or
bundle them with a fixing band in order to prevent two wires from being separated.
3. Failure to observe the above arrangement could damage the units.
4 - 29
MITSUBISHI CNC
4 Characteristics
4 - 30
付録
5
5
章
Dedicated Options
5-1
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
5-1 Servo options
The option units are required depending on the servo system configuration. Check the option units to be required
referring the following items.
(1) System establishment in the full closed loop control
Refer to the table below to confirm the interface unit (I/F) and battery option required for the full closed loop
control.
(a) Full closed loop control for linear axis
Machine side detector to be used
Rectangular
wave signal
output
Incremental
detector
Absolute
position
detector
5-2
Various scale
Battery
option
IBV series
(HEIDENHAIN)
EIB series
(HEIDENHAIN)
Drive unit
input signal
Rectangular
wave signal
Rectangular
wave signal
Rectangular
wave signal
Mitsubishi
serial signal
Interface unit
-
-
SIN wave signal
LS187C, LS487C
(HEIDENHAIN)
SIN wave signal
MDS-B-HR-11(P)
(MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC)
Mitsubishi
serial signal
(Required)
Note
Various scale
SIN wave signal
MDS-B-HR-11(P)
(MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC)
Mitsubishi
serial signal
(Required)
Note
Mitsubishi
serial signal
output
SR75, SR85
(MAGNESCALE)
Mitsubishi serial
signal
-
Mitsubishi
serial signal
-
Mitsubishi serial
signal
-
Mitsubishi
serial signal
Required
Mitsubishi
serial signal
output
OSA105ET2,
OSA166ET2N
(MITSUBISHI)
SR77, SR87
(MAGNESCALE)
LC193M, LC493M
(HEIDENHAIN)
AT343, AT543, AT545
(Mitutoyo)
SAM Series
(FAGOR)
SVAM Series
(FAGOR)
GAM Series
(FAGOR)
LAM Series
(FAGOR)
SIN wave
signal
output
MPS Series
(MME Corp.)
Mitsubishi serial
signal
Mitsubishi serial
signal
Mitsubishi serial
signal
Mitsubishi serial
signal
Mitsubishi serial
signal
Mitsubishi serial
signal
Mitsubishi serial
signal
SIN wave signal
ADB-20J60
(MME Corp.)
Mitsubishi
serial signal
Mitsubishi
serial signal
Mitsubishi
serial signal
Mitsubishi
serial signal
Mitsubishi
serial signal
Mitsubishi
serial signal
Mitsubishi
serial signal
Mitsubishi
serial signal
Remarks
-
LS187, LS487
(HEIDENHAIN)
SIN wave
signal
output
(Note)
SR74, SR84
(MAGNESCALE)
Detector signal
output
Rectangular wave
signal
Rectangular wave
signal
Distance-coded
reference
scale
Distance-coded
reference
scale is also
available
Ball screw end
detector
Not required
Not required
Not required
Not required
Not required
Not required
Not required
Required
When using the distance-coded reference scale, it is recommended to use with distance-coded
reference check function. In this case, the battery option is required.
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-1 Servo options
(b) Full closed loop control for rotary axis
Detector signal
output
Interface unit
Output
signal
Battery
option
Various scale
Rectangular wave
signal
-
Rectangular
wave signal
-
ERM280 Series
(HEIDENHAIN)
SIN wave signal
Various scale
SIN wave signal
RU77
(MAGNESCALE)
RCN223M, RCN227M
(HEIDENHAIN)
RCN727M, RCN827M
(HEIDENHAIN)
MPRZ Series
(MME Corp.)
MPI Series
(MME Corp.)
Mitsubishi serial
signal
Mitsubishi serial
signal
Mitsubishi serial
signal
Machine side detector to be used
Incremental
detector
Absolute
position
detector
Rectangular
wave signal
output
SIN wave
signal
output
Mitsubishi
serial signal
output
SIN wave
signal
output
SIN wave signal
SIN wave signal
EIB series
(HEIDENHAIN)
MDS-B-HR-11(P)
(MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC)
ADB-20J71
(MME Corp.)
ADB-20J60
(MME Corp.)
Mitsubishi
serial signal
Mitsubishi
serial signal
Mitsubishi
serial signal
Mitsubishi
serial signal
Mitsubishi
serial signal
Mitsubishi
serial signal
Mitsubishi
serial signal
Remarks
Not required
Not required
Not required
Not required
Required
&lt;Contact information about machine side detector&gt;
- Magnescale Co., Ltd: http://www.mgscale.com/mgs/
- HEIDENHAIN CORPORATION: http://www.heidenhain.de/
- Mitutoyo Corporation: http://www.mitutoyo.co.jp/
- MHI MACHINE TOOL ENGINEERING CO., LTD: http://www.mme-e.co.jp/
- FAGOR Automation: http://www.fagorautomation.com/
POINT
The absolute position system cannot be established in combination with the relative position
(incremental) machine side detector and absolute position motor side detector.
5-3
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
(2) System establishment in the synchronous control
(a) Position command synchronous control
The synchronous control is all executed in the NC, and the each servo is controlled as an independent
axis. Therefore, preparing special options for the synchronous control is not required on the servo side.
(b) Speed command synchronization control
The common position control in two axes is performed by one linear scale. Basically, the two axes
integrated type drive unit (MDS-D/DH-V2) is used, and the feedback signal is divided for two axes inside
the drive unit.
When the two 1-axis type drive units are used in driving the large capacity servomotor, the linear scale
feedback signal must be divided outside.
&lt;Required option in the speed command synchronous control&gt;
Machine side detector
to be used
SIN wave signal output
scale
Mitsubishi serial signal
output scale
For MDS-D/DH-V2
For MDS-D/DH-V1&times;2units
MDS-B-HR-11(P)
(Serial conversion)
MDS-B-HR-12(P)
(Serial conversion/signal division)
-
MDS-B-SD (Signal division)
Remarks
Including the case that an interface
unit of the scale manufacturer is
used with SIN wave output scale.
(Note) The rectangular wave signal output scale speed command synchronous control is not available.
POINT
5-4
When executing the synchronous control, use the servomotors of which the type and detector
specifications are same.
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-1 Servo options
&lt; Speed command synchronization control system configuration &gt;
1)
SIN wave signal output scale
&lt; When using MDS-D/DH-V2 &gt;
For the FB signal of the linear scale, the SIN wave signal is converted to Mitsubishi serial signal
with the detector conversion unit (MDS-B-HR-11), and that signal is divided to each axis control
inside 2-axis drive unit.
MDS-D/DH-V2
Primary axis
Secondary axis
Linear scale
( SIN wave signal output )
MDS-B-HR-11
Detector conversion unit
CON3
CON1
CON4
CON2
&lt;When using two units of MDS-D/DH-V1&gt;
For the FB signal of the linear scale, the SIN wave signal is converted to Mitsubishi serial signal
with the detector conversion unit (MDS-B-HR-12), and that signal is divided to each drive unit.
MDS-D/DH-V1
(Primary axis)
MDS-D/DH-V1
(Secondary axis)
Primary axis
Secondary axis
Linear scale
( SIN wave signal outpu )
MDS-B-HR-12
Detector conversion unit
%10
%10
%10
%10
5-5
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
2)
Mitsubishi serial signal output scale
&lt; When using MDS-D/DH-V2 &gt;
The FB signal of the linear scale is divided to each axis control inside 2-axis drive unit. An external
option unit is not required.
MDS-D/DH-V2
Primary axis
Secondary axis
Linear scale
( Mitsubishi serial signal output )
(Note) The conversion unit of the scale manufacturer is included.
&lt; When using two units of MDS-D/DH-V1 &gt;
The FB signal of the linear scale is divided to each drive unit with the signal division unit (MDS-BSD).
MDS-D/DH-V1
(Primary axis)
Primary axis
Secondary axis
Linear scale
( Mitsubishi serial signal outpu )
(Note) The conversion unit of the scale manufacturer is included.
5-6
MDS-B-SD
Detector division unit
MDS-D/DH-V1
(Secondary axis)
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-1 Servo options
5-1-1 Dynamic brake unit (MDS-D-DBU)
The MDS-D-V1-320W and MDS-DH-V1-160W or larger units do not have dynamic brakes built in, so install an
external dynamic brake unit.
(1) Specifications
Type
MDS-D-DBU
Coil specifications
Wire size
24VDC 160mA
5.5mm2 or more
(For IV wire)
Compatible drive unit
MDS-D-V1-320W
MDS-DH-V1-160W or larger
Mass (kg)
2kg
(2) Outline dimension drawings
MDS-D-DBU
[Unit: mm]
190
FG
a b 13 14
U V W
200
5
200
10
20
5
5
20
20
140
5-7
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
(3) Connecting with the servo drive unit
External
power supply
DC24V GND
Brake connector
(CN20)
Pin
3
2
1
CNU20S(AWG14)
3
Name
MBR
DBR
P24
2
1
Control terminal
block (M3)
Terminal
Name
1
2
3
4
5
6
NC
a
b
13
14
Twist wire
To a motor
brake
U
V
W
a
b
Dynamic brake unit
(MDS-D-DBU)
Power terminal
block (M3)
Terminal
1
2
3
Servomotor
Name
U
V
W
V
W
U
R (0.5
Terminal block
Internal circuit diagram
)
14
13
b
MC
SK
a
Correctly wire the dynamic brake unit to the servo drive unit.
CAUTION
Do not use for applications other than emergencies (normal braking, etc.). The internal resistor could
heat up, and lead to fires or faults.
POINT
5-8
When you use a motor with a brake, please wire (between 1pin and 3pin) for the CN20 connector.
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-1 Servo options
5-1-2 Battery option (ER6V-C119B, A6BAT, MDS-A-BT, MDS-BTBOX-36)
This battery option may be required to establish absolute position system. Select a battery option from the table
below depending on the servo system.
Type
Installation
type
EER6V-C119B
Drive unit with battery holder
type
Hazard class
Not applicable
Number of
connectable
axes
Battery
change
Up to 3 axes
A6BAT(MR-BAT)
Dedicated case type
Not applicable
(24 or less)
Up to 8 axes
(When using dedicated
case)
Possible
MDS-A-BT-□□
Unit and battery integration
type
Class9
(excluding MDS-A-BT-2)
MDS-BTBOX-36
Unit and battery integration
type
2 to 8 axes
Up to 8 axes
Not possible
Possible
Possible
Not applicable
(2)
(1)
Battery
A6BAT
(MR-BAT)
(3)
(4)
Battery connector
Appearance
To the battery
holder
バッテリ
Battery
ER6V-C119B
Dedicated case
MDS-BTCASE
(Note) When using the converged battery option, refer to this section &quot;(5) Converged battery option&quot;.
1. On January 1, 2003, new United Nations requirements, &quot;United Nations Dangerous Goods
Regulations Article 12&quot;, became effective regarding the transportation of lithium batteries. The
lithium batteries are classified as hazardous materials (Class 9) depending on the unit. (Refer to
Appendix 2.)
2. The lithium battery must be transported according to the rules set forth by the International Civil
Aviation Organization (ICAO), International Air Transportation Association (IATA), International
Maritime Organization (IMO), and United States Department of Transportation (DOT), etc. The
packaging methods, correct transportation methods, and special regulations are specified
CAUTION
according to the quantity of lithium alloys. The battery unit exported from Mitsubishi is packaged in
a container (UN approved part) satisfying the standards set forth in this UN Advisory.
3. To protect the absolute value, do not shut off the servo drive unit control power supply if the battery
voltage becomes low (warning 9F).
4. Contact the Service Center when replacing the MDS-A-BT Series and cell battery.
5. The battery life (backup time) is greatly affected by the working ambient temperature. The above
data is the theoretical value for when the battery is used 8 hours a day/240 days a year at an
ambient temperature of 25&deg;C. Generally, if the ambient temperature increases, the backup time
and useful life will both decrease.
POINT
A6BAT is a battery with same specifications as MR-BAT.
5-9
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
(1) Cell battery ( ER6V-C119B )
(a) Specifications
Cell battery
ER6V-C119B (Note1)
ER6V
3.6V
2000mAh
Single battery
ER6V x 1
0.7g
1g or less
Up to 3 axes (Note3)
Up to 2 axes: Approx. 10000 hours
3 axes connected: Approx. 6600 hours
Battery option type
Lithium battery series
Nominal voltage
Nominal capacity
Hazard class
Battery shape
Battery
Number of batteries used
safety
Lithium alloy content
Mercury content
Number of connectable axes
Battery continuous backup time
Battery useful life
(From date of unit manufacture)
Data save time in battery replacement
Back up time from battery warning to
alarm occurrence
(Note2)
Mass
7 years
Approx. 20 hours at time of delivery, approx. 10 hours after 5 years
Up to 2 axes: Approx. 100 hours
3 axes connected: Approx. 60 hours
20g
(Note1) ER6V-C119B is a battery built in a servo drive unit. Install this battery only in the servo drive
unit that executes absolute position control.
(Note2) This time is a guideline, so does not guarantee the back up time. Replace the battery with a
new battery as soon as a battery warning occurs.
(Note3) When using ball screw side detector OSA166ET2N/OSA105ET2, both ball screw side detector
and motor side detector need to be backed up by a battery, so the number of load shaft should
be two.
(b) Installing the cell battery
Open the upper front cover of the servo drive unit.
Connect the battery connector and then put the battery inside.
Battery connector connection part magnified figure
Battery connector
To battery holder
Battery
BTA
1 2
1 2
1
2
BTB
BT1
Connector for
connecting cell battery
Connect the cell battery with BT1.
(Note) When using a cell battery, do not connect the battery unit, MDS-A-BT and MDS-BTBOX-36.
POINT
5 - 10
When using a cell battery built-in drive unit, the wiring between units is not required. The cell battery
can be changed in each drive unit.
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-1 Servo options
(2) Cell battery ( A6BAT )
Always use the cell battery (A6BAT) in combination with the dedicated case (MDS-BTCASE).
(a) Specifications
Cell battery
A6BAT (MR-BAT)
ER17330V
3.6V
1700mAh
Single battery
A6BAT (MR-BAT) x 1
0.48g
1g or less
1 axis / (per 1 battery)
Approx. 10000 hours
Battery option type
Lithium battery series
Nominal voltage
Nominal capacity
Hazard class
Battery shape
Battery
Number of batteries used
safety
Lithium alloy content
Mercury content
Number of connectable axes
Battery continuous backup time
Battery useful life
(From date of unit manufacture)
Data save time in battery replacement
Back up time from battery warning to
alarm occurrence
(Note)
Mass
(Note)
5 years
Approx. 20 hours at time of delivery, approx. 10 hours after 5 years
Approx. 80 hours
17g
This time is a guideline, so does not guarantee the back up time. Replace the battery with a
new battery as soon as a battery warning occurs.
(b) Specifications of the dedicated case MDS-BTCASE
Type
Number of batteries installed
Number of connectable axes
(c)
MDS-BTCASE
Up to 8 A6BATs (MR-BATs) (Install either 2, 4, 6 or 8 A6BATs (MR-BATs))
Max. 8 axes (It varies depending on the number of batteries installed.)
When A6BAT (MR-BAT) x 2, 1 to 2 axis/axes
When A6BAT (MR-BAT) x 4, 3 to 4 axes
When A6BAT (MR-BAT) x 6, 5 to 6 axes
When A6BAT (MR-BAT) x 8, 7 to 8 axes
Installing the cell battery
Open the cover of the dedicated case. Connect the battery connector and then put the battery inside.
Battery
A6BAT
(MR-BAT)
Battery connector
Dedicated case
MDS-BTCASE
5 - 11
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
(d) Installing A6BAT (MR-BAT) to battery case
Open the cover of the dedicated case. Connect the battery connector and then put the battery inside.
[1] Incorporate batteries in order, from the connector CON1 on the top of the case.
In the same way, install batteries to holders in order, from the holder on the top.
Example of incorporated batteries
(Photo: 8 batteries incorporated)
Corresponding to MDS-A-BT-2
CON1
A6BAT
(MR-BAT)
Corresponding to MDS-A-BT-4
A6BAT
(MR-BAT)
CON1
A6BAT
(MR-BAT)
A6BAT
(MR-BAT)
CN1A
CN1A
CON2
CON4
CON8
CON8
Corresponding to MDS-A-BT-6
CON1
A6BAT
(MR-BAT)
Corresponding to MDS-A-BT-8
A6BAT
(MR-BAT)
CON1
A6BAT
(MR-BAT)
A6BAT
(MR-BAT)
CN1A
CN1A
CON6
CON8
CON8
[2]
Attach a seal indicating the number of incorporated batteries to the part shown below.
Attach the seal here.
(Attach only numbers)
5 - 12
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-1 Servo options
(e) Outline dimension drawing of the dedicated case MDS-BTCASE
25
15
2-M5 screw
㧔15㧕
30
145
130
6‫ޓ‬
㧔160㧕
50.7
136
145
16.8
160
130
7.5
145
R3
Panel drawing
[Unit:mm]
5 - 13
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
(3) Battery unit (MDS-A-BT-□)
(a) Specifications
Battery option type
MDS-A-BT-2
Lithium battery series
Nominal voltage
Nominal capacity
Hazard class
Battery shape
Battery
Number of batteries used
safety
Lithium alloy content
Mercury content
Number of connectable axes
Battery continuous backup time
Battery useful life
(From date of unit manufacture)
Data save time in battery replacement
Back up time from battery warning to
alarm occurrence (Note)
Mass
(Note)
4000mAh
ER6V x 2
1.3g
Up to 2 axes
Battery unit
MDS-A-BT-4
MDS-A-BT-6
ER6V
3.6V
8000mAh
12000mAh
Class 9
Set battery
ER6V x 4
ER6V x 6
2.6g
3.9g
1g or less
Up to 4 axes
Up to 6 axes
Approx. 20000 hours
MDS-A-BT-8
16000mAh
ER6V x 8
5.2g
Up to 8 axes
7 years
Approx. 20 hours at time of delivery, approx. 10 hours after 5 years
Approx. 100 hours
600g
This time is a guideline, so does not guarantee the back up time. Replace the battery with a
new battery as soon as a battery warning occurs.
(b) Outline dimension drawings
MDS-A-BT-2/-4/-6/-8
130
145
160
52
Use an M5 screw
for the 6 DIA.
mounting hole
17
R3
6
13
30
5 - 14
100
15
[Unit:mm]
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-1 Servo options
(4) Battery box ( MDS-BTBOX-36 )
(a) Specifications
Battery box
MDS-BTBOX-36
Battery model name
size-D alkaline batteries LR20 x 4 pieces (Note1)
Nominal voltage
3.6V (Unit output), 1.5V (Isolated battery)
Number of connectable axes
Up to 8 axes
Battery continuous backup time Approx. 10000 hours (when 8 axes are connected, cumulative time in non-energized state) (Note2)
Back up time from battery warnApprox. 336 hours (when 8 axes are connected) (Note2)
ing to alarm occurrence
Battery option type
(Note 1) Install commercially-available alkaline dry batteries into MDS-BTBOX-36. The batteries should be
procured by customers.
(Note 2) These backup periods are estimated based on the JIS standard, assuming that the product is used
at a room temperature. The actual backup period may vary depending on the batteries (type and
storage period after production, etc.) and the operating environment. Thus, regard these values
only as a guide.
(b) Outline dimension drawings
Name
BT
LG
(1) Power supply output for absolute position detector
(2) backup
(3) Power supply input for battery voltage drop detection circuit
(4)
(5)
Battery voltage drop warning signal output
(6)
Description
3.6V output for absolute position detector backup
Ground
5V power supply input for battery voltage drop detection
circuit
Ground
Battery voltage drop warning output
DO output common
+5V
LG
DO(ALM)
DOCOM
(c) Outline dimension drawings
[Unit: mm]
80
102
4-M4 Screw
79
Connection
terminal block
70.2
103
（87）
Packing
Square hole
Panel cut drawing
89
103
80
93
40
Packing area
As soon as the battery warning has occurred, replace the batteries with new ones.
POINT
Make sure to use new batteries that have not passed the expiration date. We recommend you to
replace the batteries in the one-year cycle.
5 - 15
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
(d) Wiring of the battery voltage drop warning output
The battery voltage drop warning is detected in the MDS-BTBOX-36 and output to the servo drive unit
as digital signal.Connect the battery voltage drop warning signal to one of the servo drive units
supported by MDS-BTBOX-36. For the connected servo axis, set the servo parameter &quot;SV082/bitF-C&quot;
to &quot;2&quot; to enable this signal input. When using 2 or 3-axis drive unit, set the value to one of the axes and
set other axes in the same unit to &quot;0&quot; (No signal).
(e) When backing up for more than 8 axes
Add a MDS-BTBOX-36 so that the number of connectable axes for a battery unit is 8 axes or less.
For all of servo drive units supported by one MDS-BTBOX-36, start the control powers ON
simultaneously.
Servo drive unit
MDS-BTBOX-36
CN9
4
1
+5V
LG
24V
20
DO(ALM)
13
DOCOM
Battery voltage drop warning signal connection diagram
1. The battery voltage drop warning signal and safety observation function door state signal cannot
be connected to the same drive unit. To use these function together as a system, connect to the
different drive unit.
2. Battery voltage drop warning (9F) can also occur when the cable between the battery box and
drive unit is broken.
3. For 2-axis or 3-axis drive unit, the parameter error &quot;E4&quot; or drivers communication error &quot;82&quot; occurs
at all the axes when the setting of SV082(SSF5)/bitF-C differs according to axes (except 0 setting).
CAUTION
4. The drive unit which is connected to the battery box and cell battery cannot be used together.
5. Replace the batteries with new ones without turning the control power of the drive unit OFF
immediately after the battery voltage drop alarm (9F) has been detected.
6. Replace the batteries while applying the control power of all drive units which are connected to the
battery box.
7. When changing the wiring of the CN9 control input, change after SV082(SSF5)/bitF-C is set to 0.
Otherwise unexpected alarms can be detected because of a mismatch of the control input signal
and setting parameter.
5 - 16
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-1 Servo options
(5) Converged battery option
When using the following battery options, the wiring between units which configure an absolute position
system is required.
Battery option type
A6BAT (MR-BAT)
MDS-A-BT series
MDS-BTBOX-36
Installation type
Dedicated case type (built-in MDS-BTCASE)
Unit and battery integration type
Unit and battery integration type
Battery charge
Possible
Unit exchange
Possible
System configuration
&lt; A6BAT(MR-BAT), MDS-A-BT Series &gt;
1-axis servo drive unit
(MDS-D/DH-V1)
2-axis servo drive unit
(MDS-D/DH-V2)
Spindle drive unit
(MDS-D/DH-SP)
Power supply unit
(MDS-D/DH-CV)
Battery unit
MDS-A-BT-□
Battery case
MDS-BTCASE +
A6BAT (MR-BAT)
From NC
L+
L-
Battery connector connection part magnified figure
BTA
Servo motor
Servo motor
BTB
1 2
1 2
1
2
Connector for
connecting
converged battery
BT1
Connect the converged battery with BTA or BTB.
1. This wiring is not required for the drive unit or spindle drive unit which is not an absolute system.
POINT
2. Use a shield cable for wiring between drive units.
The drive unit could malfunction.
5 - 17
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
&lt; MDS-BTBOX-36 &gt;
(a) MDS-D/DH-V1/V2 Series connected in serial
1-axis servo
drive unit
(MDS-D/DH-V1)
2-axis servo
drive unit
(MDS-D/DH-V2)
Spindle
drive unit
(MDS-D/DH-SP)
DG22
From NC
BTB
DG24
Power supply
unit
(MDS-D/DH-CV)
+24V
RG I/O power
DG23
BTA BTB
Battery box
MDS-BTBOX-36
CN9
DOCOM
DO(ALM)
LG
+5V
LG
BT
L+
L-
Servo drive unit
Battery connector connection part magnified figure
BTB
BTA
Servo motor
Servo motor
1 2
1 2
1
2
Connector for
connecting
battery unit
BT1 For cell battery
Connect the battery unit with BTA or BTB.
Connect either the battery unit or the cell battery.
1.24V power for DO output must always be turned ON before the NC power input.
2. Spindle drive unit has no battery voltage drop warning function. Wiring to CN9 of drive unit must be
CAUTION
always connected to servo drive unit.
3. The total length of battery cable (from the battery unit to the last connected drive unit) must be 3m
or less.
5 - 18
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-1 Servo options
(b) MDS-D/DH-V1/V2 Series connected in parallel
1-axis servo
drive unit
(MDS-D/DH-V1)
2-axis servo
drive unit
(MDS-D/DH-V2)
Spindle
drive unit
(MDS-D/DH-SP)
DG2
From NC
BTB
DG24
Power supply
unit
(MDS-D/DH-CV)
To servo
drive unit
DG23
+24V
RG I/O power
BTB
Battery box
MDS-BTBOX-36
CN9
DOCOM
DO(ALM)
LG
+5V
LG
BT
L+
L-
Provide the terminal
block to divide the
power for backup.
Connect the +5V
power and DO
output with one
of servo drive
units.
Servo drive unit
Battery connector connection part magnified figure
BTA
BTB
1 2
1 2
1
2
Connector for
connecting
battery unit
BT1 For cell battery
Servo motor
Servo motor
Connect the battery unit with BTA or BTB.
Connect either the battery unit or the cell battery.
1. 24V power for DO output must always be turned ON before the NC power input.
2. Spindle drive unit has no battery voltage drop warning function. Wiring to CN9 of drive unit must be
CAUTION
always connected to servo drive unit.
3. The total length of battery cable (from the battery unit to the last connected drive unit) must be 3m
or less.
5 - 19
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
5-1-3 Ball screw side detector (OSA105ET2, OSA166ET2N)
(1) Specifications
Detector type
Detector resolution
Detection method
Electrical
characteristics
Tolerable rotation speed at power off
(Note)
Detector output data
Power consumption
Mechanical
characteristics for
rotation
Mechanical
configuration
Working
environment
Inertia
Shaft friction torque
Shaft angle acceleration
Tolerable continuous rotation speed
Shaft amplitude
(position 15mm from end)
Tolerable load
(thrust direction/radial direction)
Mass
Degree of protection
Recommended coupling
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
Humidity
Vibration resistance
Impact resistance
CAUTION
5 - 20
OSA105ET2
OSA166ET2N
1,000,000 pulse/rev
16,000,000 pulse/rev
Absolute position method
(battery backup method)
500r/min
Serial data
0.3A
0.5 x 10-4kgm2 or less
0.1Nm or less
4 x 104rad/s2 or less
4000r/min
0.02mm or less
9.8N/19.8N
0.6kg
IP65 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)
bellows coupling
0&deg;C to +55&deg;C
-20&deg;C to +85&deg;C
95%Ph
5 to 50Hz, total vibration width 1.5mm, each shaft for 30min
490m/s2 (50G)
If the tolerable rotation speed at power off is exceeded, the absolute position cannot be repaired.
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-1 Servo options
(2) Outline dimension drawings
OSA105ET2 / OSA166ET2N
0
75 -0.020
DIA.
70 DIA.
2‫ޓ‬
(9.52 DIA.)
2.7
8.72
1.5
8.72
A-A
B-B
A.
A
A
.
51.8
60.2
80 DIA
DIA.
DI
30
2‫ޓ‬
0
0
56
45q
10
4-5.5 DIA.
75 -0.020
85 SQ.
14
10
B
B
CM10-R10P
24
[UnitOO]
(3) Explanation of connectors
3
7
2
6
10
1
5
9
4
8
Connector pin layout
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
Function
RQ
RQ*
BAT
LG(GND)
Pin
6
7
8
9
10
Function
SD
SD*
P5(+5V)
SHD
5 - 21
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
5-1-4 Machine side detector
The machine side detectors are all other manufacturer's parts, and must be prepared by the user.
(1) Relative position detector
Depending on the output signal specifications, select a machine side relative position detector with which the
following (a), (b) or (c) is applied.
(a) Serial signal type (serial conversion unit made by each manufacture)
The following serial conversion unit converts the detector output signal and transmits the signal to the
drive unit in serial communication.
For details on the specifications of each conversion unit scale and for purchase, contact each
corresponding manufacture directly.
Manufacturer
Magnescale Co., Ltd
Detector type
Interface unit type
SR75
SR85
Not required
LS187, LS187C
LS487, LS487C
HEIDENHAIN
ERM280 1200
ERM280 2048
Minimum detection
resolution
0.1μm
0.05μm
0.01μm
Tolerable maximum speed
0.0012μm
120m/min
0.0000183&deg;
(19,660,800p/rev)
20000r/min
0.0000107&deg;
(33,554,432p/rev)
11718r/min
EIB192M A4 20μm
EIB392M A4 20μm
EIB192M C4 1200
EIB392M C4 1200
EIB192M C6 2048
EIB392M C6 2048
&lt;Contact information about machine side detector&gt;
- Magnescale Co., Ltd: http://www.mgscale.com/mgs/
- HEIDENHAIN CORPORATION: http://www.heidenhain.de/
CAUTION
5 - 22
The above value does not guarantee the accuracy of the system.
200m/min
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-1 Servo options
(b) SIN wave output (using MDS-B-HR)
When using a relative position detector that the signal is the SIN wave output, the detector output signal
is converted in the detector conversion unit (MDS-B-HR), and then the signal is transmitted to the drive
unit in the serial communication. Select a relative position detector with A/B phase SIN wave signal that
satisfies the following conditions. For details on the specifications of MDS-B-HR, refer to the section
&quot;MDS-B-HR&quot;.
&lt;Detector output signal&gt;
- 1Vp-p analog A-phase, B-phase, Z-phase differential output
- Output signal frequency 200kHz or less
Voltage [V]
A phase B phase
0.5
0
- 0.5
Time
A/B phase output signal waveform during forward run
- Combination speed / rotation speed
In use of linear scale:
Maximum speed (m/min) = scale analog signal frequency (m) x 200,000 x 60
In use of rotary encoder:
Maximum rotation speed (r/min) = 200,000 / numbers of encoder scale (1/rev) x 60
An actual Maximum speed/ rotary speed is limited by the mechanical specifications and electrical
specifications, etc. of the connected scale, so contact the manufacture of the purchased scale.
- Division number 512 divisions per 1 cycle of signal
In use of linear scale:
Minimum resolution (m) = scale analog signal frequency (m) / 512
In use of rotary encoder:
Minimum resolution (pulse/rev) = numbers of encoder scale (1/rev) x 512
CAUTION
The above value does not guarantee the accuracy of the system.
5 - 23
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
(c) Rectangular wave output
Select a relative position detector with an A/B phase difference and Z-phase width at the maximum
feedrate that satisfies the following conditions.
Use an A, B, Z-phase signal type with differential output (RS-422 standard product) for the output signal
Phase difference
A, B, Z-phase
Output circuit
A-phase
A, B, Z-phase
B-phase
Z-phase
Integer mm
For a scale having multiple Z phases, select the neighboring
Z phases whose distance is an integral mm.
(Note)The above value is minimum value that can be received normally in the servo drive unit side.
In an actual selection, ensure margin of 20% or more in consideration of degradation of electrical wave
and speed overshoot.
&lt; Example of scale specifications &gt;
The example of using representative rectangular wave scale is shown below.
For specifications of each conversion unit and scale and for purchase, Contact each corresponding
manufacture directly.
Manufacturer
Detector type
Interface unit type
Magnescale Co., Ltd
SR74
SR84
Not required
HEIDENHAIN
LS187
LS487
IBV 101 (10 divisions)
IBV 102 (100 divisions)
IBV 660B (400 divisions)
Minimum detection
resolution
1.0μm
0.5μm
0.1μm
0.05μm
0.5μm
0.05μm
0.0125μm
&lt;Contact information about machine side detector&gt;
- Magnescale Co., Ltd: http://www.mgscale.com/mgs/
- HEIDENHAIN CORPORATION: http://www.heidenhain.de/
5 - 24
Tolerable maximum
speed
180m/min
125m/min
25m/min
12m/min
120m/min
24m/min
7.5m/min
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-1 Servo options
(2) Absolute position detector
The applicable absolute position detectors are as follows.
Manufacturer
Detector type
Interface unit type
SR77
SR87
Not required
RU77
Not required
Magnescale Co., Ltd
HEIDENHAIN
MitutoyoAT343Not
required0.05μm120m/min
Not required
RCN223M
Not required
RCN227M
Not required
RCN727M
RCN827M
AT343
AT543
AT545
Mitutoyo
MHI MACHINE TOOL
ENGINEERING CO., LTD
FAGOR
LC193M
LC493M
Not required
Not required
Not required
Not required
MPRZ series
ADB-20J71
MPS Series
ADB-20J60
MPI Series
ADB-20J60
SAM Series
SVAM Series
GAM Series
LAM Series
Not required
Not required
Not required
Not required
Minimum detection resolution
0.1μm
0.05μm
0.01μm
0.0000429&deg;
(8,388,608p/rev)
0.0000107
(33,554,432p/rev)
0.05μm
0.01μm
0.0000429&deg;
(8,388,608p/rev)
0.0000027&deg;
(134,217,728p/rev)
0.0000027&deg;
(134,217,728p/rev)
0.05μm
0.05μm
0.005μm
0.000043&deg;
(8,388,608p/rev)
0.05μm
0.00005&deg;(7,200,000p/rev)
or 0.000025&deg;(14,400,000p/rev)
0.05μm
0.05μm
0.05μm
0.1μm
Tolerable maximum
speed
200m/min
2,000r/min
2,000r/min
180m/min
1,500r/min
1,500r/min
300r/min
120m/min
150m/min
150m/min
10,000r/min
3600m/min
5,000r/min
120m/min
120m/min
120m/min
120m/min
&lt;Contact information about machine side detector&gt;
- Magnescale Co., Ltd: http://www.mgscale.com/mgs/
- HEIDENHAIN CORPORATION: http://www.heidenhain.de/
- Mitutoyo Corporation: http://www.mitutoyo.co.jp/
- MHI MACHINE TOOL ENGINEERING CO., LTD: http://www.mme-e.co.jp/
- FAGOR Automation: http://www.fagorautomation.com/
CAUTION
Confirm specifications of each detector manufacturer before using the machine side detector.
5 - 25
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
5-2 Spindle options
According to the spindle control to be adopted, select the spindle side detector based on the following table.
(a) No-variable speed control
(When spindle and motor are directly coupled or coupled with a 1:1 gear ratio)
Spindle
control item
Control specifications
Without spindle side detector
Normal cutting control
Constant surface speed control (lathe)
Thread cutting (lathe)
1-point orientation control
Orientation control Multi-point orientation control
Orientation indexing
Standard synchronous tap
Synchronous tap
control
Synchronous tap after zero point return
Without phase alignment function
Spindle synchronous control
With phase alignment function
C-axis control
C-axis control
Spindle control
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
● (Note 2)
With spindle side detector
This normally is not used for novariable speed control.
●
(Note 1) ● :Control possible
x :Control not possible
(Note 2) When spindle and motor are coupled with a 1:1 gear ratio, use of a spindle side detector is
recommended to assure the precision.
(b) Variable speed control
(When using V-belt, or when spindle and motor are connected with a gear ratio other than 1:1)
Spindle
control item
Control specifications
Normal cutting control
Constant surface speed
control (lathe)
Thread cutting (lathe)
1-point orientation control
Orientation
Multi-point orientation
control
control
Orientation indexing
Standard synchronous
Synchronous tap
tap control
Synchronous tap after
zero point return
Without phase alignment
Spindle synfunction
chronous
With phase alignment
control
function
C-axis control C-axis control
Spindle
control
Without spindle side
detector
●
With spindle side detector
TS5690/ERM280/
Proximity
OSE-1024
MPCI Series
switch
●
●
-
● (Note 2)
●
●
x
x
x
●
●
●
●
x
●
x
●
●
x
x
●
●
x
● (Note 3)
●
●
x
x
●
●
x
● (Note 2)
●
●
x
x
●
●
x
x
●
x
x
(Note 1) ● :Control possible
x :Control not possible
(Note 2) Control not possible when connected with the V-belt.
(Note 3) Control not possible when connected with other than the gears.
(c) Cautions for connecting the spindle end with an OSE-1024 detector
[1] Confirm that the gear ratio (pulley ratio) of the spindle end to the detector is 1:1.
[2] Use a timing belt when connecting by a belt.
5 - 26
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-2 Spindle options
5-2-1 Spindle side ABZ pulse output detector (OSE-1024 Series)
When a spindle and motor are connected with a V-belt, or connected with a gear ratio other than 1:1, use this
spindle side detector to detect the position and speed of the spindle. Also use this detector when orientation
control and synchronous tap control, etc are executed under the above conditions.
(1) Specifications
Detector type
Mechanical
characteristics for
rotation
OSE-1024-3-15-68
-4
Inertia
Shaft friction torque
0.1x10-4kgm2 or less
0.98Nm or less
104rad/s2 or less
6000 r/min
20000h/6000r/min
104rad/s2 or less
8000 r/min
20000h/8000r/min
0.02mm or less
0.02mm or less
Tolerable continuous rotation speed
Bearing maximum non-lubrication time
Shaft amplitude
(position 15mm from end)
10kg/20kg
10kg/20kg
Half of value
Half of value
during operation
during operation
1.5kg
1.5kg
0.05mm or less
0.05mm or less
-5&deg;C to +55&deg;C
-20&deg;C to +85&deg;C
95%Ph
5 to 50Hz, total vibration width 1.5mm,
each shaft for 30min.
Tolerable load
(thrust direction/radial direction)
Mechanical
configuration
Mass
Squareness of flange to shaft
Flange matching eccentricity
Ambient temperature range
Storage temperature range
Humidity
Working
environment
Vibration resistance
294.20m/s2 (30G)
Impact resistance
(Note)
OSE-1024-3-15-68-8
0.1x10 kgm or less
0.98Nm or less
Shaft angle acceleration
2
Confirm that the gear ratio (pulley ratio) of the spindle end to the detector is 1:1.
(2) Detection signals
Signal name
A, B phase
Z phase
Number of detection pulses
1024p/rev
1p/rev
Connector pin layout
Pin
Function
Pin
Function
A
A+ signal
K
0V
B
Z+ signal
L
-
C
B+ signal
M
-
D
-
N
A- signal
E
Case grounding
P
Z- signal
F
-
R
B- signal
G
-
S
-
H
+5V
T
-
J
-
5 - 27
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
(3) Outline dimension drawings
‫ غ‬68
Ǿ50
‫ غ‬56
33
Ǿ68
102
MS3102A20 -29P
- 0.006
1.15
+0.05
0
+0.012
0
3
- 0.009
Ǿ 16
5
Ǿ50 - 0.025
0
2
Ǿ15 - 0.017
2
Ǿ14.3 - 0.11
3
4-Ǿ5.4 hole
+0.14
0
20
Shaft section
Key way magnified figure
Spindle side detector (OSE-1024-3-15-68, OSE-1024-3-15-68-8)
5 - 28
[Unit: mm]
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-2 Spindle options
5-2-2 Spindle side PLG serial output detector (TS5690, MU1606 Series)
This detector is used when a more accurate synchronous tapping control or C-axis control than OSE detector is
performed to the spindle which is not directly-connected to the spindle motor.
(1) Type configuration
&lt;Sensor type&gt;
TS5690N (1) (2)
(1)
(2)
Symbol
The number of compatible
detection gear teeth
64
12
25
64
128
256
Symbol
Length of the cable
10
20
30
40
60
400mm
800mm
1200mm
1600mm
2000mm
&lt;Detection gear type&gt;
MU1606N (1) (2)
(1)
(2) Each specification number
Symbol
The number of
detection gear teeth
6
7
8
64
128
256
(2) Specifications
Series type
Sensor
Notched fitting section
The number
of output
pulse
TS5690N12xx
TS5690N25xx
10
20
30
40
60
10
20
30
40
60
10
20
30
40
60
Length of lead [mm]
400
&plusmn;10
800
&plusmn;20
1200
&plusmn;20
1600
&plusmn;30
2000
&plusmn;30
400
&plusmn;10
800
&plusmn;20
1200
&plusmn;20
1600
&plusmn;30
2000
&plusmn;30
400
&plusmn;10
800
&plusmn;20
1200
&plusmn;20
1600
&plusmn;30
2000
&plusmn;30
Type
Detection
gear
TS5690N64xx
xx (The end of the type
name)
MU1606N601
MU1606N709
The number of teeth
64
128
MU1606N805
256
Outer diameter [mm]
φ52.8
φ104.0
φ206.4
Inner diameter [mm]
φ140H5
φ40H5
φ80H5
Thickness [mm]
12
12
14
Shrink fitting [mm]
0.020 to 0.040
0.030 to 0.055
0.050 to 0.085
Outer diameter [mm]
φ72.0
φ122.0
φ223.6
Outer diameter tolerance [mm]
+0.010 to +0.060
-0.025 to +0.025
-0.025 to +0.025
64
128
256
A/B phase
Z phase
Detection resolution [p/rev]
1
1
1
2 million
4 million
8 million
Absolute accuracy at stop
150&quot;
100&quot;
95&quot;
Tolerable speed [r/min]
40,000
20,000
10,000
Signal output
Mitsubishi high-speed serial
1.Selected detectors must be able to tolerate the maximum rotation speed of the spindle.
CAUTION
2.Please contact your Mitsubishi Electric dealer for the special products not listed above.
5 - 29
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
(3) Outline dimension drawings
Always apply the notched fitting section machining with the specified dimensions to the sensor
CAUTION
installation surface.
&lt;TS5690N64xx + MU1606N601&gt;
[Unit: mm]
Round crimp contact for thermistor 0.5-4
(For M4 screw)
100&plusmn;10
Sensor mounting
face(Note 4)
A
Ǿ7
Output connector (by Tyco Electronics)
Housing (Cap)
#172161-1
Contact (Socket) #170365-4
Accessories (Note 5)
Housing (Plug) #172169-1 Qty : 1
Contact (Pin) #170363-4 Qty : 9
23.7
A
Name plate
Sensor model and
Serial No. written
50
29
38
16.5
14.5
2-Ǿ5.8
5
Ground
Ǿ40H5 +0.011
0
C0
.5
.5
C0
8
4
12
31.1
18.7
R1
51.4
Gap
3.3
Detection gear outer DIA Ǿ52.8
10.3
Central line of
detection gear
(Note 4)
0.3&plusmn;0.05
5.5
C part
(Note 2)
D part (Note 3)
Ǿ2 hole for identification
Detection gear
One notch (For Z
phase signal)
Projection for
connector lock
22
14
The number of teeth 64
(For A, B phase signals)
3
2 1
6
5
4
9
8
7
16
RQ MT1 MT2
5 - 30
Parts name
Sensor
Lead wire length A [mm]
Detection gear
Parts name
TS5690N6410
TS5690N6420
TS5690N6430
TS5690N6440
TS5690N6460
400&plusmn;10
800&plusmn;20
1200&plusmn;20
1600&plusmn;30
2000&plusmn;30
MU1606N601
FG
Seen from Arrow A
SD RQ*
5G +5V
Pin layout of output
connector
3
Sensor mounting face
Ǿ72 +0.060
+0.010
(Note 1) Handle with care as this is a precision component.
Pay special attention not to apply excessive external force
on the sensor’s detection face. Applying such force will cause a fault.
+ 0.060
(Note 2) In installing the sensor, keep the protruding fitting of Ǿ72 + 0.010 mm
on the machine side, and push the C part of the sensor mounting seat
against the fitting.
(Note 3) In installing the detection gear, make sure that the D part side comes
the opposite side of the sensor installation side (sensor’s lead wire side).
(Note 4) The diviation of the center of the detection gear is 16.5&plusmn;0.25mm from
the sensor mounting face.
(Note 5) A connector of the signal cable side (one plug and nine pins) is attached.
SD*
Encoder mounting face of machine side
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-2 Spindle options
&lt;TS5690N12xx + MU1606N709&gt;
[Unit: mm]
Round crimp contact for thermistor 0.5-4
(For M4 screw)
Output connector (by Tyco Electronics)
100&plusmn;10
Sensor mounting
face (Note 4)
A
Ǿ7
Housing (Cap) #172161-1
Contact (Socket) #170365-4
Accessories (Note 5)
Housing (Plug) #172169-1 Qty: 1
Contact (Pin) #170363-4 Qty: 9
23.7
A
50
38
29
16.5
R1
18.7
10.3
Central line of
detection gear
(Note 4)
Gap 0.3&plusmn;0.05
5.5
31.1
14.5
2-Ǿ5.8
Ground
5
Name plate
Sensor model and
Serial No. written
3.3
C0
77
C part (Note 2)
C0
.5
.5
D part (Note 3)
Ǿ80H5
Detection gear outer DIA Ǿ104
Ǿ2 hole for
identification
90
2-M5 screw
Detection
gear
3
8
4
Ǿ122&plusmn;0.025
Sensor mounting face
One notch (For Z
phase signal)
12
The number of teeth 128
(For A, B phase signals)
(Note 1) Handle with care as this is a precision component.
Pay special attention not to apply excessive external force
on the sensor’s detection face. Applying such force will cause a fault.
(Note 2) In installing the sensor, keep the protruding fitting of Ǿ122&plusmn;0.025 mm
on the machine side, and push the C part of the sensor mounting seat
against the fitting.
(Note 3) In installing the detection gear, make sure that the D part side comes
the opposite side of the sensor installation side (sensor’s lead wire side).
(Note 4) The diviation of the center of the detection gear is 16.5&plusmn;0.25mm
from the sensor mounting face.
(Note 5) A connector of the signal cable side (one plug and nine pins) is attached.
Sensor
Encoder mounting face
of machine side
Projection for
connector lock
22
14
Detection gear
Lead wire length A [mm]
400&plusmn;10
800&plusmn;20
1200&plusmn;20
1600&plusmn;30
2000&plusmn;30
Parts name
2 1
5 4
9
8
RQ MT1 MT2
16
Parts name
TS5690N1210
TS5690N1220
TS5690N1230
TS5690N1240
TS5690N1260
3
6
SD*
FG
MU1606N709
Seen from Arrow A
SD RQ*
7
5G +5V
Pin layout of output
connector
5 - 31
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
&lt;TS5690N25xx + MU1606N805&gt;
[Unit: mm]
Output connector (by Tyco Electronics)
Housing (Cap) #172161-1
Contact (Socket) #170365-4
Accessories (Note 5)
Contact (Pin) #170363-4 Qty: 9
Housing (Plug) #172169-1 Qty: 1
Round crimp contact for thermistor 0.5-4
(For M4 screw)
38
Gap 0.3&plusmn;0.05
5.5
10.3
Central line of
detection gear
(Note 4)
Ａ
14.5
2-Ǿ5.8
Ａ
Ground
R1
23.7
Name plate
Sensor model and
Serial No. written
18.7
31.1
29
16.5
5
100&plusmn;10
Ǿ7
50
Sensor mounting
face (Note 4)
3.3
Ǿ2 hole for
Ǿ160
Detection gear outer DIA Ǿ206.4
Ǿ160
Ǿ140H5 0
+0.018
5
C0
.5
C0.
D part (Note 3)
128.2
C part (Note 2)
identification
2-M8 screw
180
Detection gear
The number of teeth 256
(For A, B phase signals)
8
12
14
One notch (For Z
phase signal)
4
1
3
(Note 1) Handle with care as this is a precision component.
Pay special attention not to apply excessive external force
on the sensor’s detection face. Applying such force will cause a fault.
(Note 2) In installing the sensor, keep the protruding fitting of Ǿ223.6&plusmn;0.025 mm
on the machine side, and push the C part of the sensor mounting seat
against the fitting.
(Note 3) In installing the detection gear, make sure that the D part side comes
the opposite side of the sensor installation side (sensor’s lead wire side).
(Note 4) The diviation of the center of the detection gear is 16.5&plusmn;0.25mm
from the sensor mounting face.
(Note 5) A connector of the signal cable side (one plug and nine pins) is attached.
5 - 32
Encoder mounting
face of machine side
Projection for
connector lock
Detection gear
Parts name
Lead wire length A [mm]
TS5690N2510
TS5690N2520
TS5690N2530
TS5690N2540
TS5690N2560
400&plusmn;10
800&plusmn;20
1200&plusmn;20
1600&plusmn;30
2000&plusmn;30
22
14
Parts name
3
2 1
6
5
4
9
8
7
RQ MT1 MT2
16
Sensor
Sensor mounting face
Ǿ223.6&plusmn;0.025
1
SD*
FG
MU1606N805
Seen from Arrow A
SD RQ*
5G +5V
Pin layout of
output connector
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-2 Spindle options
5-2-3 Spindle side accuracy serial output detector (ERM280, MPCI Series)
C-axis control detector is used in order to perform an accurate C-axis control.
Manufacturer
Detector type
ERM280 1200
HEIDENHAIN
ERM280 2048
MHI MACHINE TOOL
ENGINEERING CO., LTD
MPCI series
Interface unit type
EIB192M C4 1200
EIB392M C4 1200
EIB192M C6 2048
EIB392M C6 2048
ADB-20J20
Minimum detection
resolution
0.0000183&deg;
(19,660,800p/rev)
0.0000107&deg;
(33,554,432p/rev)
0.00005&deg;
(7200000p/rev)
Tolerable maximum
speed
20000 r/min
11718 r/min
10000 r/min
&lt;Contact information about machine side detector&gt;
- HEIDENHAIN CORPORATION: http://www.heidenhain.de/
- MHI MACHINE TOOL ENGINEERING CO., LTD: http://www.mme-e.co.jp/
CAUTION
Confirm specifications of each detector manufacturer before using the machine side detector.
5 - 33
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
5-3 Detector interface unit
5-3-1 Serial output interface unit for ABZ analog detector MDS-B-HR
This unit superimposes the scale analog output raw waves, and generates high resolution position
data.Increasing the detector resolution is effective for the servo high-gain. MDS-B-HR-12(P) is used for the
synchronous control system that 1-scale 2-drive operation is possible.
(1) Type configuration
MDS-B-HR- (1) (2)
(1) Signal division function class
Symbol
11
12
(2) Degree of protection
Scale output voltage class
Output number 1
Output number 2 (with division)
Symbol Degree of protection
None
IP65
P
IP67
(2) Specifications
Type
MDS-B-HRCompatible scale (example)
Signal 2-division function
Analog signal input
specifications
Compatible frequency
Scale resolution
Input/output communication style
Working ambient temperature
Working ambient humidity
Atmosphere
12
11P
LS186 / LS486 (HEIDENHAIN)
*
-
-
12P
*
A-phase, B-phase, Z-phase (Amplitude 1Vp-p)
Analog raw waveform max. 200kHz
Analog raw waveform/512 division
High-speed serial communication I/F, RS485 or equivalent
0 to 55&deg;C
90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
No toxic gases
Tolerable vibration
98.0 m/s2 (10G)
Tolerable impact
294.0 m/s2 (30G)
5VDC&plusmn;5%
2W
0.5kg or less
Tolerable power voltage
Maximum heating value
Mass
Degree of protection
5 - 34
11
IP65
IP67
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-3 Detector interface unit
(3) Explanation of connectors
Connector
name
CON1
CON2
CON3
CON4
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Application
Remarks
For connection with servo drive unit (2nd system)
For connection with servo drive unit
For connection with scale
For connection with pole detection unit
(MDS-B-MD)
Not provided for 1-part system specifications
CON1
Function
RQ+ signal
RQ- signal
SD+ signal
SD- signal
P5
P5
GND
GND
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CON2
Function
RQ+ signal
RQ- signal
SD+ signal
SD- signal
P5
P5
GND
GND
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
*Used for linear servo system
CON3
Function
A+ phase signal
A- phase signal
B+ phase signal
B- phase signal
Z+ phase signal
Z- phase signal
P5
GND
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
CON4
Function
A phase signal
REF signal
B phase signal
REF signal
P24
MOH signal
P5
P5
TH signal
GND
&lt;Connector pin layout &gt;
Connector
CON1
CON2
CON3
CON4
4
9 1
8
6
8
3
RM15WTR-12S(Hirose Electric)
RM15WTR-10S(Hirose Electric)
7
1
2
Type
RM15WTR- 8P(Hirose Electric)
5
7
6
11
10
5
CON1
CON2
4
1
8
7
2
12
3
9
2
10
6
5
CON3
3
4
CON4
(4) Outline dimension drawings
6.5
5‫ޓ‬
152
46
CON4
70
CON1
CON3
RM15WTR-10S
CON2
RM15WTR-12S
5‫ޓ‬
RM15WTR-8Px2
6.5
40
4-5 DIA.
165
[Unit:mm]
5 - 35
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
5-3-2 Serial signal division unit MDS-B-SD
This unit has a function to divide the position and speed signals fed back from the high-speed serial detector and
high-speed serial linear scale. This unit is used to carry out synchronized control of the motor with two MDS-D/
DH-V1 drive units.
(1) Specifications
Type
Compatible servo drive unit
Input/output communication style
Working ambient temperature
Working ambient humidity
Atmosphere
MDS-B-SD
MDS-D/DH-V1-□
High-speed serial communication I/F, RS485 or equivalent
0 to 55&deg;C
90%RH or less (with no dew condensation)
No toxic gases
Tolerable vibration
98.0 m/s2 (10G)
Tolerable impact
294.0 m/s2 (30G)
5VDC&plusmn;10%
4W
0.5kg or less
IP20
Tolerable power voltage
Maximum heating value
Mass
Degree of protection
Always provide one MDS-B-SD unit for one speed command synchronous control operation.
POINT
The CN2 system's CN2A and the CN3 system's CN3A cannot be connected to different servo drive
units.
(2) Explanation of connectors
Pin No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Detector connector : CN2
Name
Pin No.
Name
LG
11
LG
12
13
14
15
SD
16
SD*
RQ
17
RQ*
18
BAT
19
P5 (+5V)
20
P5 (+5V)
&lt; Connector pin layout &gt;
Detector connector㧦 CN2
Pin No.
5 - 36
No.1
No.11
No.10
No.20
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-3 Detector interface unit
100
135
40
Heat dissipation
allowance
(3) Outline dimension drawings
Detector
CN2
CN3
Primary axis
CN3A
Secondary axis
CN2B
CN3B
6
6
70
156
150
Wiring
allowance
Heat dissipation and wiring
allowance
168
CN2A
2-M5-0.8 screw
34
6
Mounting hole
[Unit: mm]
5 - 37
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
5-3-3 Pulse output interface unit for ABZ analog detector IBV Series
(Other manufacturer's product)
(1) Appearance
IBV100 series
IBV600 series
(2) Specifications
Type
Manufacturer
Input signal
Maximum input frequency
Output signal
Interpolation division number
Compatible detector
Minimum detection resolution
Working temperature
Degree of protection
Mass
IBV 101
IBV 102
IBV 660B
HEIDENHAIN
A-phase, B-phase: SIN wave 1Vpp, Z-phase
400kHz
Rectangular wave pulse signal
Maximum 10 divisions
Maximum 100 divisions
Maximum 400 divisions
LS187, LS487
LS187, LS487
LS187, LS487
0.5μm
0.05μm
0.0125μm
0&deg;C to 70&deg;C
IP65
300g
These are other manufacturer's products. When purchasing these product, contact the manufacturer
CAUTION
directly.
(3) Outline dimension drawings
IBV100 series
98
86&plusmn;0.2
21.5
64
36&plusmn;0.2
38.5&plusmn;1
M4
(Note)
Φ4.5
14.5
7&plusmn;1
Φ7.5
(Note) This can be fixed with two screws.
M4 &times; 16 ISO 4762/DIN 912
[Unit: mm]
IBV600 series
57
Φ4.3
23
80
52&plusmn;0.2
40
Φ8.5
175
M4
22
74
163&plusmn;0.2
14
59
6
9
[Unit : mm]
5 - 38
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-3 Detector interface unit
5-3-4 Serial output interface unit for ABZ analog detector EIB192M
(Other manufacturer's product)
(1) Appearance
(2) Specifications
Type
Manufacturer
Input signal
Maximum input frequency
Output signal
Interpolation division number
Compatible detector
Minimum detection resolution
Working temperature
Degree of protection
Mass
EIB192M A4 20μm
EIB192M C4 1200
EIB192M C4 2048
HEIDENHAIN
A-phase, B-phase: SIN wave 1Vpp, Z-phase
400kHz
Mitsubishi high-speed serial signal (MITSU02-4)
Maximum 16384 divisions
LS187, LS487
ERM280 1200
ERM280 2048
0.0000183&deg;
0.0000107&deg;
0.0012μm
(19,660,800p/rev)
(33,554,432p/rev)
0&deg;C to 70&deg;C
IP65
300g
(3) Outline dimension drawings
98
38.5&plusmn;1
21.5
64
36&plusmn;0.2
86&plusmn;0.2
M4
㧔Note㧕
Ǿ4.5
14.5
7&plusmn;1
Ǿ7.5
㧔Note㧕Two fixing screws㧔M4&times;16 DIN 912/ISO 4762㧕
CAUTION
[Unit : mm]
These are other manufacturer's products. When purchasing these product, contact the manufacturer
directly.
5 - 39
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
5-3-5 Serial output interface unit for ABZ analog detector EIB392M
(Other manufacturer's product)
(1) Appearance
(2) Specifications
Type
Manufacturer
Input signal
Maximum input frequency
Output signal
Interpolation division number
Compatible detector
Minimum detection resolution
Working temperature
Degree of protection
Mass
EIB392M A4 20μm
EIB392M C4 1200
EIB392M C4 2048
HEIDENHAIN
A-phase, B-phase: SIN wave 1Vpp, Z-phase
400kHz
Mitsubishi high-speed serial signal (MITSU02-4)
Maximum 16384 divisions
LS187, LS487
ERM280 1200
ERM280 2048
0.0000183&deg;
0.0000107&deg;
0.0012μm
(19,660,800p/rev)
(33,554,432p/rev)
0&deg;C to 70&deg;C
IP40
140g
(3) Outline dimension drawings
UNC 4/40
43
Φ4.5
33.3
16.6
76.5
CAUTION
5 - 40
[Unit : mm]
These are other manufacturer's products. When purchasing these product, contact the manufacturer
directly.
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-3 Detector interface unit
5-3-6 Serial output interface unit for ABZ analog detector ADB-20J Series
(Other manufacturer's product)
(1) Appearance
(2) Specifications
Type
Manufacturer
Maximum response speed
Output signal
Compatible detector
ADB-20J20
10,000r/min
Minimum detection resolution
MPCI series
0.00005&deg;
(7,200,000p/rev)
Working temperature
Degree of protection
Mass
CAUTION
ADB-20J60
MHI MACHINE TOOL ENGINEERING CO., LTD
3,600m/min
5,000r/min
Mitsubishi high-speed serial signal
MPS Series
MPI Series
0.000025&deg;
0.05μm
(1,440,000p/rev)
0&deg;C to 55&deg;C
IP20
0.9kg
ADB-20J71
10,000r/min
MPRZ series
0.000043&deg;
(8,388,608p/rev)
These are other manufacturer's products. When purchasing these product, contact the manufacturer
directly.
(3) Outline dimension drawings
190
180
160
40
5
25
[Unit：mm]
M4 screw &times;4
18
43
Label side
160
Part side
5 - 41
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
5-4 Drive unit option
5-4-1 Optical communication repeater unit (FCU7-EX022)
When the distance of the optical communication cable between NC control unit and drive unit is over 30m
(M700V/M70V Series: maximum 30m, M700/M70/C70 Series: maximum 20m), the communication can be
performed by relaying the optical signal.
Using up to two units, relay of the total length of up to 90m (M700V/M70V Series: maximum 90m, M700/M70/C70
Series: maximum 60m) can be performed.
&lt;Product features&gt;
(a) When the distance of the optical communication cable between NC control unit and drive unit is over
30m, the communication can be performed by relaying the optical signal.
(b) The relay between NC control unit and drive unit can be performed for up to two channels.
(c) If the distance between NC control unit and drive unit is even within 30m, the cable can be divided by
the relay in transporting the machine.
(d) Same mounting dimension as the remote I/O unit (DX unit).
CAUTION
This unit can not be used between drive units.
(1) Specifications
DC24V input
Optical interface
Environment
Item
Input voltage
Inrush current
Power consumption
Consumption current
Channel number
Connectable number
Operation
Ambient temperature
Storage
Operation
(long term)
Operation
Ambient humidity
(short term)
Storage
Vibration
Impact resistance
Dimension
Mass
5 - 42
Atmosphere
Dimension
Mounting method
24V&plusmn;10% (21.6V to 26.4V)
35A
10W
0.4A
2 channels
Maximum 2
0&deg;C to +55&deg;C
-20&deg;C to +60&deg;C
+10%RH to +75%RH (with no dew condensation)
+10%RH to +95%RH
(with no dew condensation. Short term is within about one month.)
+10%RH to +75%RH (with no dew condensation)
Operation
4.9m/s2
Transportation
34.3m/s2
Operation
29.4m/s2
No corrosive gas, oil mist, or dust
(depth)135mm &times; (width)40mm &times; (height)168mm
Screw cramp with M5 2 screw cramps
0.42kg
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-4 Drive unit option
(2) Explanation of connectors
Connector name
OPT1IN,
OPT1OUT,
OPT2IN,
OPT2OUT
DCIN
Application
Remarks
Optical connector
DC24V Power connector
DC24V/ Power OFF detection
output connector
DCOUT
ACFAIL
Power OFF detection connector
FG
FG Faston terminal
DCIN
Pin No.
1
2
3
Name
DC24V
0V (RG)
FG
Pin No.
A1
A2
A3
Relays the PD25/27 output to NC control unit.
Relays the power OFF detection signal (ACFAIL) when sharing 24V
power from PD25/PD27 for NC control unit and optical communication
repeater unit.
It will not be used when dedicated general-purpose power supply for
optical communication repeater unit is prepared.
DCOUT
Name
Pin No.
ACFAIL
B1
COM
B2
NC
B3
ACFAIL
Pin No.
Name
1
COM
2
ACFAIL
Name
DC24V
0V (RG)
FG
&lt; Connector pin layout &gt;
Optical communication
I/F (OPT1IN, OPT1OUT,
OPT2IN, OPT2OUT)
DC24V input (DCIN)
DC24V output (DCOUT)
B1
1
Power OFF input
ACFAIL
(Terminal name:CF01)
FG terminal (FG)
B3
3
2
1
FG
A1
&lt;Cable side connector type&gt;
(PCF type)
Connector: CF-2D101-S
Recommended manufacturer: Japan Aviation Electronics
(POF type)
Connector: PF-2D101
Recommended manufacturer:
Japan Aviation Electronics
&lt;PCB side connector type&gt;
Connector: 2-178293-5
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
&lt;Cable side connector type&gt;
Connector: 2-178288-3
Contact: 1-175218-5
Recommended manufacturer:
Tyco Electronics
A3
&lt;PCB side connector type&gt;
Connector: 3-178137-5
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
&lt;Cable side connector type&gt;
Connector: 2-178127-6
Contact: 1-175218-5
Recommended manufacturer:
Tyco Electronics
&lt;PCB side connector type&gt;
Connector: 53103-0230
Recommended manufacturer: MOLEX
&lt;Cable side connector type&gt;
connector: 51030-0230
Contact: 50084-8160
Recommended manufacturer:
MOLEX
&lt;Cable side faston terminal
type name&gt;
Type name: 175022-1
(For AWG20-14 250 series)
Recommended manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
Terminal protection tube:
174817-2 (Yellow)
Φ2.0
6.2
5.0
9.6
0.9
0.8&plusmn;0.025
Unit side tab terminal shape
(Note) The faston terminal
&quot;175022-1&quot; of the cable side
is a simple lock type. Make
sure to insert until the simple
lock pin is in the Φsecond
hole. Firmly press the simple
lock release tab when unplugging it.
5 - 43
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
(3) Outline dimension drawings
[Unit: mm]
135
40
2-M5-0.8 screw
6
5
OPT1IN
156
OPT2IN
168
OPT1OUT
OPT2OUT
FUSE
DCOUT
6
FG
34
DCIN
ACFAIL
5 - 44
6
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-4 Drive unit option
5-4-2 DC connection bar
When connecting a large capacity drive unit with L+L- terminal of power supply unit, DC connection bar is
required. In use of the following large capacity drive units, use a dedicated DC connection bar. The DC
connection bar to be used depends on the connected power supply, so make a selection according to the
following table.
Series
Large capacity drive unit
Power supply unit
MDS-D-CV-300
MDS-D-CV-370
MDS-D-CV-450
MDS-D-SP-400
MDS-D-SP-640
MDS-D
MDS-D-SP-400
MDS-D-SP-640
MDS-DH-SP-200
MDS-DH-SP-320
MDS-DH-SP-480
MDS-DH-V1-200
MDS-DH-SP-200
MDS-DH-SP-320
MDS-DH-V1-200
MDS-DH
Required connection bar
D-BAR-B1006
MDS-D-CV-550
D-BAR-A1010
(Two-parts set)
MDS-DH-CV-550
MDS-DH-CV-750
DH-BAR-A0606
(Two-parts set)
MDS-DH-CV-300
MDS-DH-CV-370
MDS-DH-CV-450
MDS-DH-CV-185
DH-BAR-B0606
DH-BAR-C0606
(1) Outline dimension drawings
[Unit:mm]
D-BAR-A1010
D-BAR-B1006
12 DIA.
12 DIA.
24
15.5
25
15.5
37
14.5
89
6.5
25
57.5
㧔17㧕
24
12
12.5
㧔25㧕
7‫ޓ‬
14
t3
138
(Note) D-BAR-A1010 is a set of two DC connection bars.
DH-BAR-A0606
DH-BAR-B0606
14
7 DIA.
14
15.5
15.5
24
12
24
7‫ޓ‬
t3
7‫ޓ‬
14
7‫ޓ‬
7 DIA.
8.5
46.5
67
133.5
(Note) DH-BAR-A0606 is a set of two DC connection bars.
DH-BAR-C0606
14
24
15.5
24
15.5
7‫ޓ‬
7 DIA.
93.5
POINT
Always install a large capacity drive unit in the left side of power supply unit, and connect with DC
connection bar.
5 - 45
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
5-4-3 Side protection cover
Install the side protection cover outside the both ends of the connected units.
(Installation method 1): Installation of medium capacity unit
(1): Install the side protection cover
(type: D-COVER-1).
(2): Close the front cover.
(2)
(2)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(Installation method 2): Installation of large capacity unit
&lt; For MDS-D series &gt;
(1): Install the front cover.
(2): Install the side protection cover
on the right side.
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(2)
(1)
5 - 46
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-4 Drive unit option
&lt; For MDS-DH series &gt;
(2)
(2)
(1): Install the front cover.
(2): Install the side protection cover.
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(2)
(1)
&lt; MDS-D Series &gt;
One side cover for the large capacity unit is supplied per large capacity power supply unit as
POINT
standard.
&lt; MDS-DH Series &gt;
One side cover for the large capacity unit is supplied per large capacity power supply unit and per
large capacity drive unit as standard, respectively.
5 - 47
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
5-5 Cables and connectors
5-5-1 Cable connection diagram
The cables and connectors that can be ordered from Mitsubishi Electric Corp. as option parts are shown
below. Cables can only be ordered in the designated lengths. Purchase a connector set, etc., to create
special length cables.
1-axis
servo drive unit
(MDS-D/DH-V1)
2-axis
servo drive unit
(MDS-D/DH-V2)
Power supply
unit
(MDS-D/DH-CV)
Spindle
drive unit
(MDS-D/DH-SP)
Option battery
for servo drive unit
MDS-D series:
3-phase 200VAC power supply
MDS-DH series:
3-phase 400VAC power supply
Battery
From NC
cable
CN2
Optical
communication
cable
Optical
communication
cable
CN2
CN20
CN2L
CN3L
Brake
connector
CN3
CN2M
CN3M
CN4
Circuit protector
(Note) Prepared
by user.
Battery unit
Battery case
(MDS-A-BT) (MDS-BTCASE+A6BAT)
Power supply
communication
cable
DOCOM
DO(ALM)
LG
+5V
LG
BT
CN3
AC reactor
(D/DH-AL)
Battery unit
(MDS-BTBOX-36)
L+
L-
Contactor
(Note) Prepared
by user.
Circuit protector or
protection fuse
(Note) Prepared by user.
Power
connector
To 2nd
axis servo
Power
connector
Power supply communication connector
&lt;Connector for contactor control output /
external emergency stop&gt;
To 3rd
axis servo
Power cable (Only connector is supplied.)
To brake control
Spindle detector cable
&lt; Motor side PLG cable &gt;
Spindle detector cable
&lt; Spindle side detector cable &gt;
Spindle motor
Power cable (Only connector is supplied.)
Brake cable (Only connector is supplied.)
Battery connector
Spindle side detector
Servo detector cable
&lt; Motor side detector cable &gt;
To battery
holder
Brake connector
Cell battery
built in drive unit
(ER6V-C119B)
Power connector
Servomotor
Mitsubishi serial signal output
Servo detector cable
&lt;MDS-B-SD unit cable &gt;
Servo detector cable
&lt;Linear scale cable for MDS-B-SD&gt;
(Note) Prepared by user.
Signal divider unit (MDS-B-SD)
ABZ SIN wave signal output
Servo detector cable
&lt;MDS-B-HR unit cable &gt;
Detector conversion unit
(MDS-B-HR)
Servo detector cable
&lt; Linear scale cable for MDS-B-HR &gt;
(Note) Prepared by user.
Mitsubishi serial signal output
Servo detector cable
&lt; Linear scale cable&gt;
(Note) Prepared by user.
Servo detector cable
&lt; Ball screw side detector cable &gt;
5 - 48
Linear scale
(for full closed control)
(Note) Prepared by user.
Ball screw side detector
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-5 Cables and connectors
5-5-2 List of cables and connectors
&lt; Optical communication cable&gt;
Item
For
CN1A/
CN1B/
OPT1
A
Optical communication cable
For wiring between drive units (inside panel)
Optical communication cable
For wiring between drive units
(outside panel)
For optical servo communication repeater
unit
Model
G396-L□M
□: Length
0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5m
G380-L□M
□: Length
5, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30m
Contents
Drive unit side connector
Drive unit side connector
(Japan Aviation Electronics Indus(Japan Aviation Electronics Industry)
try)
Connector: 2F-2D103
Connector: 2F-2D103
Drive unit side connector
(Tyco Electronics)
Connector: 1123445-1
Drive unit side connector
(Tyco Electronics)
Connector: 1123445-1
(Note1) For details on the optical communication cable, refer to the section &quot;Optical communication cable
specification&quot;.
(Note2) For details on the optical communication cable for wiring between NC and drive unit, refer to the
instruction manual for CNC.
&lt;Battery cable and connector&gt;
Item
For battery unit
For drive
unit
For CN9
Model
Battery cable
(For drive unit - battery unit)
DG21-□M
□: Length
0.3, 0.5, 1, 5m
Battery cable
(For drive unit -Battery box)
*The battery box side is connected using a
bare conductor or a terminal bar.
DG23-□M
□: Length
0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7,
10m
5V supply/DO output cable (For drive unit
-Battery box)
*The battery box side is connected using a
bare conductor or a terminal bar.
DG24-□M
□: Length
0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7,
10m
Battery cable
(For drive unit - drive unit)
*This cable is required to supply the
power from the battery unit to multiple
drive units.
DG22-□M
□: Length
0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7,
10m
Battery cable
Connector set:
FCUA-CS000
Drive unit side connector
(Hirose Electric)
Connector: DF1B-2S-2.5R
Contact: DF1B-2428SCA
Contents
Battery unit side connector
(3M)
Connector: 10120-3000VE
Shell kit : 10320-52F0-008
Drive unit side connector
(Hirose Electric)
Connector: DF1B-2S-2.5R
Contact: DF1B-2428SCA
Battery box side
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Connector: 10120-6000EL
Contact: 10320-3210-000
Battery box side
Drive unit side connector
(Hirose Electric)
Connector: DF1B-2S-2.5R
Contact: DF1B-2428SCA
Drive unit side connector
(Hirose Electric)
Connector: DF1B-2S-2.5R
Contact: DF1B-2428SCA
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Connector: 10120-3000VE
Shell kit : 10320-52F0-008
Battery unit side connector
(3M)
Connector: 10120-3000VE
Shell kit : 10320-52F0-008
5 - 49
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
&lt; Power supply communication cable and connector &gt;
Item
For CN4/9
For CN4/9
For CN23
Model
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Connector: 10120-6000EL
Shell kit : 10320-3210-000
Contents
Power supply unit side connector
(3M)
Connector: 10120-6000EL
Shell kit : 10320-3210-000
FCUA-CS000
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Connector: 10120-3000VE
Shell kit : 10320-52F0-008
Power supply unit side connector
(3M)
Connector: 10120-3000VE
Shell kit : 10320-52F0-008
CNU23S(AWG14)
Power supply unit side connector
(DDK)
Connector: DK-3200M-06RXY
Contact: DK-3REC2LLP1-100
SH21
Length:
0.35, 0.5, 0.7, 1, 1.5,
2,2.5,
3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 15, 20, 30m
Power supply communication cable
Power supply communication cable
connector set
Contactor control output / external emergency stop for connector
&lt; Optical communication repeater unit &gt;
For
OPT1/2
For
DCIN
Item
Optical communication
cable
For wiring between
drive unit and optical
communication repeater unit/
For wiring between optical communication repeater units
For optical communication repeater unit
DC24V power cable
Model
G380-L□M
□ : Length
5, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30m
F070
□ : Length
0.5, 1.5, 3, 5,
8, 10, 15, 20m
Contents
Drive unit side/
Optical communication repeater unit side
Optical communication repeater unit side
connector
connector
(Tyco Electronics)
(Tyco Electronics)
Connector: 1123445-1
Connector: 1123445-1
DC24V power side terminal
(J.S.T.)
Crimp terminal: V1.25-3 or V1.25-4 &times; 2
Optical communication repeater unit side
connector
(Tyco Electronics)
Connector: 2-178288-3
Contact: 1-175218-5 &times; 3
DCIN
Y
For
DCIN/
ACFAIL
For optical communication repeater unit/
For connecting Mitsubishi power unit
PD25,PD27
DC24V power cable
(power OFF detection)
F110
□ : Length
0.5, 1.5, 3, 5,
8, 10, 15m
DC24V power side connector
(Tyco Electronics)
Connector: 3-178127-6
Contact:
1-175218-5 (for AWG16) &times; 3
1-175217-5 (for AWG22) &times; 2
Optical communication repeater unit side
connector
&lt;DCIN&gt;
(Tyco Electronics)
Connector: 2-178288-3
Contact: 1-175218-5 &times; 3
&lt;ACFAIL (CF01)&gt;
(MOLEX)
51030-0230
50084-8160 &times; 2
DCIN
DCOUT
Y
CF01
5 - 50
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-5 Cables and connectors
&lt; Servo / tool spindle detector cable and connector &gt;
Item
For HF/HF-H, HP/HP-H
Motor side detector
cable (for A51/A74N /
Ball screw side detector
cable
Model
CNV2E-6P- □M
□: Length
2, 3, 4, 5,
7, 10, 15, 20,
25, 30m
CNV2E-7P-□M
□: Length
2, 3, 4, 5,
7, 10, 15, 20,
25, 30m
For
CN2/3
For HF/HF-H, HP/HP-H
/ For HF-KP (Tool spindle) Motor side detector
cable (for A48/A51/
A74N)
CNV2E-8P-□M
□: Length
2, 3, 4, 5,
7, 10, 15, 20,
25, 30m
CNV2E-9P-□M
□: Length
2, 3, 4, 5,
7, 10, 15, 20,
25, 30m
Contents
Drive unit side connector
Motor detector/
(3M)
Ball screw side detector side connector
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
(DDK)
Shell kit : 36310-3200-008 (MOLEX)
Plug : CM10-SP10S-M(D6)
Connector set: 54599-1019
Contact: CM10-#22SC(S1)(D8)
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit : 36310-3200-008 (MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
Motor detector/
Ball screw side detector side connector
(DDK)
Plug : CM10-AP10S-M(D6)
Contact: CM10-#22SC(S1)(D8)
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit : 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
Motor detector/
Ball screw side detector side connector
(DDK)
Plug : CM10-SP10S-M(D6)
Contact: CM10-#22SC(S1)(D8)
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit : 36310-3200-008 (MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
Motor detector/
Ball screw side detector side connector
(DDK)
Plug : CM10-AP10S-M(D6)
Contact: CM10-#22SC(S1)(D8)
5 - 51
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
Item
Direct
connection
type
For HF-KP (Servo)
Motor side detector
cable
For
CN2/3
For HF-KP (Servo)
Motor side detector
relay cable
(motor side)
Relay
type
(Note)
For HF-KP (Servo)
Motor side detector
relay cable
(Drive unit side)
Model
CNV2E-K1P-□M
Lead out in direction of
motor shaft
□: Length
2, 3, 5, 7, 10,m
Compatible with only IP65
CNV2E-K2P-□M
Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft
□: Length
2, 3, 5, 7, 10,m
Compatible with only IP65
CNV22J-K1P-0.3M
Lead out in direction of
motor shaft
Length: 0.3m
Compatible with only IP65
CNV22J-K2P-0.3M
Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft
Length: 0.3m
Compatible with only IP65
CNV2E-6P-□M
□: Length
15, 20, 25, 30m
Contents
Drive unit side connector
Motor detector/
(3M)
Ball screw side detector side connecReceptacle: 36210-0100PL
tor (Tyco Electronics)
Shell kit : 36310-3200-008 (MOLEX)
Connector: 1674320-1
Connector set: 54599-1019
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit : 36310-3200-008 (MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
Motor detector/
Ball screw side detector side connector (Tyco Electronics)
Connector: 1674320-1
Drive unit side connector
(DDK)
Plug: CM10-CR10P-M
Motor detector/
Ball screw side detector side connector (Tyco Electronics)
Plug : 1747464-1
Contact: 1674335-4
Drive unit side connector
(DDK)
Plug: CM10-CR10P-M
Motor detector/
Ball screw side detector side connector (Tyco Electronics)
Plug : 1747464-1
Contact: 1674335-4
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit : 36310-3200-008 (MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
Motor detector/
Ball screw side detector side connector (DDK)
Plug : CM10-SP10S-M(D6)
Contact: CM10-#22SC(S1)(D8)
CNE10-R10S(9)
Applicable cable outline
&oslash;6.0 to 9.0mm
For
motor
detector/
Ball
screw
side
detector
Motor side detector
connector/
Ball screw side detector connector
(Note)
When using cable of 15m or longer, use relay cable.
5 - 52
CNE10-R10L(9)
Applicable cable outline
&oslash;6.0 to 9.0mm
Motor detector/
Ball screw side detector side connector (DDK)
Plug : CM10-SP10S-M(D6)
Contact: CM10-#22SC(S1)(D8)
Motor detector/
Ball screw side detector side connector (DDK)
Plug : CM10-AP10S-M(D6)
Contact: CM10-#22SC(S1)(D8)
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-5 Cables and connectors
Item
CN3
For MDSB-HR unit
CN3
For MDSB-SD unit
For
CN2/3
MDS-B-HR unit cable
MDS-B-HR connector
(For CON1,2: 1)
(For CON3: 1)
MDS-B-SD unit cable
MDS-B-SD connector
(Two-piece set)
Detector connector
Model
CNV2E-HP-□M
□: Length
2, 3, 4, 5,
7, 10, 15, 20,
25, 30m
CNEHRS(10)
Applicable cable outline
&oslash;8.5 to 11mm
CNV2E-D-□M
□: Length
2, 3, 4, 5,
7, 10, 15, 20,
25, 30m
FCUA-CS000
CNU2S(AWG18)
Contents
Drive unit side connector
MDS-B-HR unit side connector
(3M)
(Hirose Electric)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Plug : RM15WTP-8S
Shell kit : 36310-3200-008 (MOLEX)
Clamp: RM15WTP-CP (10)
Connector set: 54599-1019
MDS-B-HR unit side connector
(Hirose Electric)
Plug : RM15WTP-8S (for CON1, 2)
RM15WTP-12P (for CON3)
Clamp: RM15WTP-CP (10)
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit : 36310-3200-008 (MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
MDS-B-SD unit side connector
(3M)
Connector: 10120-3000VE
Shell kit : 10320-52F0-008
MDS-B-SD unit side connector
(3M)
Connector: 10120-3000VE
Shell kit : 10320-52F0-008
MDS-B-SD unit side connector
(3M)
Connector: 10120-3000VE
Shell kit : 10320-52F0-008
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit : 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
5 - 53
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
&lt; Brake cable and connector &gt;
Item
Brake connector for
&lt; 200V series &gt;
HF,HP
&lt; 400V series &gt;
HF-H, HP-H
For motor
brake
Brake cable for
&lt; 200V series &gt;
HF-KP
For CN20
Brake connector for
motor brake control
output
Model
Contents
Servomotor side brake connector (DDK)
Plug : CM10-SP2S-S(D6)
Contact: CM10-#22SC(S2)(D8)
CNB10-R2S(6)
Applicable cable outline
&oslash;4.0 to 6.0mm
Servomotor side brake connector (DDK)
Plug : CM10-AP2S-S(D6)
Contact: CM10-#22SC(S2)(D8)
CNB10-R2L(6)
Applicable cable outline
&oslash;4.0 to 6.0mm
Servomotor side brake connector
(Japan Aviation Electronics Industry)
Plug : JN4FT02SJ1-R
Contact: ST-TMH-S-C1B-100-(A534G)
MR-BKS1CBL□M-A1-H
Lead out in direction of motor
shaft
□: Length
2, 3, 5, 7, 10m
Servomotor side brake connector
(Japan Aviation Electronics Industry)
Plug : JN4FT02SJ1-R
Contact: ST-TMH-S-C1B-100-(A534G)
MR-BKS1CBL□M-A2-H
Lead out in opposite direction
of motor shaft
□: Length
2, 3, 5, 7, 10m
CNU20S(AWG14)
Servo drive unit side connector
(DDK)
Connector : DK-3200S-03R
Contact: DK-3REC2LLP1-100
&lt;Reinforcing cover for connector&gt;
Item
Reinforcing cover for
CM10-SP2S-S(D6)/
CM10-SP10S-M(D6)
Model
CNE10-CVS
Reinforcing cover
Reinforcing cover for
CM10-AP2S-S(D6)/
CM10-AP10S-M(D6)
5 - 54
CNE10-CVL
Contents
Reinforcing cover for straight plug
CM10-SP-CV
(DDK)
Reinforcing cover for angle plug
CM10-AP-D-CV
(DDK)
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-5 Cables and connectors
&lt; Power connector &gt;
Item
Power connector for
&lt; 200V series &gt;
HF75, 105, 54,104,154,
224, 123, 223, 142
HP54,104,154,224
&lt; 400V series &gt;
HF-H54,104,154
HP-H54,104,154,224
Power connector for
&lt; 200V series &gt;
HF204,354,303, 453, 302
HP204,354,454
&lt; 400V series &gt;
HF-H204,354,453,703
HP-H204,354,454,704
For
motor
power
Power connector for
&lt; 200V series &gt;
HF703,903
HP704,903,1103
&lt; 400V series &gt;
HF-H903
HP-H903,1103
Power cable for
&lt; 200V series &gt;
HF-KP
For TE1
Power connector for
MDS-D-V1-20 to 80
MDS-D-V2-2020 to 8080
MDS-D-SP-20 to 80
MDS-D-SP2-2020 to 4040
MDS-DH-V1-10 to 80
MDS-DH-V2-1010 to 8080
MDS-DH-SP-20,40
Power connector for
MDS-D-V1-160
MDS-D-V2-16080,160160
MDS-D-SP2-8040,8080
MDS-DH-V1-80,80W
MDS-DH-V2-8080W
MDS-DH-SP-80
Model
CNP18-10S(14)
Applicable cable outline
&oslash;10.5 to 14mm
Contents
Motor side power connector (DDK)
Plug: CE05-6A18-10SD-C-BSS
Clamp: CE3057-10A-1 (D240)
Motor side power connector (DDK)
Plug: CE05-8A18-10SD-C-BAS
Clamp: CE3057-10A-1 (D240)
CNP18-10L(14)
Applicable cable outline
&oslash;10.5 to 14mm
Motor side power connector (DDK)
Plug: CE05-6A22-22SD-C-BSS
Clamp: CE3057-12A-1 (D240)
CNP22-22S(16)
Applicable cable outline
&oslash;12.5 to 16mm
Motor side power connector (DDK)
Plug: CE05-8A22-22SD-C-BAS
Clamp: CE3057-12A-1 (D240)
CNP22-22L(16)
Applicable cable outline
&oslash;12.5 to 16mm
Motor side power connector (DDK)
Plug: CE05-6A32-17SD-C-BSS
Clamp: CE3057-20A-1 (D240)
CNP32-17S(23)
Applicable cable outline
&oslash;22 to 23.8mm
Motor side power connector (DDK)
Plug: CE05-8A32-17SD-C-BAS
Clamp: CE3057-20A-1 (D240)
CNP32-17L(23)
Applicable cable outline
&oslash;22 to 23.8mm
Motor side power connector
(Japan Aviation Electronics Industry)
Plug: JN4FT04SJ1-R
Contact: ST-TMH-S-C1B-100-(A534G)
MR-PWS1CBL□M-A1-H
Lead out in direction of
motor shaft
□: Length
2, 3, 5, 7, 10m
Motor side power connector
(Japan Aviation Electronics Industry)
Plug: JN4FT04SJ1-R
Contact: ST-TMH-S-C1B-100-(A534G)
MR-PWS1CBL□M-A2-H
Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft
□: Length
2, 3, 5, 7, 10m
Drive unit side power connector (DDK)
Housing: DK-5200S-04R
Contact : DK-5RECSLP1-100
CNU1S(AWG14)
Drive unit side power connector (DDK)
Housing: DK-5200S-04R
Contact : DK-5RECMLP1-100
CNU1S(AWG10)
5 - 55
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
&lt; Spindle detector cable and connector &gt;
Item
For CN2
Motor side PLG cable
Spindle side accuracy
detector TS5690 cable
Model
CNP2E-1-□M
□: Length
2, 3, 4, 5,
7, 10, 15, 20,
25, 30m
CNP3EZ-2P-□M
□: Length
2, 3, 4, 5,
7, 10, 15, 20,
25, 30m
For CN3
For spindle
motor
Spindle side detector
OSE-1024 cable
Motor side PLG connector
Spindle side accuracy
detector TS5690 connector
CNP3EZ-3P-□M
□: Length
2, 3, 4, 5,
7, 10, 15, 20,
25, 30m
Contents
Spindle motor side connector
Spindle drive unit side connector (3M)
(Tyco Electronics)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Connector: 172169-1
Shell kit
: 36310-3200-008 (MOLEX)
Contact:170363-1(AWG26-22)
Connector set: 54599-1019
170364-1(AWG22-18)
Spindle drive unit side connector (3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit
: 36310-3200-008 (MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
Spindle motor side connector (DDK)
Connector: MS3106A20-29S(D190)
Straight back shell: CE02-20BS-S
Clamp: CE3057-12A-3
Spindle drive unit side connector (3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit
: 36310-3200-008 (MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
Spindle motor side connector (DDK)
Connector: MS3106A20-29S(D190)
Angle back shell: CE-20BA-S
Clamp
: CE3057-12A-3
Spindle motor side connector
(Tyco Electronics)
Connector: 172169-1
Contact:170363-1(AWG26-22)
170364-1(AWG22-18)
CNEPGS
Spindle motor side connector (DDK)
Connector:MS3106A20-29S(D190)
Straight back shell: CE02-20BS-S
Clamp: CE3057-12A-3
Applicable cable outline
&oslash;6.8 to 10mm
For spindle
motor
Spindle side detector
OSE-1024 cable
Spindle motor side connector (DDK)
Connector:MS3106A20-29S(D190)
Angle back shell: CE-20BA-S
Clamp: CE3057-12A-3
Applicable cable outline
&oslash;6.8 to 10mm
For CN2/3
5 - 56
Spindle detector drive
unit side connector
CNU2S(AWG18)
Spindle drive unit side connector (3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit
: 36310-3200-008 (MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-5 Cables and connectors
5-5-3 Optical communication cable specifications
(1) Specifications
Cable model
Specification application
G380-L□M
For wiring inside panel
For wiring outside panel
For long distance wiring
0.3, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 5.0m
5.0, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30m
Minimum bend
radius
25mm
Enforced covering cable: 50mm
cord: 30mm
Tension strength
140N
980N
(Enforced covering cable)
-40 to 85&deg;C
-20 to 70&deg;C
Temperature
range for use
(Note1)
Indoors (no direct sunlight)
No solvent or oil
Optical
communication
cable
4.4&plusmn;0.4
2.2&plusmn;0.07
Ambient
Cable
appearance
[mm]
2.2&plusmn;0.2
Cable length
G396-L□M
4.4&plusmn;0.1
7.6&plusmn;0.5
(15) (13.4)
20.3
(6.7)
(20.9)
Connector
appearance
[mm]
(2.3)
(1.7)
8+0
37.65
8.5
Protection tube
22.7
(Note1) This temperature range for use is the value for optical cable (cord) only. Temperature condition for
the connector is the same as that for drive unit.
(Note2) Do not see directly the light generated from CN1A/CN1B connector of drive unit or the end of cable.
When the light gets into eye, you may feel something is wrong for eye.
(The light source of optical communication corresponds to class1 defined in JISC6802 or
IEC60825-1.)
5 - 57
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
(2) Cautions for using optical communication cable
Optical communication cable is made from optical fiber. If optical fiber is added a power such as a major
shock, lateral pressure, haul, sudden bending or twist, its inside distorts or breaks, and optical transmission
will not be available. Especially, as optical fiber for G396-L□M is made of synthetic resin, it melts down if
being left near the fire or high temperature. Therefore, do not make it touched the part, which becomes high
temperature, such as radiator or regenerative brake option of drive unit.
Read described item in this section carefully and handle it with caution.
(a) Minimum bend radius
Make sure to lay the cable with greater radius than the minimum bend radius. Do not press the cable to
edges of equipment or others. For the optical communication cable, the appropriate length should be
selected with due consideration for the dimensions and arrangement of drive unit so that the cable bend
will not become smaller than the minimum bend radius in cable laying. When closing the door of control
box, pay careful attention for avoiding the case that optical communication cable is hold down by the
door and the cable bend becomes smaller than the minimum bend radius.
Lay the cable so that the numbers of bends will be less than 10 times.
(b) Bundle fixing
When using optical communication cable of 3m or longer, fix the cable at the closest part to the
connector with bundle material in order to prevent optical communication cable from putting its own
weight on CN1A/CN1B connector of drive unit. Optical cord should be given loose slack to avoid from
becoming smaller than the minimum bend radius, and it should not be twisted.
When tightening up the cable with nylon band, the sheath material should not be distorted. Fix the cable
with tightening force of 1 to 2kg or less as a guide.
Minimum bend radius
For wiring inside panel: 25mm
For wiring outside panel: 50mm
wall
When laying cable, fix and hold it in position with using cushioning such as sponge or rubber which does
not contain plasticizing material.
Never use vinyl tape for cord. Plasticizing material in vinyl tape goes into optical fiber and lowers the
optical characteristic. At worst, it may cause wire breakage. If using adhesive tape for cable laying, the
fire resistant acetate cloth adhesive tape 570F (Teraoka Seisakusho Co., Ltd) is recommended.
If laying with other wires, do not make the cable touched wires or cables made from material which
contains plasticizing material.
5 - 58
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
5-5 Cables and connectors
(c) Tension
If tension is added on optical fiber, the increase of transmission loss occurs because of external force
which concentrates on the fixing part of optical fiber or the connecting part of optical connector. At worst,
the breakage of optical fiber or damage of optical connector may occur. For cable laying, handle without
putting forced tension.
(d) Lateral pressure
If lateral pressure is added on optical communication cable, the optical cable itself distorts, internal
optical fiber gets stressed, and then transmission loss will increase. At worst, the breakage of optical
cable may occur. As the same condition also occurs at cable laying, do not tighten up optical
communication cable with a thing such as nylon band (TY-RAP).
Do not trample it down or tuck it down with the door of control box or others.
(e) Twisting
If optical fiber is twisted, it will become the same stress added condition as when local lateral pressure
or bend is added. Consequently, transmission loss increases, and the breakage of optical fiber may
occur at worst.
(f)
Cable selection
- When wiring is outside the power distribution panel or machine cabinet, there is a highly possibility
that external power is added. Therefore, make sure to use the cable for wiring outside panel (G380L□M)
- If a part of the wiring is moved, use the cable for wiring outside panel.
- In a place where sparks may fly and flame may be generated, use the cable for wiring outside
panel.
(g) Method to lay cable
When laying the cable, do not haul the optical fiver or connector of the optical communication cable
strongly. If strong force is added between the optical fiver and connector, it may lead to a poor
connection.
(h) Protection when not in use
When the CN1A/CN1B connector of the drive unite or the optical communication cable connector is not
used such as pulling out the optical communication cable from drive unit, protect the joint surface with
attached cap or tube for edge protection. If the connector is left with its joint surface bared, it may lead to
a poor connection caused by dirty.
(i)
Attaching /Detaching optical communication cable connector
With holding the connector body, attach/detach the optical communication cable connector. If attaching/
detaching the optical communication cable with directly holding it, the cable may be pulled out, and it
may cause a poor connection.
When pulling out the optical communication connector, pull out it after releasing the lock of clock lever.
(j)
Cleaning
If CN1A and CN1B connector of the drive unit or optical communication cable connector is dirty, it may
cause poor connection. If it becomes dirty, wipe with a bonded textile, etc. Do not use solvent such as
alcohol.
5 - 59
MITSUBISHI CNC
5 Dedicated Options
(k) Disposal
When incinerating optical communication cable, hydrogen fluoride gas or hydrogen chloride gas which
is corrosive and harmful may be generated. For disposal of optical communication cable, request for
specialized industrial waste disposal services that has incineration facility for disposing hydrogen
fluoride gas or hydrogen chloride gas.
(l)
5 - 60
Return in troubles
When asking repair of drive unit for some troubles, make sure to put a cap on CN1A/CN1B connector.
When the connector is not put a cap, the light device may be damaged at the transit. In this case,
exchange and repair of light device is required.
付録
6
6
章
Specifications of Peripheral
Devices
6-1
MITSUBISHI CNC
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices
6-1 Selection of wire
6-1-1 Example of wires by unit
Selected wires must be able to tolerate rated current of the unit's terminal to which the wire is connected.
How to calculate tolerable current of an insulated wire or cable is shown in &quot;Tolerable current of electric cable&quot; (1)
of Japanese Cable Makers' Association Standard (JCS)-168-E (1995), its electric equipment technical standards
or JEAC regulates tolerable current, etc. wire.
When exporting wires, select them according to the related standards of the country or area to export. In the UL
standards, certification conditions are to use wires of 60&deg;C and 75&deg;C product. (UL508C)
Wire's tolerable current is different depending on conditions such as its material, structure, ambient temperature,
etc. Check the tolerable current described in the specification of the wire to use.
Example of wire selections according to each standard is as follows.
(1) 600V vinyl insulated wire (IV wire) 60&deg;C product (Example according to IEC/EN60204-1, UL508C)
&lt; MDS-D Series &gt;
Unit type
Power supply
unit
Spindle drive
unit
Spindle drive
unit
(2-axis)
Servo drive
unit
Servo drive
unit
(2-axis)
(Note)
6-2
MDS-D-CV-37
MDS-D-CV-75
MDS-D-CV-110
MDS-D-CV-185
MDS-D-CV-300
MDS-D-CV-370
MDS-D-CV-450
MDS-D-CV-550
MDS-D-SP-20
MDS-D-SP-40
MDS-D-SP-80
MDS-D-SP-160
MDS-D-SP-200
MDS-D-SP-240
MDS-D-SP-320
MDS-D-SP-400
MDS-D-SP-640
MDS-D-SP2-2020
MDS-D-SP2-4020
MDS-D-SP2-4040S
MDS-D-SP2-4040
MDS-D-SP2-8040
MDS-D-SP2-16080S
MDS-D-SP2-8080
MDS-D-SP2-16080
MDS-D-V1-20
MDS-D-V1-40
MDS-D-V1-80
MDS-D-V1-160
MDS-D-V1-160W
MDS-D-V1-320
MDS-D-V1-320W
MDS-D-V2-2020
MDS-D-V2-4020
MDS-D-V2-4040
MDS-D-V2-8040
MDS-D-V2-8080
MDS-D-V2-16080
MDS-D-V2-160160
MDS-D-V2-160160W
TE1
(U,V,W,
mm2
2
5.5
14
30
2
2
5.5
8
22
38
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
5.5 (2)
8 (5.5)
5.5 (5.5)
8 (5.5)
2
2
2
5.5
14
22
38
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
5.5 (2)
5.5 (5.5)
14 (14)
The values inside of ( ) are M side.
)
AWG
14
10
6
3
14
14
10
8
4
2
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
10 (14)
8 (10)
10 (10)
8 (10)
14
14
14
10
6
4
2
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
10 (14)
10 (10)
6 (6)
Terminal name
TE2
(L+, L-)
AWG
mm2
3.5
12
5.5
10
22
4
38
2
Bar enclosed
TE3
(L11, L21, L12, L22, MC1)
AWG
mm2
2
14
2
14
Match with TE2 of selected
power supply unit
2
4
Match with TE2 of selected
power supply unit
2
14
Match with TE2 of selected
power supply unit
2
14
Match with TE2 of selected
power supply unit
Bar enclosed
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
6-1 Selection of wire
&lt; MDS-DH Series &gt;
Unit type
Power supply
unit
Spindle drive
unit
Servo drive
unit
Servo drive
unit
(2-axis)
(Note)
MDS-DH-CV-37
MDS-DH-CV-75
MDS-DH-CV-110
MDS-DH-CV-185
MDS-DH-CV-300
MDS-DH-CV-370
MDS-DH-CV-450
MDS-DH-CV-550
MDS-DH-CV-750
MDS-DH-SP-20
MDS-DH-SP-40
MDS-DH-SP-80
MDS-DH-SP-100
MDS-DH-SP-160
MDS-DH-SP-200
MDS-DH-SP-320
MDS-DH-SP-480
MDS-DH-V1-10
MDS-DH-V1-20
MDS-DH-V1-40
MDS-DH-V1-80
MDS-DH-V1-80W
MDS-DH-V1-160
MDS-DH-V1-160W
MDS-DH-V1-200
MDS-DH-V2-1010
MDS-DH-V2-2010
MDS-DH-V2-2020
MDS-DH-V2-4020
MDS-DH-V2-4040
MDS-DH-V2-8040
MDS-DH-V2-8080
MDS-DH-V2-8080W
TE1
(U,V,W,
mm2
2
2
3.5
8
22
30
38
2
2
5.5
8
22
38
2
2
2
2
5.5
5.5
14
22
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
5.5 (5.5)
)
AWG
14
14
12
8
4
3
2
14
14
10
8
4
2
14
14
14
14
10
10
6
4
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
10(10)
Terminal name
TE2
(L+, L-)
mm2
2
3.5
5.5
14
38
50
60
TE3
(L11, L21, L12, L22, MC1)
mm2
AWG
2
14
2
14
Match with TE2 of selected
power supply unit
2
14
Match with TE2 of selected
power supply unit
2
14
AWG
14
12
10
6
2
-
Bar enclosed
Match with TE2 of selected
power supply unit
Bar enclosed
The values inside of ( ) are M side.
6-3
MITSUBISHI CNC
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices
(2) 600V double (heat proof) vinyl insulated wire (HIV wire) 75&deg;C product
(Example according to IEC/EN60204-1, UL508C)
&lt; MDS-D Series &gt;
Unit type
Power supply
unit
Spindle drive
unit
Spindle drive
unit
(2-axis)
Servo drive
unit
Servo drive
unit
(2-axis)
(Note)
6-4
MDS-D-CV-37
MDS-D-CV-75
MDS-D-CV-110
MDS-D-CV-185
MDS-D-CV-300
MDS-D-CV-370
MDS-D-CV-450
MDS-D-CV-550
MDS-D-SP-20
MDS-D-SP-40
MDS-D-SP-80
MDS-D-SP-160
MDS-D-SP-200
MDS-D-SP-240
MDS-D-SP-320
MDS-D-SP-400
MDS-D-SP-640
MDS-D-SP2-2020
MDS-D-SP2-4020
MDS-D-SP2-4040S
MDS-D-SP2-4040
MDS-D-SP2-8040
MDS-D-SP2-16080S
MDS-D-SP2-8080
MDS-D-SP2-16080
MDS-D-V1-20
MDS-D-V1-40
MDS-D-V1-80
MDS-D-V1-160
MDS-D-V1-160W
MDS-D-V1-320
MDS-D-V1-320W
MDS-D-V2-2020
MDS-D-V2-4020
MDS-D-V2-4040
MDS-D-V2-8040
MDS-D-V2-8080
MDS-D-V2-16080
MDS-D-V2-160160
MDS-D-V2-160160W
TE1
(U,V,W,
mm2
2
5.5
8
22
38
50
60
85
2
2
3.5
8
14
22
60
70
85
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
3.5 (2)
8 (3.5)
3.5 (3.5)
8 (3.5)
2
2
2
5.5
8
14
22
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
5.5 (2)
5.5 (5.5)
8 (8)
The values inside of ( ) are M side.
)
AWG
14
10
8
4
2
14
12
12
8
6
4
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
12 (14)
8 (12)
12 (12)
8 (12)
14
14
14
10
8
6
4
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
10 (14)
10 (10)
8 (8)
Terminal name
TE2
(L+, L-)
AWG
mm2
3.5
12
5.5
10
14
6
22
4
60
60
60
Bar enclosed
TE3
(L11, L21, L12, L22, MC1)
mm2
AWG
2
14
2
14
Match with TE2 of selected
power supply unit
2
14
Match with TE2 of selected
power supply unit
2
14
Match with TE2 of selected
power supply unit
2
14
Match with TE2 of selected
power supply unit
Bar enclosed
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
6-1 Selection of wire
&lt; MDS-DH Series &gt;
Unit type
Power supply
unit
Spindle drive
unit
Servo drive
unit
Servo drive
unit
(2-axis)
(Note)
MDS-DH-CV-37
MDS-DH-CV-75
MDS-DH-CV-110
MDS-DH-CV-185
MDS-DH-CV-300
MDS-DH-CV-370
MDS-DH-CV-450
MDS-DH-CV-550
MDS-DH-CV-750
MDS-DH-SP-20
MDS-DH-SP-40
MDS-DH-SP-80
MDS-DH-SP-100
MDS-DH-SP-160
MDS-DH-SP-200
MDS-DH-SP-320
MDS-DH-SP-480
MDS-DH-V1-10
MDS-DH-V1-20
MDS-DH-V1-40
MDS-DH-V1-80
MDS-DH-V1-80W
MDS-DH-V1-160
MDS-DH-V1-160W
MDS-DH-V1-200
MDS-DH-V2-1010
MDS-DH-V2-2010
MDS-DH-V2-2020
MDS-DH-V2-4020
MDS-DH-V2-4040
MDS-DH-V2-8040
MDS-DH-V2-8080
MDS-DH-V2-8080W
TE1
(U,V,W,
mm2
2
2
3.5
8
14
22
22
38
60
2
2
5.5
8
14
22
38
60
2
2
2
2
5.5
5.5
8
22
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
5.5 (5.5)
)
AWG
14
14
12
8
6
4
4
2
14
14
10
8
6
4
2
14
14
14
14
10
10
8
4
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
10 (10)
Terminal name
TE2
(L+, L-)
mm2
2
3.5
5.5
8
22
38
50
TE3
(L11, L21, L12, L22, MC1)
mm2
AWG
2
14
2
14
Match with TE2 of selected
power supply unit
2
14
Match with TE2 of selected
power supply unit
2
14
AWG
14
12
10
8
4
2
-
Bar enclosed
Match with TE2 of selected
power supply unit
Bar enclosed
The values inside of ( ) are M side.
6-5
MITSUBISHI CNC
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices
(3) 600V bridge polyethylene insulated wire (IC) 105 &deg;C product
(Example according to JEAC8001)
&lt; MDS-D Series &gt;
Unit type
Power supply
unit
Spindle drive
unit
Spindle drive
unit
(2-axis)
Servo drive
unit
Servo drive
unit
(2-axis)
(Note)
6-6
MDS-D-CV-37
MDS-D-CV-75
MDS-D-CV-110
MDS-D-CV-185
MDS-D-CV-300
MDS-D-CV-370
MDS-D-CV-450
MDS-D-CV-550
MDS-D-SP-20
MDS-D-SP-40
MDS-D-SP-80
MDS-D-SP-160
MDS-D-SP-200
MDS-D-SP-240
MDS-D-SP-320
MDS-D-SP-400
MDS-D-SP-640
MDS-D-SP2-2020
MDS-D-SP2-4020
MDS-D-SP2-4040S
MDS-D-SP2-4040
MDS-D-SP2-8040
MDS-D-SP2-16080S
MDS-D-SP2-8080
MDS-D-SP2-16080
MDS-D-V1-20
MDS-D-V1-40
MDS-D-V1-80
MDS-D-V1-160
MDS-D-V1-160W
MDS-D-V1-320
MDS-D-V1-320W
MDS-D-V2-2020
MDS-D-V2-4020
MDS-D-V2-4040
MDS-D-V2-8040
MDS-D-V2-8080
MDS-D-V2-16080
MDS-D-V2-160160
MDS-D-V2-160160W
TE1
(U,V,W,
mm2
2
3.5
5.5
14
38
38
60
60
2
2
3.5
8
14
22
38
60
85
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
3.5 (2)
8 (3.5)
3.5 (3.5)
8 (3.5)
2
2
2
3.5
5.5
14
22
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
2 (2)
3.5 (2)
3.5 (3.5)
5.5 (5.5)
The values inside of ( ) are M side.
)
AWG
14
12
10
6
2
2
14
14
12
8
6
4
2
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
12 (14)
8 (12)
12(12)
8(12)
14
14
14
12
10
6
4
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
14 (14)
12 (14)
12 (12)
10 (10)
Terminal name
TE2
(L+, L-)
AWG
mm2
2
14
3.5
12
14
6
22
4
50
60
60
Bar enclosed
TE3
(L11, L21, L12, L22, MC1)
mm2
AWG
1.25 to 2
16 to 14
1.25 to 2
16 to 14
Match with TE2 of selected
power supply unit
1.25 to 2
16 to 14
Match with TE2 of selected
power supply unit
1.25 to 2
16 to 14
Match with TE2 of selected
power supply unit
1.25 to 2
16 to 14
Match with TE2 of selected
power supply unit
Bar enclosed
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
6-1 Selection of wire
&lt; MDS-DH Series &gt;
Unit type
Power supply
unit
Spindle drive
unit
Servo drive
unit
Servo drive
unit
(2-axis)
(Note)
MDS-DH-CV-37
MDS-DH-CV-75
MDS-DH-CV-110
MDS-DH-CV-185
MDS-DH-CV-300
MDS-DH-CV-370
MDS-DH-CV-450
MDS-DH-CV-550
MDS-DH-CV-750
MDS-DH-SP-20
MDS-DH-SP-40
MDS-DH-SP-80
MDS-DH-SP-100
MDS-DH-SP-160
MDS-DH-SP-200
MDS-DH-SP-320
MDS-DH-SP-480
MDS-DH-V1-10
MDS-DH-V1-20
MDS-DH-V1-40
MDS-DH-V1-80
MDS-DH-V1-80W
MDS-DH-V1-160
MDS-DH-V1-160W
MDS-DH-V1-200
MDS-DH-V2-1010
MDS-DH-V2-2010
MDS-DH-V2-2020
MDS-DH-V2-4020
MDS-DH-V2-4040
MDS-DH-V2-8040
MDS-DH-V2-8080
MDS-DH-V2-8080W
TE1
(U,V,W,
mm2
2
2
2
5.5
14
14
22
22
38
2
2
3.5
5.5
14
22
38
60
2
2
2
2
2
3.5
5.5
14
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
)
AWG
14
14
14
10
6
6
4
4
2
14
14
12
10
6
4
2
14
14
14
14
14
12
10
6
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
Terminal name
TE2
(L+, L-)
mm2
2
2
3.5
5.5
14
22
30
TE3
(L11, L21, L12, L22, MC1)
mm2
AWG
1.25 to 2
16 to 14
1.25 to 2
16 to 14
Match with TE2 of selected
power supply unit
1.25 to 2
16 to 14
Match with TE2 of selected
power supply unit
1.25 to 2
16 to 14
AWG
14
14
12
10
6
4
3
Bar enclosed
Match with TE2 of selected
power supply unit
Bar enclosed
The values inside of ( ) are M side.
1. Selection conditions follow IEC/EN60204-1, UL508C, JEAC8001.
- Ambient temperature is maximum 40&deg;C.
- Cable installed on walls without ducts or conduits.
To use the wire under conditions other than above, check the standards you are supposed to
CAUTION
follow.
2. The maximum wiring length to the motor is 30m.
If the wiring distance between the drive unit and motor is 20m or longer, use a thick wire so that the
cable voltage drop is 2% or less.
3. Always wire the grounding wire.
6-7
MITSUBISHI CNC
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices
6-2 Selection of circuit protector and contactor
Always select the circuit protector and contactor properly, and install them to each power supply unit to prevent
disasters.
6-2-1 Selection of circuit protector
Calculate a circuit protector selection current from the rated output and the nominal input voltage (voltage
supplied to the power supply unit) as in the expression below. And then select the minimum capacity circuit
protector whose rated current meets the circuit protector selection current.
&lt; MDS-D Series &gt;
Circuit protector selection current [A] =
(Circuit protector selection current for 200V input [A] / Nominal input voltage [V]) &times; 200 [V]
Selection of circuit protector for 200V input
Unit type
MDS-D-CVRated output
Circuit protector selection
current for 200V input
37
75
110
185
300
370
450
550
3.7kW
7.5kW
11kW
18.5kW
30kW
37kW
45kW
55kW
15A
31A
45A
76A
124A
153A
186A
224A
Selection example of circuit protector
(Mitsubishi Electric Corp.)
NF63CW3P20A
NF63CW3P40A
NF63CW3P50A
NF125CW3P100A
NF250CW3P125A
NF250CW3P175A
NF250CW3P200A
NF250CW3P225A
Rated current of the selection example
of circuit protector
20A
40A
50A
100A
125A
175A
200A
225A
Option part: A circuit protector is not prepared as an NC unit accessory, so purchase the part from your
dealer, etc.
(Example)
Select a circuit protector for using the MDS-D-CV-110 with a 220V nominal input voltage.
Circuit protector selection current = 45/220 &times; 200 = 40.9[A]
According to the table above, select &quot;NF63-CW3P-50A&quot;.
&lt; MDS-DH Series &gt;
Circuit protector selection current [A] =
(Circuit protector selection current for 380V input [A] / Nominal input voltage [V]) &times; 380 [V]
Selection of circuit protector for 380V input
Unit type
MDS-DH-CVRated output
Circuit protector selection current for
380V input
37
75
110
185
300
370
450
550
750
3.7kW
7.5kW
11kW
18.5kW
30kW
37kW
45kW
55kW
75kW
8A
16A
24A
40A
65A
80A
98A
119A
163A
Selection example of circuit protector
(Mitsubishi Electric Corp.)
NF63CW3P10A
NF63CW3P20A
NF63CW3P30A
NF63CW3P40A
NF125CW3P75A
NF125CW3P100A
NF125CW3P100A
NF250CW3P125A
NF250CW3P200A
Rated current of the selection example
of circuit protector
10A
20A
30A
40A
75A
100A
100A
125A
200A
Option part: A circuit protector is not prepared as an NC unit accessory, so purchase the part from your
dealer, etc.
(Example)
Select a circuit protector for using the MDS-DH-CV-450 with a 480V nominal input voltage.
Circuit protector selection current = 98/480&times;380 = 77.6[A]
According to the table above, select &quot;NF125-CW3P-100A&quot;.
1. It is dangerous to share a circuit protector for multiple power supply units, so do not share it.
CAUTION
Always install the circuit protectors for each power supply unit.
2. If the control power (L11, L21) must be protected, select according to the section &quot;6-4-1 Circuit
protector &quot;.
6-8
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
6-2 Selection of circuit protector and contactor
6-2-2 Selection of contactor
Select the contactor selection current that is calculated from the rated output and the nominal input voltage
(voltage supplied to the power supply unit) as in the expression below. And then select the contactor whose
conventional free-air thermal current meets the contactor selection current.
&lt; MDS-D Series &gt;
Contactor selection current [A]=
(Contactor selection current for 200V input [A] / Nominal input voltage [V]) &times; 200 [V]
Selection of contactor for 200V input
Unit type
MDS-D-CVRated output
Contactor selection
current for 200V input
Selection example of contactor
(Mitsubishi Electric Corp.)
Conventional freeair thermal
current of the selection example
of contactor
37
75
110
185
300
370
450
550
3.7kW
7.5kW
11kW
18.5kW
30kW
37kW
45kW
55kW
15A
31A
45A
76A
124A
153A
186A
224A
S-N12
-AC200V
S-N25
-AC200V
S-N25
-AC200V
S-N65
-AC200V
S-N80
-AC200V
S-N150
-AC200V
S-N150
-AC200V
S-N180
-AC200V
20A
50A
50A
100A
135A
200A
200A
260A
Option part: A contactor is not prepared as an NC unit accessory, so purchase the part from your dealer, etc.
(Example)
Select a contactor for using the MDS-D-CV-110 with a 220V nominal input voltage.
Contactor selection current = 45/220 &times; 200 = 40.9[A]
According to the table above, select &quot;S-N25-AC200V&quot;.
&lt; MDS-DH Series &gt;
Contactor selection current [A] =
(Contactor selection current for 380V input [A] / Nominal input voltage [V]) &times; 380 [V]
Selection of contactor for 380V input
Unit type
MDS-DH-CVRated output
Contactor selection
current for 380V input
Selection example of contactor
(Mitsubishi Electric Corp.)
Conventional freeair thermal
current of the selection example
of contactor
37
75
110
185
300
370
450
550
750
3.7kW
7.5kW
11kW
18.5kW
30kW
37kW
45kW
55kW
75kW
8A
16A
24A
40A
65A
80A
98A
119A
163A
S-N12AC400V
S-N12AC400V
S-N21AC400V
S-N25AC400V
S-N50AC400V
S-N65AC400V
S-N65AC400V
S-N80AC400V
S-N150AC400V
20A
20A
32A
50A
80A
100A
100A
135A
200A
Option part: A contactor is not prepared as an NC unit accessory, so purchase the part from your dealer, etc.
(Example)
Select a contactor for using the MDS-DH-CV-450 with a 480V nominal input voltage.
Contactor selection current = 98/480&times;380 = 77.6[A]
According to the table above, select &quot;S-N50-AC400V&quot;.
1. Use an alternating contactor.
POINT
2. If the contactor selection current is 20A or less, select the S-N12 product for the contactor.
3. Select a contactor whose excitation coil does not operate at 15mA or less.
6-9
MITSUBISHI CNC
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices
6-3 Selection of earth leakage breaker
When installing an earth leakage breaker, select the breaker on the following basis to prevent the breaker from
malfunctioning by the higher frequency earth leakage current generated in the servo or spindle drive unit.
(1) Selection
Obtaining the earth leakage current for all drive units referring to the following table, select an earth leakage
breaker within the &quot;rated non-operation sensitivity current&quot;.
Usually use an earth leakage breaker for inverter products that function at a leakage current within the
commercial frequency range (50 to 60Hz).
If a product sensitive to higher frequencies is used, the breaker could malfunction at a level less than the
maximum earth leakage current value.
Series
MDS-D
MDS-DH
Earth leakage current for each unit
Drive unit
Earth leakage current
MDS-D-SP-20 to 640
6mA
MDS-D-SP2-2020 to 16080
6mA
MDS-D-V1-20 to 320W
1mA
MDS-D-V2-2020 to 160160
1mA
MDS-DH-SP-20 to 480
6mA
MDS-DH-V1-10 to 200
1mA
MDS-DH-V2-1010 to 8080
1mA
Maximum earth leakage current
15mA
30mA
2mA
4mA (for two axes)
15mA
2mA
4mA (for two axes)
(Note1) Maximum earth leakage current: Value that considers wiring length and grounding,
etc.(Commercial frequency 50/60Hz)
(Note2) The earth leakage current in the power supply unit side is included in the drive unit side.
(2) Measurement of earth leakage current
When actually measuring the earth leakage current, use a product that is not easily affected by the higher
frequency earth leakage current. The measurement range should be 50 to 60Hz.
1. The earth leakage current tends to increase as the motor capacity increases.
2. A higher frequency earth leakage current will always be generated because the inverter circuit in
POINT
the drive unit switches the transistor at high speed. Always ground to reduce the higher frequency
earth leakage current as much as possible.
3. An earth leakage current containing higher frequency may reach approx. several hundreds of mA.
According to IEC479-2, this level is not hazardous to the human body.
6 - 10
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
6-4 Branch-circuit protection (for control power supply)
6-4 Branch-circuit protection (for control power supply)
6-4-1 Circuit protector
This breaker is used to switch the control power and to provide overload and short-circuit protection.
When connecting a circuit protector to the power input (TE3 terminals L11 and L21) for the control circuit, use a
product that does not trip (incorrectly activate) by a rush current when the power is turned ON. A circuit protector
with inertial delay is available to prevent unnecessary tripping. Select the product to be used according to the
machine specifications.
The rush current and rush conductivity time differ according to the power impedance and power ON timing, so
select a product that does not trip even under the conditions listed in the following table.
I [A]
Rush current
MDS-D series: Ip=30A
MDS-DH series: Ip=18A
(per 1 unit)
36.8%
Rush conductivity time:
Time to reach 36.8% of rush current Ip,
equivalent to circuit protector operation characteristics
operation time.
t [ms]
Time
constant: MDS-D series: T = 9ms
MDS-DH series: T = 18ms
Note) Rush current of MDS-D-37/75 is 38A.
When collectively protecting the control circuit power for multiple units, select a circuit protector that
POINT
satisfies the total sum of the rush current Ip.
The largest value is used for the rush conductivity time T.
6-4-2 Fuse protection
The fuse of branch-circuit protection must use UL class CC, J or T. In the selection, please consider rush current
and rush conductive time.
Selection of branch-circuit protection fuse
Connected total of unit
1-4
5-8
CAUTION
WARNING
Fuse (Class CC)
Rated [V]
Current [A]
20
600
35
Wire Size
AWG
16 to 14
For continued protection against risk of fire, replace only with same type 600 V, 20 or 35 A
(UL CLASS CC) fuse.
Before replacing fuse, confirm all power controlling the drive system is shut-OFF. Be sure to look out
the power source to prevent the power from being turned ON while maintenance is being performed.
6 - 11
MITSUBISHI CNC
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices
6-5 Noise filter
(1) Selection
Use an EMC noise filter if the noise conducted to the power line must be reduced. Select an EMC noise filter
taking the power supply unit's input rated voltage and input rated current into consideration.
(2) Noise filter mounting position
Install the noise filter to the power supply unit's power input as the diagram below indicates.
Power
distribution panel
AC reactor
Breaker
Power
supply
(Note)
Contactor
Noise filter
R
Power supply unit
S
T
MDS-D/DH-CV
The noise filter must be prepared by the user.
Recommended devices:
MDS-D Series
Densei-lambda MX13 Series
Soshin Electric HF3000C-TM Series
MDS-DH Series
Okaya Electric Industries
3SUP-HL-ER-6B Series
Soshin Electric
HF3000C-TMA Series
Contact:
Densei-lambda Co., Ltd. Telephone: 0120-507039 http://www.densei-lambda.com
Soshin Electric Co., Ltd. Telephone: 03-3775-9112 (+81-3-3775-9112) http://www.soshin.co.jp
(Note)
6 - 12
The above devices may be changed at the manufacturer's discretion.
Contact each manufacturer for more information.
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
6-6 Surge absorber
6-6 Surge absorber
When controlling a magnetic brake of a servomotor in DC OFF circuit, a surge absorber must be installed to
protect the relay contacts and brakes. Commonly a varistor is used.
(1) Selection of varistor
When a varistor is installed in parallel with the coil, the surge voltage can be adsorbed as heat to protect a
circuit. Commonly a 120V product is applied. When the brake operation time is delayed, use a 220V product.
Always confirm the operation with an actual machine.
(2) Specifications
Select a varistor with the following or equivalent specifications. To prevent short-circuiting, attach a flame
resistant insulation tube, etc., onto the leads as shown in the following outline dimension drawing.
Varistor specifications
Varistor type
Varistor
voltage
rating
(range)
(V)
ERZV10D121
TND10V-121K
ERZV10D221
TND10V-221K
120
(108 to 132)
220
(198 to 242)
Rating
Power
Max. limit
voltage
Electrostatic
capacity
(reference
value)
2ms
(W)
(V)
(pF)
20
14.5
0.4
200
1400
39
27.5
0.4
360
410
Tolerable circuit
voltage
Surge current
withstand level
(A)
Energy
withstand level
(J)
AC(V)
DC(V)
1 time
2 times
10/
1000μs
75
100
3500
2500
140
180
3500
2500
(Note 1) Selection condition: When ON/OFF frequency is 10 times/min or less, and exciting current is 2A or
less
(Note 2) ERZV10D121 and ERZV10D221 are manufactured by Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
TNR10V121K and TNR10V221K are manufactured by MARCON Electronics Co., Ltd.
Contact: Matsushita Electronic Components Co., Ltd: http://www.panasonic.co.jp/ maco/
MARCON Electronics Co., Ltd. Telephone:
(Kanto) 03-3471-7041 (+81-3-3471-7041)
(Kinki) 06-6364-2381 (+81-3-6364-2381)
(Chubu) 052-581-2595 (+81-52-581-2595)
(3) Outline dimension drawing
ERZV10D121, ERZV10D221
11.5
20.0
Insulation tube
[Unit:mm]
Normally use a product with 120V varistor voltage. If there is no allowance for the brake operation
POINT
time, use the 220V product. A varistor whose voltage exceeds 220V cannot be used, as such varistor
will exceed the specifications of the relay in the unit.
6 - 13
MITSUBISHI CNC
6 Specifications of Peripheral Devices
6-7 Relay
The input/output circuit to control the external signal such as external emergency stop input and relay
changeover signal output is wired.
The input/output circuit for each unit is as follows.
Input circuit
Output circuit
CN9 connector
CN9 connector
24V
24V
DI1
4.1k
13
Switch
Relay, etc.
DICOM
8
MPO1
18
MPO2
16
MPO3
10
24G
D01
20
(1)
D02
Servo/spindle
drive unit
D03
CN23A connector
24V
3
2k
(2)
Switch
Servo/spindle
drive unit
1
(1)
(Note)
Power supply unit
The part indicated by the &quot;
prepared by the user.
&quot; must be
Do not connect &quot;(1)&quot; or &quot;(2)&quot;.
If a ground of the external 24V power is same as the 24V power in the drive unit, a fault or abnormal
operation could occur.
Connector
Switch ON
CN9
Switch OFF
Switch ON
CN23A
Switch OFF
Input condition
18VDC to 25.2VDC
4.3mA or more
4VDC or less
2mA or less
18VDC to 25.2VDC
9mA or more
4VDC or less
2mA or less
Connector
CN9
Output condition
Output voltage
24VDC &plusmn;5%
Tolerable output
current to
50mA or less
For a switch or relay to be wired, use a switch or relay that satisfies the input/output (voltage, current) conditions.
Interface name
For digital input signal (CN23,CN9)
For digital output signal (CN9)
6 - 14
Selection example
Use a minute signal switch which is stably contacted and operated even with
low voltage or current.
&lt;Example&gt; OMRON: G2A, G6B type, MY type, LY type
Use a compact relay operated with rating of 24VDC, 50mA or less.
&lt;Example&gt; OMROM: G6B type, MY type
付録
7
7
章
Selection
7-1
MITSUBISHI CNC
7 Selection
7-1 Selection of the servomotor
7-1-1 Outline
It is important to select a servomotor matched to the purpose of the machine that will be installed. If the
servomotor and machine to be installed do not match, the motor performance cannot be fully realized, and it will
also be difficult to adjust the parameters. Be sure to understand the servomotor characteristics in this chapter to
select the correct motor.
(1) Motor inertia
The servomotor series is mainly categorized according to the motor inertia size. The features in Table 7-1
are provided according to the motor inertia size.
Table 7-1 Motor inertia
Motor model
Motor series
Inertia
Acceleration/
deceleration
Installation
Disturbance
characteristics
Speed
fluctuation
Suitability
Medium inertia motor
HF, HF-H Series
The flange size is large.
The inertia is comparatively large.
The acceleration/deceleration time constant does not
change much even for a low inertia load.
The effect of the motor inertia is large.
The motor size in respect to the output capacity is
large, and the installation space is large.
Low inertia motor
HP, HP-H, HF-KP Series
The flange size is small.
The inertia is small.
Acceleration/deceleration is possible with a short time
constant in respect to low inertia loads.
The effect of the motor inertia is small.
The motor size in respect to the output capacity is
small, and the installation space is smaller.
The effect of disturbance is small.
The effect of disturbance is large.
The effect of the torque ripple and cogging torque is
small, and speed fluctuation does not occur easily.
Suitable for high precision interpolation control.
The effect of the torque ripple and cogging torque is
large, and speed fluctuation occurs easily.
Suitable for high speed high frequency positioning.
Select a medium inertia motor when interpolation precision is required, or for machines having a large load
inertia. Select a low inertia motor when a shorter positioning time is required by machines having a small
amount of inertia. In general, use a medium inertia motor for basic feed axis of machine tools, and use a low
inertia motor for machine tool auxiliary axes, peripheral axes, and general industrial machine positioning.
The servomotor has an optimum load inertia scale. If the load inertia exceeds the optimum range, the control
becomes unstable and the servo parameters become difficult to adjust. When the load inertia is too large,
decelerate with the gears (The motor axis conversion load inertia is proportional to the square of the
deceleration ratio.), or change to a motor with a large inertia.
(2) Rated speed
Even with motors having the same capacity, the rated speed will differ according to the motor.
The motor's rated output is designed to be generated at the rated speed, and the output P (W) is expressed
with expression (7-1). Thus, even when the motors have the same capacity, the rated torque will differ
according to the rated speed.
P = 2πNT (W)
---(7-1)
N: Motor speed (1/sec)
T: Output torque (N.m)
In other words, even with motors having the same capacities, the one with the lower rated speed will
generate a larger torque. If generated torque is the same, the drive unit capacity can be downsized. When
actually mounted on the machine, if the positioning distance is short and the motor cannot reach the
maximum speed, the motor with the lower rated speed will have a shorter positioning time. When selecting
the motor, consider the axis stroke and usage methods, and select the motor with the optimum rated speed.
7-2
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
7-1 Selection of the servomotor
7-1-2 Selection of servomotor capacity
The following three elements are used to determine the servomotor capacity.
1. Load inertia ratio
2. Short time characteristics (acceleration/deceleration torque)
3. Continuous characteristics (continuous effective load torque)
Carry out appropriate measures, such as increasing the motor capacity, if any of the above conditions is not
fulfilled.
(1) Load inertia ratio
Each servomotor has an appropriate load inertia ratio (load inertia/motor inertia). The control becomes
unstable when the load inertia ratio is too large, and the servo parameter adjustment becomes difficult. It
becomes difficult to improve the surface precision in the feed axis, and the positioning time cannot be
shortened in the positioning axis because the settling time is longer.
If the load inertia ratio exceeds the recommended value in the servo specifications list, increase the motor
capacity, and select so that the load inertia ratio is within the recommended range.
Note that the recommended value for the load inertia ratio is strictly one guideline. This does not mean that
controlling of the load with inertia exceeding the recommended value is impossible.
1. When selecting feed axis servomotors for NC unit machine tools, place importance on the surface
precision during machining. To do this, always select a servomotor with a load inertia ratio within
POINT
the recommended value. Select the lowest value possible within that range.
2. The load inertia ratio for the motor with brakes must be judged based on the motor inertia for the
motor without brakes.
7-3
MITSUBISHI CNC
7 Selection
(2) Short time characteristics
In addition to the continuous operation range, the servomotor has the short time operation range that can be
used only in a short time such as acceleration/deceleration. This range is expressed by the maximum torque
and the torque characteristics. The maximum torque or the torque characteristics differ according to each
motor, so confirm the specifications in section &quot;2-1 Servomotor&quot;.
The torque required for the servomotor’s acceleration/deceleration differs according to the CNC’s command
pattern or the servo’s position control method.
Determine the required maximum motor torque from the following expression, and select the servomotor
capacity.
(a) Selection with the maximum torque characteristics
In a low-speed rotation range (approximately less than half of the servomotor maximum speed), the
linear acceleration/deceleration time constant &quot;ta&quot; that can be driven depends on the motor maximum
torque. That can be approximated from the machine specifications using the expression (7-2).
-2
ta =
1.0510 (JL/η+JM)N
(0.8TMAX-TL)
(ms)
••• (7-2)
N
JL
: Motor reach speed
(r/min)
: Motor shaft conversion load inertia
(kg•cm2)
JM
: Motor inertia
(kg•cm2)
η
TMAX
: Drive system efficiency (Normally 0.8 to 0.95)
: Maximum motor torque
(N•m)
TL
: Motor shaft conversion load (friction, unbalance) torque
(N•m)
Using the approximate linear acceleration/deceleration time constant &quot;ta&quot; calculated above, confirm the
torque characteristics of the high-speed rotation range in the CNC’s command pattern or the servo’s
position control method.
7-4
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
7-1 Selection of the servomotor
(b) Approximation when using the NC command linear acceleration/deceleration pattern + servo standard
position control
This is a normal command pattern or servo standard position control method.
Using the expression (7-3) and (7-4), approximate the maximum torque &quot;Ta1&quot; and maximum torque
occurrence speed &quot;Nm&quot; required for this acceleration/deceleration pattern.
-Kpta
Ta1 =
(1- e 1000 )+TL
ta
Nm =N{1-
1000 (1- e-Kpta
1000 )}
Kpta
••• (7-3)
•••(7-4)
N
JL
: Motor reach speed
(r/min)
: Motor shaft conversion load inertia
(kg•cm2)
JM
: Motor inertia
(kg•cm2)
η
TMAX
: Drive system efficiency (Normally 0.8 to 0.95)
: Maximum motor torque
: Motor shaft conversion load (friction, unbalance)
torque
TL
Motor speed
(r/min)
(r/min)
(N.m)
(N•m)
(N•m)
NC command
N
Nm
Motor actual speed
0
Motor
acceleration
ta
Time (ms)
Motor
torque
Speed most required
for the motor torque
Ac
Motor acceleration
Ta 1
TL
0
ta
0
Time (ms)
Nm
N
Motor speed
(r/min)
Fig.1 Speed, acceleration and torque characteristics when using the NC command linear
acceleration/deceleration pattern + servo standard position control
7-5
MITSUBISHI CNC
7 Selection
(c) Approximation when using the NC command linear acceleration/deceleration pattern + servo SHG
control (option)
This is a servo’s position control method to achieve a normal command pattern and high precision. SHG
control improves the position loop gain by stably controlling a delay of the position loop in the servo
system. This allows the settling time to be reduced and a high precision to be achieved.
Using the expression (7-5) and (7-6), approximate the maximum torque &quot;Ta1&quot; and maximum torque
occurrence speed &quot;Nm&quot; required for this acceleration/deceleration pattern.
Ta1 =
ta
Nm =N{1-
Motor speed
㧔r/min 㧕
-2Kpta
1000
)+TL
(1- 0.586e
-2Kpta
1000
(1-1.5e 1000 )}
1.3Kpta
(r/min)
(N.m)
••• (7-5)
••• (7-6)
N
JL
: Motor reach speed
(r/min)
: Motor shaft conversion load inertia
(kg•cm2)
JM
: Motor inertia
(kg•cm2)
η
TMAX
: Drive system efficiency (Normally 0.8 to 0.95)
: Maximum motor torque
(N•m)
TL
: Motor shaft conversion load (friction, unbalance) torque
(N•m)
NC command
N
Nm
Motor actual speed
0
ta
Motor
acceleration
Time (ms)
Ac
Motor
torque
Speed most required
for the motor torque
Ta 1
Motor acceleration
TL
0
ta
0
Time (ms)
Nm
N
Motor speed
(r/min)
Fig.2 Speed, acceleration and torque characteristics when using the NC command linear
acceleration/deceleration pattern + servo SHG control
7-6
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
7-1 Selection of the servomotor
(d) Approximation when using the NC command soft acceleration/deceleration pattern + feed
forward (high-speed accuracy) control
If the feedforward amount is set properly, the delay of the servo position loop is guaranteed. Therefore,
this command acceleration pattern can be approximated to the NC command and does not depend on
the servo position control method.
Using the expression (7-7) and (7-8), approximate the maximum torque &quot;Ta1&quot; and maximum torque
occurrence speed &quot;Nm&quot; required for this acceleration/deceleration pattern.
-2
Ta1 =
1.0510 (JL/η+JM)N
+TL
ta
Nm =N(1-
Motor speed
tb
1

ta
2
(N.m)
••• (7-7)
(r/min) ••• (7-8)
ta
tb
Kp
N
JL
: Linear acceleration/deceleration time constant
: Acceleration/deceleration time constant
: Position loop gain
: Motor reach speed
(ms)
(ms)
(rad/sec)
(r/min)
: Motor shaft conversion load inertia
(kg•cm2)
JM
: Motor inertia
(kg•cm2)
η
TL
: Drive system efficiency (Normally 0.8 to 0.95)
: Motor shaft conversion load (friction, unbalance) torque
(N•m)
NC commandѳMotor actual speed
㧔r/min 㧕
N
Nm
0
ta
ta+tb
Motor
acceleration
Time (ms)
Ac
Motor
torque
Speed most required
for the motor torque
Ta 1
TL
0
tb
ta ta+ tb
0
Time (ms)
Nm
N
Motor speed
(r/min)
Fig 3. Speed, acceleration and torque characteristic when using the NC command soft
acceleration/deceleration pattern + feedforward (high-speed accuracy) control
7-7
MITSUBISHI CNC
7 Selection
(e) Confirmation in the torque characteristics
Confirm whether the maximum torque &quot;Ta1&quot; and maximum torque occurrence speed &quot;Nm&quot; required for
this acceleration/deceleration pattern calculated in the item &quot;(b)&quot; to &quot;(d)&quot; are in the short time operation
range of the torque characteristics.
Motor maximum torque
100
Required maximum torque: Ta 1
Required maximum torque occurrence speed: Nm
80
Torque [N ࡮m]
High-speed rotation range
torque characteristic
60
Short time operation range
40
20
Continuous operation range
0
0
2000
4000
Rotation speed [r/min]
Motor torque characteristics
If they are not in the short time operation range, return to the item &quot;(b)&quot; to &quot;(d)&quot; and make the linear
acceleration/deceleration time constant &quot;ta&quot; large.
If the acceleration specification cannot be changed (the linear acceleration/deceleration time constant
cannot be increased), reconsider the selection, such as increasing the motor capacity.
1. In selecting the maximum torque &quot;Ta1&quot; required for this acceleration/deceleration pattern, the
measure of it is 80% of the motor maximum torque &quot;TMAX &quot;
2. In high-speed rotation range, confirm that the maximum torque &quot;Ta1&quot; and maximum torque
occurrence speed &quot;Nm&quot; required for this acceleration/deceleration is in the short time operation
range.
POINT
3. The drive system efficiency is normally approx. 0.95 in the ball screw mechanism and approx. 0.8
in the gear mechanism
4. For the torque characteristics in the motor high-speed rotation range, the AC input voltage is 200V
(200V series) or 380V (400V series). If the input voltage is low or if the power wire connecting the
servomotor and drive unit is long (20m length), the short time operation range is limited. In this
case, an allowance must be provided for the selection of the high-speed rotation range.
7-8
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
7-1 Selection of the servomotor
(3) Continuous characteristics
A typical operation pattern is assumed, and the motor's continuous effective load torque (Trms) is calculated
from the motor shaft conversion and load torque. If numbers &lt;1&gt; to &lt;8&gt; in the following drawing were
considered a one cycle operation pattern, the continuous effective load torque is obtained from the root
mean square of the torque during each operation, as shown in the expression (7-9).
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
Motor
speed 0
T1
T7
T4
T2
Motor 0
torque
T3
T6
T8
Time
T5
t1
t2
t3
t4
t5
t6
t7
t8
t0
Fig. 1 Continuous operation pattern
2
Trms =
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
T1 &middot;t1+T2 &middot;t2+T3 &middot;t3+T4 &middot;t4+T5 &middot;t5+T6 &middot;t6+T7 &middot;t7+T8 &middot;t8
t0
••• (7-9)
Select a motor so that the continuous effective load torque Trms is 80% or less of the motor stall torque Tst.
Trms ≦ 0.8•Tst ••• (7-10)
The amount of acceleration torque (Ta) shown in tables 7-3 and 7-4 is the torque to accelerate the load
inertia in a frictionless state. It can be calculated by the expression (7-11). (For linear acceleration/
deceleration)
-2
Ta =
N
JL
JM
ta
η
1.0510 (JL/η+JM)N
ta
: Motor reach speed
: Motor shaft conversion load inertia
: Motor inertia
: Linear acceleration/deceleration time constant
: Drive system efficiency (Normally 0.8 to 0.95)
(N.m) ••• (7-11)
(r/min)
(kg•cm2)
(kg•cm2)
(ms)
For an unbalance axis, select a motor so that the motor shaft conversion load torque (friction torque +
unbalance torque) is 60% or less of the stall.
TL ≦ 0.6•Tst ••• (7-12)
7-9
MITSUBISHI CNC
7 Selection
(a) Horizontal axis load torque
When operations [1] to [8] are for a horizontal axis, calculate so that the following torques are required in
each period.
Period
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
Table 7-3 Load torques of horizontal axes
Load torque calculation method
Explanation
Normally the acceleration/deceleration time con(Amount of acceleration torque) + (Kinetic friction torque)
stant is calculated so that this torque is 80% of the
maximum torque of the motor.
(Kinetic friction torque)
The absolute value of the acceleration torque
amount is same as the one of the deceleration
(Amount of deceleration torque) + (Kinetic friction torque)
torque amount. The signs for the amount of acceleration torque and amount of deceleration torque
are reversed.
Calculate so that the static friction torque is always
(Static friction torque)
required during a stop.
The signs are reversed with period &lt;1&gt; when the
- (Amount of acceleration torque) - (Kinetic friction torque)
kinetic friction does not change according to movement direction.
The signs are reversed with period &lt;2&gt; when the
- (Kinetic friction torque)
kinetic friction does not change according to movement direction.
The signs are reversed with period &lt;3&gt; when the
- (Amount of deceleration torque) - (Kinetic friction torque)
kinetic friction does not change according to movement direction.
Calculate so that the static friction torque is always
- (Static friction torque)
required during a stop.
(b) Unbalance axis load torque
When operations [1] to [8] are for an unbalance axis, calculate so that the following torques are required in
each period. Note that the forward speed shall be an upward movement.
Period
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
Table 7-4 Load torques of unbalance axes
Load torque calculation method
Explanation
Normally the acceleration/deceleration time con(Amount of acceleration torque) + (Kinetic friction torque) +
stant is calculated so that this torque is 80% of the
(Unbalance torque)
maximum torque of the motor.
(Kinetic friction torque) + (Unbalance torque)
The absolute value of the acceleration torque
amount is same as the one of the deceleration
(Amount of deceleration torque) + (Kinetic friction torque) +
torque amount. The signs for the amount of acceler(Unbalance torque)
ation torque and amount of deceleration torque are
reversed.
The holding torque during a stop becomes fairly
(Static friction torque) + (Unbalance torque)
large. (Upward stop)
- (Amount of acceleration torque) - (Kinetic friction torque)
+ (Unbalance torque)
The generated torque may be in the reverse of the
- (Kinetic friction torque) + (Unbalance torque)
movement direction, depending on the size of the
unbalance torque.
- (Amount of deceleration torque) - (Kinetic friction torque)
+ (Unbalance torque)
The holding torque becomes smaller than the up- (Static friction torque) + (Unbalance torque)
ward stop. (Downward stop)
During a stop, the static friction torque may constantly be applied. The static friction torque and
POINT
unbalance torque may be applied during an unbalance axis upward stop, and the torque during a stop
may become extremely large. Therefore, caution is advised.
7 - 10
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
7-1 Selection of the servomotor
7-1-3 Motor shaft conversion load torque
The calculation method for a representative load torque is shown.
Type
Mechanism
Calculation expression
TL =
F
3
10 πη
F.ΔS
.( V ) =
3
N
10 πη
TL:Load torque (N•m)
Z1
Fc
ǯ
Linear
movement
Servomotor
F0
Z2
W
F:Force in axial direction of the machine that moves linearly (N)
η: Drive system efficiency
V:Speed of object that moves linearly (mm/min)
N:Motor speed (r/min)
ΔS:Object movement amount per motor rotation (mm)
Z1,Z2:Deceleration ratio
F in the above expression is obtained from the expression below when
the table is moved as shown on the left.
F=Fc+μ (W•g+F0)
Fc:Force applied on axial direction of moving section (N)
F0:Tightening force on inner surface of table guide (N)
W:Total mass of moving section (kg)
g:Gravitational acceleration = 9.8 (m/s2)
μ:Friction coefficient
TL0
TL =
1 . 1 .
Z1 . 1 .
TL0+TF =
TL0+TF
n η
Z2 η
TL:Load torque (N•m)
Rotary
movement
TL0:Load torque on load shaft (N•m)
Z1
TF:Motor shaft conversion load friction torque (N•m)
Z2
Servomotor
η:Drive system efficiency
Z1,Z2:Deceleration ratio
n:Deceleration ratio
When rising TL=TU+TF When lowering
TL:Load torque (N•m)
TU:Unbalanced torque (N•m)
TF:Friction torque on moving section (N•m)
Servomotor
TU =
1/n
TF =
Vertical
movement
Counterweight
Load
W2
W1
(W1-W2).g
.( V ) =
10 πη N
3
TL= -TU•η2+TF
(W1-W2).g.ΔS
3
10 πη
μ.(W1+W2).g.ΔS
3
10 πη
W1:Load mass (kg)
W2:Counterweight mass (kg)
η: Drive system efficiency
g:Gravitational acceleration = 9.8 (m/s2)
V:Speed of object that moves linearly (mm/min)
N:Motor speed (r/min)
ΔS:Object movement amount per motor rotation (mm)
μ:Friction coefficient
7 - 11
MITSUBISHI CNC
7 Selection
7-1-4 Expressions for load inertia calculation
The calculation method for a representative load inertia is shown.
Type
Mechanism
Calculation expression
Rotary shaft is cylinder center
ǾD1.
ǾD2.
JL =
.(D1 -D2 ) = 9 .(D12＋D22)
4
4
TL:Load inertia (kg•cm2)
ρ: Density of cylinder material (kg/cm3)
L:Length of cylinder (cm)
D1:Outer diameter of cylinder (cm)
D2:Inner diameter of cylinder (cm)
W:Mass of cylinder (kg)
&lt;Reference data (Material densities)&gt;
Cylinder
Rotary shaft
Iron:7.80&times;10-3(kg/cm3)
-3
Aluminum:2.70&times;10-3(kg/cm3)
3
Copper:8.96&times;10 (kg/cm )
When rotary shaft and cylinder
shaft are deviated
R
JL =
JL:Load inertia (kg•cm2)
W:Mass of cylinder (kg)
D:Outer diameter of cylinder (cm)
R:Distance between rotary axis and cylinder axis (cm)
D
Rotary shaft
2
R
JL = W(
b
a
Column
W. 2
2
(D +8R )
8
2
2
a +b
+R )
b
a
JL: Load inertia (kg•cm2)
W:Mass of cylinder (kg)
a,b,R:Left diagram (cm)
Rotary shaft
JL = W(
N
ΔS 2
1 . V 2
) = W(
)
20π
2πN 10
V
Object that moves
linearly
JL:Load inertia (kg•cm2)
Servo
motor
W:Mass of object that moves linearly (kg)
N:Motor speed (r/min)
V:Speed of object that moves linearly (mm/min)
ΔS:Object movement amount per motor rotation (mm)
W
JL = W(
D
D 2
) +Jp
2
JL:Load inertia (kg•cm2)
W:Object mass (kg)
D:Diameter of pulley (cm)
Suspended object
W
N3
Jp:Inertia of pulley (kg•cm2)
Load B
JB
JL = J11+(J21+J22+JA).(
J31
N2 2
N3 2
) +(J+JB).( )
N1
N1
J21
Converted load
Servo
motor
J22
N1
N1
J11
7 - 12
JL:Load inertia (kg•cm2)
Load A
JA
N2
JA,JB:Inertia of load A, B (kg•cm2)
J11~J31:Inertia (kg•cm2)
N1~N3:Each shaft’s speed (r/min)
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
7-2 Selection of the spindle motor
7-2 Selection of the spindle motor
(1) Calculation of average output for spindle
In the machine which carries out the spindle’s acceleration/deceleration frequently (example: tapping
center), short-time rating is frequently used, and a rise in temperature become significant on the spindle
motor or drive unit. Thus, calculate the average output (PAV) from one cycle operation pattern and confirm
that the calculated value is less than the continuous rating output of the selected spindle motor.
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
P1
Cutting
P7
P2
Deceleration
Motor
speed 0
Acceleration
Motor 0
torque
P4
Deceleration
Stop
Acceleration
P3
t1
t2
t3
t4
P8
Time
Stop
P6
P5
Cutting
t5
t6
t7
Output during
acceleration/deceleration(kw)
＝Short-time rating &times;1.2
t8
t0
Continuous operation pattern (example)
2
PAV =
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
P1 &middot;t 1+P2 &middot;t2 +P3 &middot;t3 +P4 &middot;t4 +P5 &middot;t5 +P6 &middot;t6 +P7 &middot;t7 +P8 &middot;t8
t0
P1 to P8
t1 to t8
t0
:Output
:Time
:One cycle operation time
Continuous rated output ≧ One cycle operation pattern average output (PAV)
1. Calculate acceleration/deceleration time by the accurate load inertia because even if the rotation
speed is the same, acceleration/deceleration time varies with a tool or workpiece mounted to the
spindle.
Refer to the section &quot;Adjusting the acceleration/deceleration operation&quot; (1) in Instruction Manual.
2. Calculation method of synchronous tapping
POINT
The acceleration/deceleration number of times is twice, for forward run and reverse run are carried
out in one machining. The output guideline is 50% of the short-time rating. The time is tapping time
constant.
3. Calculation method of spindle synchronization
The output guideline is 70% of the short-time rating. The time is spindle synchronization time
constant.
7 - 13
MITSUBISHI CNC
7 Selection
7-3 Selection of the power supply unit
For the power supply unit, calculate the spindle motor output and servo motor output each, and select the
capacity satisfying the required rated capacity and the maximum momentary output.
7-3-1 Calculation of spindle output
The spindle rated output and spindle maximum momentary rated output are calculated.
(1) Calculation of spindle rated output
The spindle rated output is calculated according to the following procedure.
(a) Spindle motor rated output
The spindle motor rated output is calculated from the following expression.
Spindle motor rated output =
MAX (continuous rated output, short-time rated output x short-time rated output
coefficient α)
(Note) For the spindle motor rated output, use the larger one of &quot;continuous rated output&quot; and
&quot;short-time rated output x short-time rated output coefficient α&quot;.
For the spindle short-time rated output coefficient α, use the value in the &quot;table 1.&quot;.
Table1. List of short-time rated output time and short-time rated output coefficient
Short-time rated
output time
1 minute
2 minutes
3 minutes
4 minutes
Short-time rated output coefficient α
0.2
0.4
0.5
0.6
Short-time rated output
time
5 minutes
6 to 7 minutes
8 to 9 minutes
10 minutes or more
Short-time rated
output coefficient α
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
(Note1) Select the set time for the short-time rated output of your spindle motor from the list.
E.g.) When the set time for the short-time rated output is &quot;1/12h&quot;, it means &quot;5 minutes&quot;.
(Note2) For the motor with coil changeover specification, select the set time for the short-time rated
output of the high-speed coil.
7 - 14
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
7-3 Selection of the power supply unit
(b) Spindle rated output
The spindle rated output is calculated from the following expression.
Spindle rated output
=Spindle motor rated output x motor output coefficient β of the combined spindle drive unit
For the spindle motor rated output of the above expression, use the value calculated in (a).
For the motor output coefficient of the combined spindle drive unit, use the value corresponding to the
used spindle drive unit in the table 2.
Table 2. Motor output coefficient list of combined spindle drive unit
&lt; MDS-D Series &gt;
Spindle motor
rated output
～ 1.5kW
～ 2.2kW
～ 3.7kW
～ 5.5kW
～ 7.5kW
～ 11.0kW
～ 15.0kW
～ 18.5kW
～ 22kW
～ 26kW
～ 30kW
～ 37kW
～ 45kW
～ 55kW
20
1.00
-
40
1.15
1.00
1.00
-
Combined spindle drive unit MDS-D-SP80
160
200
240
320
1.25
1.15
1.30
1.05
1.20
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.00
1.15
1.20
1.00
1.05
1.10
1.15
1.00
1.05
1.10
1.00
1.00
1.05
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
-
400
1.10
1.05
1.00
1.00
1.00
-
640
1.15
1.10
1.05
1.05
1.0
1.0
&lt; MDS-DH Series &gt;
Spindle motor
rated output
～ 2.2kW
～ 3.7kW
～ 5.5kW
～ 7.5kW
～ 11.0kW
～ 15.0kW
～ 18.5kW
～ 22kW
～ 26kW
～ 30kW
～ 37kW
～ 45kW
～ 55kW
～ 75kW
20
1.00
1.00
-
40
1.15
1.05
1.00
-
Combined spindle drive unit MDS-DH-SP80
100
160
200
1.30
1.20
1.10
1.20
1.00
1.15
1.00
1.05
1.15
1.00
1.10
1.00
1.05
1.10
1.00
1.05
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
-
320
1.15
1.10
1.05
1.05
1.00
1.00
-
480
1.20
1.15
1.10
1.05
1.00
1.00
1. When the spindle motor applies to the wide range constant output specification or the high-torque
specification, the spindle rated output may become large.
POINT
2. The spindle rated output is calculated from the motor output coefficient of the spindle drive unit
used in combination with the spindle motor.
7 - 15
MITSUBISHI CNC
7 Selection
(2) Calculation of spindle maximum momentary output
The spindle maximum momentary output is calculated from the following expression.
Spindle maximum momentary output
=MAX (short-time rated output x 1.2, output at acceleration/deceleration x 1.2)
(Note) For the spindle rated output, use the larger one of &quot;short-time rated output x 1.2&quot; and &quot;output at
acceleration/deceleration x 1.2&quot;.
7-3-2 Calculation of servo motor output
(1) Selection with rated output
(2) Selection with maximum momentary output
For the rated output and maximum momentary output of the servo motor, use the value corresponding to the
servo motor in the table 3.
Table 3. Data for servo motor output selection
&lt; 200V series &gt;
Motor HF
Rated output (kW)
Maximum momentary output
(kW)
75
0.75
105
1.0
54
0.5
104
1.0
154
1.5
224
2.2
204
2.0
354
3.5
2.6
3.6
2.3
5.0
9.0
12.3
8.0
18.0
Motor HP
Rated output (kW)
Maximum momentary output
(kW)
123
1.2
223
2.2
303
3.0
453
4.5
703
7.0
903
9.0
142
1.4
302
3.0
4.0
7.5
12.0
22.0
28.0
41.0
3.8
7.4
Motor HP
Rated output (kW)
Maximum momentary output
(kW)
54
0.5
104
1.0
154
1.5
224
2.2
204
2.0
354
3.5
454
4.5
704
7.0
903
9.0
1103
11.0
2.3
4.3
8.0
11.0
11.0
15.0
21.0
27.0
33.0
50.0
Motor HF-KP
Rated output (kW)
Maximum momentary output
(kW)
23
0.2
43
0.4
73
0.75
0.72
1.72
2.85
Motor HF-H
Rated output (kW)
Maximum momentary output
(kW)
75
0.75
105
1.0
54
0.5
104
1.0
154
1.5
204
2.0
354
3.5
453
4.5
703
7.0
903
9.0
2.6
3.6
2.3
5.0
9.0
8.0
18.0
22.0
28.0
41.0
Motor HP-H
Rated output (kW)
Maximum momentary output
(kW)
54
0.5
104
1.0
154
1.5
224
2.2
204
2.0
354
3.5
454
4.5
704
7.0
903
9.0
1103
11.0
2.3
4.3
8.0
11.0
11.0
15.0
21.0
27.0
33.0
50.0
Motor HC-H
Rated output (kW)
Maximum momentary output
(kW)
1502S-S10
15.0
&lt; 400V series &gt;
(Note)
7 - 16
59.0
The maximum momentary output in this table is reference data for selecting the power supply
unit and is not data which guarantees the maximum output.
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
7-3 Selection of the power supply unit
7-3-3 Selection of the power supply unit
Select the power supply unit from the total sum of the rate output and the maximum momentary output.
(1) Calculation of required rated output
(a) When there is only one servomotor axis
Power supply unit rated capacity &gt; Σ (Spindle rated output) + (Servomotor rated output)
(b) When there are two or more servomotor axes
Power supply unit rated capacity &gt; Σ (Spindle rated output) + 0.7 Σ (Servomotor rated output)
Substitute the output calculated from &quot;7-2-1(1)&quot; and &quot;7-2-2(1)&quot; to the expression (a) and (b), and calculate
the total sum of the spindle rated output and servo motor rated output. According to this, select the power
supply unit satisfying the rated capacity from the table 4.
(2) Calculation of required maximum momentary output
Maximum momentary rated capacity of power supply unit ≧
Σ (Spindle maximum momentary output) + Σ (Maximum momentary output of
servomotor accelerating/ decelerating simultaneously)
Substitute the output calculated from &quot;7-2-1(2)&quot; and &quot;7-2-2(2)&quot; to the above expression, and calculate the
total sum of the &quot;spindle maximum momentary output&quot; and &quot;output of servomotor accelerating/ decelerating
simultaneously&quot;. According to this, select the power supply unit satisfying the maximum momentary rated
capacity from the table 4.
(3) Selection of power supply unit
Select the power supply unit of which the capacity is larger than that selected in the item (1) and (2).
Table 4. Power supply unit rated capacity and maximum momentary rated capacity
&lt; MDS-D Series &gt;
Unit
MDS-D-CVRated capacity (kW)
Maximum momentary rated capacity
(kW)
37
4.2
75
8
110
11.5
185
19
300
31
370
38
450
46
550
56
16
23
39
60
92
101
125
175
37
4.2
16
75
8
23
110
11.5
39
&lt; MDS-DH Series &gt;
Unit
MDS-DH-CVRated capacity (kW)
Maximum momentary rated capacity (kW)
185
19
60
300
31
92
370
38
101
450
46
125
550
56
175
750
76
180
7 - 17
MITSUBISHI CNC
7 Selection
1. When two or more servomotor axes are connected, do the calculation with the largest rated
capacity of the servomotor if a value obtained by multiplying the total sum of the servomotor rated
output by &quot;0.7&quot; is smaller than the largest rated capacity of the servomotors.
Example: HF Series
(1)For &quot;HF903 (9.0kW) + HF104 (1.0kW)&quot;, &quot;0.7 x (9.0 + 1.0) =7.0 &lt; 9.0&quot; is applied.
So, do the calculation with applying &quot;9.0kW&quot; to the total sum of the servomotor's rated output.
(2)For &quot;HF903 (9.0kW) + HF903 (9.0kW)&quot;, &quot;0.7 x (9.0 + 9.0) = 12.6 &gt; 9.0&quot; is applied.
So, do the calculation with applying &quot;12.6kW&quot; to the total sum of the servomotor's rated output.
Example: HF-H Series
(1)For &quot;HF-H903 (9.0kW) + HF-H104 (1.0kW)&quot;, &quot;0.7 x (9.0 + 1.0) =7.0 &lt; 9.0&quot; is applied.
So, do the calculation with applying &quot;9.0kW&quot; to the total sum of the servomotor's rated output.
(2)For &quot;HF-H903 (9.0kW) + HF-H903 (9.0kW)&quot;, &quot;0.7 x (9.0 + 9.0) = 12.6 &gt; 9.0&quot; is applied.
So, do the calculation with applying &quot;12.6kW&quot; to the total sum of the servomotor's rated output.
CAUTION
2. When reducing the time constant replacing the conventional motor with the HF, HP, HF-KP, HF-H,
HP-H or HC-H Series motor, the power supply capacity may rise because the motor maximum
momentary output increases more than the conventional motor. Therefore, make sure to check the
selection with maximum momentary rated capacity.
3. When the large capacity drive unit (MDS-D-SP-400/640, MDS-DH-SP-200/320/450, MDS-DH-V1200) is connected to the power supply unit, always install the drive unit proximally in the left side of
the power supply unit and connect PN terminal with the dedicated DC connection bar.
4. When using two large capacity drive units or more, the power supply unit is required for each drive
unit.
5. This power supply selection is calculated with the servomotor effective load rate of approximate
80%. Considering the operation pattern, if the servomotor effective load rate is lower than this, the
required rated capacity of the power supply can be decreased.
7 - 18
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
7-3 Selection of the power supply unit
7-3-4 Required capacity of power supply
For the power supply capacity, calculate the required spindle rated output and servo motor rated output
each, and select the power supply capacity satisfying them.
(1) Spindle rate output required for power supply
The spindle rate output required for power supply is calculated from the following expression.
Spindle rate output required for power supply =
MAX (Spindle motor continuous rated output, Spindle motor output at accelerating/decelerating,
Spindle motor short-time output) x motor output coefficient β of combined spindle drive unit
(Note) For the spindle rate output required for the power supply, multiply the largest one of &quot;spindle motor
continuous rate output&quot;, &quot;spindle motor output at acceleration/deceleration&quot; and &quot;spindle motor shorttime output&quot; by the motor output coefficient β of the combined spindle drive unit.
For the motor output coefficient of the combined spindle drive unit, use the value corresponding to the
used spindle drive unit in the table 2. of 7-2-1 (1).
(2) Servo motor rate output required for power supply
For the servo motor rate output required for power supply, use the value calculated in 7-2-2 (1).
(3) Calculation of rate output required for power supply
(a) When there is only one servomotor axis
Rated capacity required for power supply =
Σ(Spindle rate output required for power supply) + (servo motor rate output required for
power supply)
(b) When there are two or more servomotor axes
Rated capacity required for power supply =
Σ (Spindle rate output required for power supply) + 0.7 Σ (servo motor rate output required
for power supply)
Substitute the output calculated from the item (1) and (2) to the expression (a) and (b), and calculate the
rated capacity required for the power supply.
(4) Calculation of required power supply
Power supply capacity (kVA) = Σ{(Required rated capacity calculated in the item (3)(kW) /
Capacity of selected power supply unit (kW)) x Power supply capacity base value (kVA)}
The power supply capacity base value corresponding to the capacity of the selected power supply unit is as
the following table.
&lt; MDS-D Series &gt;
Unit
MDS-D-CVPower supply capacity base value (kVA)
37
5.3
75
11.0
110
16.0
185
27.0
300
43.0
370
53.0
450
64.0
550
78.0
550
78.0
750
107.0
&lt; MDS-DH Series &gt;
Unit
MDS-DH-CVPower supply capacity base value (kVA)
37
5.3
75
11.0
110
16.0
185
27.0
300
43.0
370
53.0
450
64.0
7 - 19
MITSUBISHI CNC
7 Selection
7-3-5 Example for power supply unit and power supply facility capacity
&lt; MDS-D Series &gt;
(Example 1)
Axis name
X-axis
Y-axis
Z-axis
Spindle
Motor
HF354
HF354
HF354
Drive unit
(MDS-D-V2-160160)
(MDS-D-V2-160160)
(MDS-D-V1-160)
MDS-D-SP-320
Spindle motor 22kW
(Output coefficient 1.0)
Total
Rated output
3.5kW
3.5kW
3.5kW
Maximum momentary output
18kW
18kW
18kW
22kW
26.4kW
0.7 x (3.5 x 3) + 22
= 29.35kW
&lt; 31kW (D-CV-300)
(18 x 3) + 26.4
= 80.4kW
&lt; 92kW (D-CV-300)
The power supply unit satisfying the total of the rate output and the maximum momentary output is
MDS-D-CV-300.
Required power supply capacity (kVA) = (29.35 / 30) x 43 = 42.1 (kVA)
(Example 2)
Axis name
X1-axis
X2-axis
Y-axis
Z-axis
Spindle
Motor
HF453
HF453
HF354
HF354
Drive unit
(MDS-D-V2-160160)
(MDS-D-V2-160160)
(MDS-D-V2-160160)
(MDS-D-V2-160160)
MDS-D-SP-200
Spindle motor 15kW
(Output coefficient 1.0)
Total
Rated output
4.5kW
4.5kW
3.5kW
3.5kW
Maximum momentary output
22kW
22kW
18kW
18kW
15kW
18kW
0.7 x (4.5 x 2 + 3.5 x 2) + 15
= 26.2kW
&lt; 31kW (D-CV-300)
22 x 2 + 18 x 2 + 18
= 98.0kW
&lt; 101kW (D-CV-370)
The power supply unit satisfying the total of the rate output and the maximum momentary output is
MDS-D-CV-370.
Required power supply capacity (kVA) = (26.2 / 37) x 53 = 37.5 (kVA)
(Example 3))
Axis name
X-axis
Y-axis
Z-axis
Spindle
Motor
HF354
HF204
HF204
Spindle motor 15kW
(High-torque motor)
Total
Drive unit
MDS-D-V1-160
MDS-D-V2-8080
MDS-D-V2-8080
MDS-D-SP-320
(Output coefficient 1.1)
Rated output
3.5kW
2.0kW
2.0kW
Maximum momentary output
18kW
8kW
8kW
16.5kW
18kW
0.7 x (3.5 + 2.0 x 2) + 16.5
= 21.75kW
&lt; 31kW (D-CV-300)
18 + 8 x 2 + 18
= 52kW
&lt; 60kW (D-CV-185)
The power supply unit satisfying the total of the rate output and the maximum momentary output is
MDS-D-CV-300.
Required power supply capacity (kVA) = (21.75 / 30) x 43 = 31.2 (kVA)
7 - 20
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
7-3 Selection of the power supply unit
&lt; MDS-DH Series &gt;
(Example 1)
Axis name
X-axis
Y-axis
Z-axis
Motor
HF-H354
HF-H354
HF-H354
Spindle
Spindle motor 22kW
Drive unit
(MDS-DH-V2-8080)
(MDS-DH-V2-8080)
(MDS-DH-V1-80)
MDS-DH-SP-160
(Output 22kW)
Total
Rated output
3.5kW
3.5kW
3.5kW
Maximum momentary output
18kW
18kW
18kW
22kW
26.4kW
0.7&times;(3.5&times;3)+22
=29.35kW
&lt;31kW(DH-CV-300)
(18&times;3)+26.4
=80.4kW
&lt;92kW(DH-CV-300)
The power supply unit satisfying the total of the rate output and the maximum momentary output is
MDS-DH-CV-300.
Required power supply capacity (kVA) = (29.35 / 30) x 43 = 42.0 (kVA)
(Example 2)
Axis name
X1-axis
X2-axis
Y-axis
Z-axis
Spindle
Motor
HF-H453
HF-H453
HF-H354
HF-H354
Drive unit
(MDS-DH-V2-8080)
(MDS-DH-V2-8080)
(MDS-DH-V2-8080)
(MDS-DH-V2-8080)
MDS-DH-SP-100
Spindle motor 15kW
(Output coefficient 1.0)
Total
Rated output
4.5kW
4.5kW
3.5kW
3.5kW
Maximum momentary output
22kW
22kW
18kW
18kW
15kW
18kW
0.7&times;(4.5&times;2+3.5&times;2)+15
=26.2kW
&lt;31kW(DH-CV-300)
22&times;2+18&times;2+18
=98.0kW
&lt;101kW(DH-CV-370)
The power supply unit satisfying the total of the rate output and the maximum momentary output is
MDS-DH-CV-370.
Required power supply capacity (kVA) = (26.2 / 30) x 43 = 37.6 (kVA)
(Example 3)
Axis name
X-axis
Y-axis
Z-axis
Spindle
Motor
HF-H354
HF-H204
HF-H204
Spindle motor 15kW
(High-torque motor)
Total
Drive unit
MDS-DH-V1-160
MDS-DH-V2-8080
MDS-DH-V2-8080
MDS-DH-SP-320
(Output coefficient 1.1)
Rated output
3.5kW
2.0kW
2.0kW
Maximum momentary output
18kW
8kW
8kW
16.5kW
18kW
0.7&times;(3.5+2.0&times;2)+16.5
=21.75kW
&lt;31kW(DH-CV-300)
18+8&times;2+18
=52kW
&lt;60kW(DH-CV-185)
The power supply unit satisfying the total of the rate output and the maximum momentary output is
MDS-DH-CV-370.
Required power supply capacity (kVA) = (21.75 / 30) x 43 = 31.2 (kVA)
7 - 21
MITSUBISHI CNC
7 Selection
7 - 22
Appendix1xA
1n
d
p
ie
付録
章
Cable and Connector
Specifications
Appendix 1 - 1
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications
Appendix 1-1 Selection of cable
Appendix 1-1-1 Cable wire and assembly
(1) Cable wire
The specifications of the wire used for each cable, and the machining methods are shown in this section.
When manufacturing the detector cable and battery connection cable, use the recommended wires shown
below or equivalent products.
(a) Heat resistant specifications cable
Wire characteristics
Wire type
(other manufacturer's product)
BD20288
Compound 6-pair
shielded cable
Specification No.
Bangishi-17145
(Note 1)
Finish
Sheath
outer
material
diameter
No. of
pairs
2
8.7mm
Heat resistant
PVC
2)
(0.5mm
4
(0.2mm2)
Conductive
resistor
Configuration
100
strands/
0.08mm
40
strands/
0.08mm
40.7Ω/km
or less
103Ω/km
or less
Withstand
voltage
Insulation
resistance
500VAC/
1min
1000
MΩ/km
or more
Heat
resistance
temperature
Flexibility
105&deg;C
70&times;104
times
or more at
R200
(b) General-purpose heat resistant specifications cable
Wire characteristics
Wire type
(other manufacturer's product)
BD20032
Compound 6-pair
shielded cable
Specification No.
Bangishi-16903
Revision No. 3
(Note 2))
Finish
Sheath
outer
material
diameter
No. of
pairs
2
(0.5mm2)
8.7mm
PVC
4
(0.2mm2)
Configuration
Conductive
resistor
100strands/
0.08mm
40.7Ω/km
or less
40strands/
0.08mm
Withstand
voltage
500VAC/
1min
103Ω/km
or less
Heat
Insulation resistance
resistance temperature
1000
MΩ/km
or more
60&deg;C
Flexibility
100&times;104 times
or more at
R200
(Note 1) Bando Electric Wire (Contact: 81+48-461-0561 http://www.bew.co.jp)
(Note 2) The Mitsubishi standard cable is the (a) Heat resistant specifications cable. For MDS-C1/CH
series, (b) or equivalent is used as the standard cable.
Compound 6-pair cable structure drawing
Sheath
A1
B1
B4
Mesh shield
Intervening wire
B3
B2
A2
Cable core
L1
Tape
L2
Conductor
Insulator
Core identification
Pair No.
A1 (0.5mm2)
A2 (0.5mm2)
Black
White
2
Brown
Orange
B2 (0.2mm2)
Blue
Green
2
B3 (0.2mm )
Purple
White
2
Yellow
White
B1 (0.2mm )
B4 (0.2mm )
Appendix 1 - 2
Insulator color
L1
L2
Red
White
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1-1 Selection of cable
(2) Cable assembly
Assemble the cable with the cable shield wire securely connected to the ground plate of the connector.
Core wire
Connect with a ground
plate of connector.
Shield
Sheath
(external conductor)
(3) Battery connection cable
Wire characteristics
Wire type
(other manufacturer's product)
Finish
outer
diameter
Sheath
material
J14B101224-00
Two core shield cable
3.3mm
PVC
No. of
pairs
1
2
(0.2mm )
Configuration
Conductive
resistor
Withstand
voltage
Insulation
resistance
Heat
resistance
temperature
Minimum
bend radius
7strands /
0.2mm
91.2Ω/km
or less
AC500V/
1min
1000MΩ/
km
or less
80&deg;C
R33mm
Sheath
1
Shield
2
JUNFLON R ETFE wire
Two core shield cable structure drawing
Core identification
No.
1
2
Insulator color
Red
Black
Appendix 1 - 3
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications
Appendix 1-2 Cable connection diagram
1. Take care not to mistake the connection when manufacturing the detector cable. Failure to observe
CAUTION
this could lead to faults, runaway or fire.
2. When manufacturing the cable, do not connect anything to pins which have no description.
Appendix 1-2-1 Battery cable
&lt;DG21 cable connection diagram
(Connection cable between drive unit and MDS-A-BT/A6BAT (MR-BAT) (MDS-BTCASE)&gt;
Drive unit side connector
Battery unit side connector
(Hirose Electric)
(3M)
Connector: DF1B-2S-2.5R
Contact: DF1B-2428SCA
BT
LG
Connector: 10120-3000VE
Shell kit: 10320-52F0-008
1
2
0.2mm 2
9
1
BT
LG
PE Case
grounding
&lt;DG22 cable connection diagram (Connection cable between drive unit and drive unit)&gt;
Drive unit side connector
Drive unit side connector
(Hirose Electric)
(Hirose Electric)
Connector: DF1B-2S-2.5R
Contact: DF1B-2428SCA
BT
LG
Connector: DF1B-2S-2.5R
Contact: DF1B-2428SCA
1
2
0.2mm2
1
2
BT
LG
&lt;DG23 cable connection diagram (Connection cable between drive unit and MDS-BTBOX-36)&gt;
Drive unit side connector
(Hirose Electric)
Connector : DF1B-2S-2.5R
Contact : DF1B-2428SCA
BT
LG
1
2
Battery box side
0.2mm2
BT
LG
&lt;DG24 cable connection diagram
(Connection cable for alarm output between drive unit and MDS-BTBOX-36)&gt;
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Connector :10120-3000VE
Shell kit :10320-52F0-008
CAUTION
Appendix 1 - 4
DICOM
D11
20
13
P5
LG
Case
grounding
4
1
FG
Battery box side
0.2mm 2
0.2mm 2
0.2mm 2
+24V (DC power)
DO(ALM)
+5V
LG
When DG24 cable is used, proximity switch or external emergency stop cannot be wired, so these
functions cannot be used.
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1-2 Cable connection diagram
Appendix 1-2-2 Power supply communication cable and connector
&lt;SH21 cable connection diagram&gt;
Drive unit side connector
Power supply unit side connector
（3M)
（3M)
Connector: 10120-3000VE
Shell kit: 10320-52F0-008
Connector: 10120-3000VE
Shell kit: 10320-52F0-008
1
11
2
12
3
13
4
14
5
15
6
16
7
17
8
18
9
19
10
20
1
11
2
12
3
13
4
14
5
15
6
16
7
17
8
18
9
19
10
20
PE
PE
Plate
&lt;CNU23S connector connection diagram&gt;
Power supply unit side connector
（DDK)
Connector: DK-3200M-06RXY
Contact: DK-3REC2LLP1-100
External emergency
stop input
EMG2
3
2
1
24G
EMG1
CN23A
MC2
MC1
3
2
1
Contactor
breaker output
CN23B
Appendix 1 - 5
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications
Appendix 1-2-3 Optical communication repeater unit cable
&lt; F070 cable connection diagram &gt;
Optical communication repeater unit side
connector
(Tyco Electronics)
24VDC power side terminal
(J.S.T.)
Connector：2-178288-3
Contact：1-175218-5 &times; 3
Crimping Terminal：V1.25-3 or V1.25-4 &times; 2
FG
3
2
0V
0V
1 24VDC
24VDC
DCIN
&lt; F110 cable connection diagram &gt;
Optical communication repeater unit side
connector
(Tyco Electronics)
&lt;DCIN&gt;
Connector：2-178288-3
Conntact：1-175218-5 &times; 3
24VDC power side connector
(Tyco Electronics)
Connector：3-178127-6
Contact：1-175218-5 (for AWG16 ) &times; 3
1-175217-5 (for AWG22 ) &times; 2
&lt;ACFAIL (CF01)&gt;
51030-0230
50084-8160 &times; 2
DCOUT
+24V
1B
0V
FG
DCIN
AWG16
1
+24V
2B
2
0V
3B
3
FG
CF01
Appendix 1 - 6
ACFAIL
1A
0V
2A
AWG22
2
ACFAIL
1
0V
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1-2 Cable connection diagram
Appendix 1-2-4 Servo / tool spindle detector cable
&lt;CNV2E-6P, CNV2E-7P cable connection diagram&gt;
Motor detector/
Ball screw side detector side connector
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
P5(+5V)
LG
1
2
BT
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
9
7
8
3
4
Case
grounding
PE
(DDK)
Plug: CM10-SP10S-M(D6) (Straight)
CM10-AP10S-M(D6) (Angle)
Contact: CM10-#22SC(S1)(D8)
0.5mm2
0.2mm2
0.2mm2
0.2mm2
8
5
3
4
6
7
1
2
P5(+5V)
LG
BT
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
10
SHD
&lt;For 15m or less&gt;
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
Motor detector/
Ball screw side detector side connector
（DDK)
Plug: CM10-SP10S-M(D6) (Straight)
CM10-AP10S-M(D6) (Angle)
Contact: CM10-#22SC(S1)(D8)
0.5mm2
P5(+5V)
LG
1
2
BT
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
9
7
8
3
4
Case
grounding
PE
0.5mm2
0.2mm2
0.2mm2
0.2mm2
8
5
3
4
6
7
1
2
P5(+5V)
LG
BT
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
10
SHD
&lt;For 15m to 30m&gt;
Appendix 1 - 7
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications
&lt;CNV2E-8P, CNV2E-9P cable connection diagram&gt;
Motor detector/
Ball screw side detector side connector
(DDK)
Plug: CM10-SP10S-M (D6) (Straight)
CM10-AP10S-M (D6) (Angle)
Contact: CM10-#22SC (S1) (D8)
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
P5(+5V)
LG
1
2
BT
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
9
7
8
3
4
Case
grounding
PE
0.5mm2
0.2mm2
0.2mm2
0.2mm2
8
5
3
4
6
7
1
2
P5(+5V)
LG
CNT
BT
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
10
SHD
&lt;For 15m or less&gt;
Motor detector/
Ball screw side detector side connector
(DDK)
Plug: CM10-SP10S-M (D6) (Straight)
CM10-AP10S-M (D6) (Angle)
Contact: CM10-#22SC (S1) (D8)
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
0.5mm2
P5(+5V)
LG
1
2
BT
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
9
7
8
3
4
Case
grounding
PE
0.5mm2
0.2mm2
0.2mm2
0.2mm2
&lt;For 15m to 30m&gt;
Appendix 1 - 8
8
5
3
4
6
7
1
2
P5(+5V)
LG
CNT
BT
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
10
SHD
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1-2 Cable connection diagram
&lt; CNV2E-K1P, CNV2E-K2P cable connection diagram (Direct connection type) &gt;
Servo drive unit side connector
Servo motor detector connector
(3M)
Receptacle : 36210 - 0100PL
Shell kit : 36310 - 3200- 008
( MOLEX )
Connector set : 54599-1019
P5
LG
MR
MRR
MD
MDR
BAT
1
2
3
4
7
8
9
SD
Plate
(Tyco Electronics)
Connector : 1674320-1
3
6
5
4
8
7
2
1
9
P5
P5G
MR
MRR
MD
MDR
BAT
CONT
SD
&lt; CNV22J-K1P, CNV22J-K2P cable connection diagram (Relay type) &gt;
Motor detector/
Ball screw side detector side connector
(Tyco Electronics)
Drive unit side connector
(DDK)
Plug: CM10-CR10P-M
P5(+5V)
LG
8
5
BT
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
4
6
7
1
2
Case
grounding
10
Plug: 1747464-1
Contact: 1674335-4
0.08mm2
0.08mm2
0.08mm2
0.08mm2
1
2
8
7
5
4
P5(+5V)
LG
CNT
BT
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
9
SHD
3
6
Appendix 1 - 9
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications
&lt;CNV2E-HP cable connection diagram&gt;
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
MDS-B-HR unit side connector
(Hirose Electric)
Plug: RM15WTP-8S
Clamp: RM15WTP-CP (10)
0.5mm2
2
P5(+5V)
LG
RQ
RQ*
SD
SD*
Case
grounding
1
2
10
3
4
5
6
7
8
0.5mm
0.2mm2
0.2mm2
PE
5
7
6
8
P5(+5V)
LG
P5(+5V)
LG
1
2
RQ
RQ*
3
4
SD
SD*
PE
Case
grounding
&lt;CNV2E-D cable connection diagram&gt;
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
MDS-B-SD unit side connector
(3M)
Connector: 10120-3000VE
Shell kit: 10320-52F0-008
0.5mm2
P5(+5V)
LG
RQ
RQ*
SD
SD*
Case
grounding
Appendix 1 - 10
1
2
9
10
3
4
5
6
7
8
PE
0.5mm2
0.2mm2
0.2mm2
20
11
10
1
9
P5(+5V)
LG
P5(+5V)
LG
BAT
7
17
RQ
RQ*
6
16
SD
SD*
PE Case
grounding
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1-2 Cable connection diagram
&lt;Cable connection diagram between scale I/F unit and scale (CNLH3 cable, etc.) &gt;
Detector conversion unit side connector
(Hirose Electric)
Plug: RM15WTP-12P
Clamp: RM15WTP-CP (10)
9
10
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
0.2mm2
0.2mm2
0.2mm2
0.2mm2
0.2mm2
SD
SD＊
RQ
RQ＊
A+
AB+
BR+
R-
0.5mm2
11
12
0.5mm2
PE
P5(+5V)
LG
Case
grounding
(Note) This cable must be prepared by the user.
Appendix 1 - 11
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications
&lt;Rectangular wave communication detector (linear scale, etc.) cable connection diagram&gt;
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
Machine side rectangular wave
communication detector
0.5mm2
P5 (+5V)
LG
ABZS E L*
A
A*
B
B*
Z
Z*
Case
grounding
1
2
10
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0.5mm2
0.2mm2
0.2mm2
0.2mm2
P5 (+5V)
LG
A
A*
B
B*
Z
Z*
(Note) Contact the detector
manufacture about
whether to perform
the P5V wiring or not.
S HD
PE
Contact the detector manufacture
for the details.
(Note) This cable must be prepared by the user.
&lt;Serial communication detector (linear scale, etc.) cable connection diagram&gt;
Drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
Machine side serial
communication detector
0.5mm2
P5(+5V)
LG
RQ
RQ*
SD
SD*
Case
grounding
1
2
9
10
3
4
5
6
7
8
0.5mm2
P5(+5V) (Note) Contact the detector
manufacture about
LG
whether to perform
the P5V wiring or not.
0.2mm2
RQ
RQ*
0.2mm2
SD
SD*
PE
SHD
Contact the detector manufacture
for the details.
(Note) This cable must be prepared by the user.
POINT
Appendix 1 - 12
For compatible detector, refer to the section &quot;Servo option&quot; in Specifications Manual.
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1-2 Cable connection diagram
Appendix 1-2-5 Brake connector (Brake connector for motor brake control output)
&lt;CNU20S connector connection diagram&gt;
• For MDS-D-V1-320 or smaller and MDS-DH-V1-160 or smaller
Drive unit side connector
(DDK)
Connector: DK-3200S-03R
Contact: DK-3REC2LLP1-100
MBR
DBR
P24
Motor brake
3
2
1
External power (+24V)
CN20
• For MDS-D-V1-320W or larger and MDS-DH-V1-160W or larger
Drive unit side connector
（DDK)
Connector: DK-3200S-03R
Contact: DK-3REC2LLP1-100
MBR
DBR
P24
Motor brake
Dynamic brake
External power (+24V)
3
2
1
CN20
&lt;MR-BKS1CBL□M-A1-H, MR-BKS1CBL□M-A2-H cable connection diagram&gt;
Drive unit side connector
Motor side brake connector
(Japan Aviation Electronics Industry)
Plug: JN4FT02SJ1-R
Contact: ST-TMH-S-C1B-100-(A534G)
(DDK)
Connector: DK-3200S-03R
Contact: DK-3REC2LLP1-100
MBR
DBR
P24
3
2
1
Motor brake
External power (+24V)
2
B2
1
B1
CN20
Appendix 1 - 13
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications
Appendix 1-2-6 Spindle detector cable
&lt;CNP2E-1 cable connection diagram&gt;
Spindle drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
Spindle motor side connector
(Tyco Electronics)
Connector: 172169-1
Contact: 170363-1(AWG26-22)
170364-1(AWG22-18)
(Note)
P5(+5V)
LG
1
2
0.5mm2
7
8
P5(+5V)
LG
MT1
MT2
5
6
0.2mm2
2
1
MT1
MT2
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
7
8
3
4
5
6
3
4
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
Case
grounding
PE
9
SHD
0.2mm2
0.2mm2
(Note) For the pin &quot;7&quot; or &quot;8&quot;, use the contact &quot;170364-1&quot;.
For the other pins, use the contact &quot;170363-1&quot;.
&lt;For 15m or less&gt;
Spindle drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
Spindle motor side connector
（Tyco Electronics)
Connector: 172169-1
Contact: 170363-1(AWG26-22)
170364-1(AWG22-18)
0.5mm2
(Note)
P5(+5V)
LG
1
2
2
0.5mm
7
8
P5(+5V)
LG
MT1
MT2
5
6
0.2mm2
2
1
MT1
MT2
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
7
8
3
4
5
6
3
4
SD
SD*
RQ
RQ*
Case
grounding
PE
9
SHD
0.2mm2
0.2mm2
(Note) For the pin &quot;7&quot; or &quot;8&quot;, use the contact &quot;170364-1&quot;.
For the other pins, use the contact &quot;170363-1&quot;.
&lt;For 15m to 30m&gt;
Appendix 1 - 14
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1-2 Cable connection diagram
&lt;CNP3EZ-2P, CNP3EZ-3P cable connection diagram&gt;
Spindle drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
P5(+5V)
LG
ABZSEL*
A
A*
1
2
10
3
4
B
B*
Z
Z*
5
6
7
8
Case
grounding
PE
Spindle motor side connector
(DDK)
Connector: MS3106A20-29S (D190)
Back shell: CE02-20BS-S (straight)
CE-20BA-S (angle)
Clamp: CE3057-12A-3
0.5mm2
H
K
P5(+5V)
LG
0.2mm2
A
N
A
A*
C
R
B
P
B
B*
Z
Z*
0.2mm 2
0.2mm2
&lt;For 15m or less&gt;
Spindle drive unit side connector
(3M)
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
(MOLEX)
Connector set: 54599-1019
Spindle motor side connector
(DDK)
Connector: MS3106A20-29S (D190)
Back shell: CE02-20BS-S (straight)
CE-20BA-S (angle)
Clamp: CE3057-12A-3
0.5mm2
P5(+5V)
LG
ABZSEL*
A
A*
1
2
10
3
4
B
B*
Z
Z*
5
6
7
8
Case
grounding
PE
0.5mm2
H
K
P5(+5V)
LG
0.2mm2
A
N
A
A*
C
R
B
P
B
B*
Z
Z*
0.2mm2
0.2mm2
&lt;For 15m to 30m&gt;
Appendix 1 - 15
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications
Appendix 1-3 Main circuit cable connection diagram
The methods for wiring to the main circuit are shown below.
&lt;DRSV1/DRSV2 cable connection diagram&gt;
These cables are used to connect the drive unit's TE1 terminal and HF, HP, HF-H, HP-H series motor.
•
DRSV1 cable: This is the power line for the single-axis unit (MDS-D/DH-V1-) and dual-axis
integrated unit (MDS-D/DH-V2-) L axis.
•
DRSV2 cable: This is the power line for the dual-axis integrated unit (MDS-D/DH-V2-) M axis.
Drive unit side
Motor side
A
B
C
D
1: U
2: V
3: W
4:
&lt;HF-KP motor cable connection diagram&gt;
This cable is used to connect the drive unit's TE1 terminal and HF-KP series motor.
Drive unit side
1: U
2: V
3: W
4:
Motor side power connector
(Japan Aviation Electronics Industry)
Plug: JN4FT04SJ1-R
Contact: ST-TMH-S-C1B-100-(A534G)
2: U
3: V
4: W
1:
1. The main circuit cable must be manufactured by the user.
2. Refer to the section &quot;Specification of Peripheral Devices&quot; in Specifications Manual when selecting
CAUTION
the wire material.
3. Lay out the terminal block on the drive unit side as shown in &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot;.
4. Refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK&quot; for details on the motor's connectors and terminal block.
Appendix 1 - 16
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1-4 Connector outline dimension drawings
Appendix 1-4 Connector outline dimension drawings
Appendix 1-4-1 Connector for drive unit
Optical communication cable connector
Optical communication connector
[Unit:mm]
(15) (13.4)
(20.9)
(6.7)
For wiring between drive units (inside
panel)
Manufacturer: Japan Aviation Electronics Industry
&lt;Type&gt;
Connector:2F-2D103
(2.3)
(1.7)
8+0
37.65
Cable appearance
&lt;Type&gt;
Connector: 2F-2D103 (Japan Aviation
Electronics Industry)
Optical fiber: ESKA Premium
(MITSUBISHI RAYON)
㧔L҇0.1m㧕
㧔L҈0.2 m㧕
(Note 1) The POF fiber's light amount will drop depending on how the fibers are wound. So, try to avoid
wiring the fibers.
(Note 2) Do not wire the optical fiber cable to moving sections.
8.5
For wiring between drive units (outside
panel)
Manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
&lt;Type&gt;
Connector: 1123445-1
20.3
[Unit:mm]
22.7
Cable appearance
&lt;Type&gt;
Connector: 1123445-1
(Tyco Electronics)
Optical fiber: ESKA Premium
(MITSUBISHI RAYON)
(Note 1) The PCF fiber's light amount will drop depending on how the fibers are wound. So, try to avoid
wiring the fibers.
(Note 2) Do not wire the optical fiber cable to moving sections.
For wiring between NC and drive unit
Refer to the instruction manual for CNC.
Appendix 1 - 17
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications
Connector for detector cable
Spindle drive unit Connector for CN2/3
[Unit:mm]
22.7
33.9
Manufacturer: 3M
&lt;Type&gt;
Receptacle: 36210-0100PL
Shell kit: 36310-3200-008
Manufacturer: MOLEX
&lt;Type&gt;
Connector set: 54599-1019
11
8
22.4
10
Connector for CN4/9
Connector for CN4/9
[Unit:mm]
14.0
33.3
12.7
10.0
22.0
23.8
Manufacturer: 3M
&lt;Type&gt;
Connector: 10120-3000VE
Shell kit: 10320-52F0-008
39.0
12.0
11.5
[Unit:mm]
33.0
20.9
42.0
Manufacturer: 3M
&lt;Type&gt;
Connector: 10120-6000EL
Shell kit:10320-3210-000
This connector is integrated with the cable, and is not available as a connector
set option.
29.7
Appendix 1 - 18
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1-4 Connector outline dimension drawings
Motor power connector
Power connector for drive unit TE1
[Unit:mm]
㸯 㸰 㸱 㸲
56.08
10.5
48.48
9.1
Manufacturer: DDK
&lt;Type&gt;
Housing: DK-5200S-04R
30.5
44.08
10.16
Connector for motor brake control output
Brake connector for motor brake control output
[Unit:mm]
22.8
19.24
Manufacturer: DDK
&lt;Type&gt;
Connector: DK-3200S-03R
㸯
㸰
㸱
7.15
29.70
6.55
㸯 㸰㸱
㸿
5.08
Power supply unit connector for CN23 (Contactor control output / external emergency stop)
Power supply unit connector for CN23 (Connector for contactor control output / external emergency stop)
[Unit:mm]
22.8
19.24
㸯 㸰 㸱
27.30
14.77
7.62
Manufacturer: DDK
&lt;Type&gt;
Connector: DK-3200M-06RXY
5.08
Appendix 1 - 19
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications
Battery power input connector
Battery connector for drive unit
[Unit:mm]
5.0
11.5
Manufacturer: Hirose Electric
&lt;Type&gt;
Connector: DF1B-2S-2.5R
1.9
1.6
2.5
4.4
Appendix 1 - 20
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1-4 Connector outline dimension drawings
Appendix 1-4-2 Connector for servo and tool spindle
Motor detector connector
Motor side detector connector / Ball screw side detector for connector
Ǿ21
Manufacturer: DDK
&lt;Type&gt;
Plug:CM10-SP10S-M(D6)
Ǿ21
[Unit:mm]
(51.4) (Φ21)
[Unit:mm]
34
Manufacturer: DDK
&lt;Type&gt;
Plug:CM10-AP10S-M(D6)
(32.5)
(Note)
For the manufacturing method of CM10 series connector, refer to the section &quot;Cable and connector
assembly&quot; in Instruction Manual.
Motor side detector connector
[Unit:mm]
30
18
10
23
15
Manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
&lt;Type&gt;
Assembly: 1674320-1
6
6.2
13
14.2
Ǿ13.6
Appendix 1 - 21
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications
Brake connector
Brake connector
Ǿ21
Manufacturer: DDK
&lt;Type&gt;
Plug: CM10-SP2S-S(D6)
Ǿ21
[Unit:mm]
(51.4) Manufacturer: DDK
&lt;Type&gt;
Plug: CM10-AP2S-S(D6)
34
(Φ21)
[Unit:mm]
(32.5)
(Note)
For the manufacturing method of CM10 series connector, refer to the section &quot;Cable and connector
assembly&quot; in Instruction Manual.
[Unit:mm]
Manufacturer: Japan Aviation Electronics Industry
&lt;Type&gt;
JN4FT02SJ1-R
19
14.3
12.5
26.6
17
12.3
12.7
2.5
11.8
Appendix 1 - 22
R4
Ǿ11.6
R6
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1-4 Connector outline dimension drawings
Reinforcing cover for connector
Reinforcing cover for connector
[Unit:mm]
30
Manufacturer: DDK
&lt;Type&gt;
Reinforcing cover for straight plug:
CM10-SP-CV
40
(27)
[Unit:mm]
22.8
35.6
Manufacturer: DDK
&lt;Type&gt;
Reinforcing cover for angle plug:
CM10-AP-D-CV
32
45
(Note 1) For the manufacturing method of CM10 series connector, refer to the section &quot;Cable and connector
assembly&quot; in Instruction Manual.
(Note 2) Use the reinforcing cover if thumping vibration and strong impacts could be applied on the
connector.
Appendix 1 - 23
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications
Motor power connector
Motor power connector
[Unit:mm]
D or less
A
W
7.85 or more
ǾB+0
- 0.38
ǾC &plusmn; 0.8
Manufacturer: DDK
Plug:
+0
-0.38
Type
A
B
CE05-6A18-10SD-C-BSS
11/8-18UNEF-2B
CE05-6A22-22SD-C-BSS
3
1 /8-18UNEF-2B
40.48
CE05-6A32-17SD-C-BSS
2-18UNS-2B
56.33
C&plusmn;0.8
D or less
32.1
57
1-20UNEF-2A
38.3
61
3
1 /16-18UNEF-2A
54.2
79
13/4-18UNS-2A
34.13
W
[Unit:mm]
D or less
ǾB+0
- 0.38
Y or
more
U &plusmn; 0.7
㧔S㧕&plusmn; 1
Manufacturer: DDK
R &plusmn;0.7
A
W
Plug:
B
+0
-0.38
Type
A
CE05-8A18-10SD-C-BAS
11/8-18UNEF-2B
34.13
CE05-8A22-22SD-C-BAS
13/8-18UNEF-2B
40.48
CE05-8A32-17SD-C-BAS
2-18UNS-2B
56.33
D or less
W
R&plusmn;0.7
U&plusmn;0.7
(S)&plusmn;1
Y or more
69.5
1-20UNEF-2A
13.2
30.2
43.4
7.5
75.5
13/16-18UNEF-2A
16.3
33.3
49.6
7.5
93.5
13/4-18UNS-2A
24.6
44.5
61.9
8.5
[Unit:mm]
㧔D㧕
A
C
1.6
V screw
G &plusmn; 0.7
ǾF
(Bushing inner
diameter)
B&plusmn; 0.7
Manufacturer: DDK
ǾE
(Inner diameter of cable clamp)
H
(Movable range of one side)
Clamp:
D
E
F
G
H
30.1
Avail.
screw
length
C
10.3
41.3
15.9
14.1
31.7
35
10.3
41.3
19
16.0
37.3
51.6
11.9
43
31.7
23.8
51.6
Type
Shel
l size
Total
length
A
Outer
dia.
B
CE3057-10A-1(D240)
18
23.8
CE3057-12A-1(D240)
20
23.8
CE3057-20A-1(D240)
32
27.8
Appendix 1 - 24
Fitting screw
V
Bushing
Applicable
cable
3.2
1-20UNEF-2B
CE3420-10-1
φ10.5 to φ14.1
4
13/16-18UNEF-2B
CE3420-12-1
φ12.5 to φ16.0
6.3
13/4-18UNS-2B
CE3420-20-1
φ22.0 to φ23.8
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 1-4 Connector outline dimension drawings
Motor power connector
[Unit:mm]
27
16
11.7
7ࠑ
18.9
20.1
12.7
13.7
R6
12.7
Ǿ13.1
Manufacturer: Japan Aviation Electronics Industry
&lt;Type&gt;
JN4FT04SJ1-R
24.5
4-R2
2.5
R0.5
MDS-B-HR connector
MDS-B-HR connector
[Unit:mm]
M16&times;0.75
23
Manufacturer: Hirose Electric
&lt;Type&gt;
Plug:
RM15WTP-8S (for CON1,2)
RM15WTP-12P (for CON3)
15.2
M19&times;1
36.8
[Unit:mm]
20
19
Manufacturer: Hirose Electric
&lt;Type&gt;
Clamp: RM15WTP-CP(10)
8.5
10.5
M16&times;0.75
Appendix 1-4-3 Connector for spindle
Motor detector connector
Motor side PLG (TS5690) connector
[Unit:mm]
23.7 &plusmn; 0.4
16&plusmn; 0.4
8.4
2.8
4.2
8.4
2.8
Manufacturer: Tyco Electronics
&lt;Type&gt;
Plug: 172169-1
14
4.2
9.3
14
Appendix 1 - 25
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 1 Cable and Connector Specifications
Spindle side detector connector (for OSE-1024)
Spindle side detector connector (for OSE-1024)
[Unit:mm]
Gasket
1 /4 -18UNEF-2B
Ǿ37.28 +0
- 0.38
18.26&plusmn; 0.12
Ǿ26.8 +0.05
- 0.25
Manufacturer: DDK
&lt;Type&gt;
Connector: MS3106A20-29S(D190)
1
11/8 -18UNEF- 2A
12.16&plusmn; 0.3
34.11&plusmn; 0.5
[Unit:mm]
35
13/16 -18UNEF - 2A screw
10.9
Manufacturer: DDK
&lt;Type&gt;
Straight back shell: CE02-20BS-S
11/8-18UNEF-2B
Ǿ17.8
Ǿ35
screw
O-ring
31.6
7.85 or more
(effective screw length)
(Spanner grip)
[Unit:mm]
50.5 or less
16.3
O-ring
7.5 or more
33.3
㧔49.6㧕
Manufacturer: DDK
&lt;Type&gt;
Angle back shell: CE-20BA-S
Ǿ38.6
11/4 -18UNEF-2B screw
39.6 or less
13/16 -18UNEF-2Ascrew
[Unit:mm]
㧔41.3㧕
23.8
10.3
37.3 &plusmn; 0.7
35&plusmn; 0.7
Ǿ10
Manufacturer: DDK
&lt;Type&gt;
Cable clamp:CE3057-12A-3
1.6
13/16 -18UNEF-2B screw
Ǿ19
(Cable clamp inside diameter)
4
(Moveable range of one side)
Appendix 1 - 26
Appendix2xA
2n
d
p
ie
付録
章
Restrictions for Lithium
Batteries
Appendix 2 - 1
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 2 Restrictions for Lithium Batteries
Appendix 2-1 Restriction for Packing
The United Nations Dangerous Goods Regulations &quot;Article 12&quot; became effective from 2003. When transporting
lithium batteries with means subject to the UN Regulations, such as by air transport, measures corresponding to
the Regulations must be taken.
The UN Regulations classify the batteries as dangerous goods (Class 9) or not dangerous goods according to
the lithium metal content. To ensure safety during transportation, lithium batteries (battery unit) directly exported
from Mitsubishi are packaged in a dedicated container (UN package) for which safety has been confirmed.
When the customer is transporting these products with means subject to the UN Regulations, such as air
transport, the shipper must follow the details explained in the section &quot;Transportation Restrictions for Lithium
Batteries: Handling by User&quot;.
The followings are restrictions for transportation. Each restriction is specified based on the recommendation of
the United Nations.
Area
World
World
United States
Europe
Transportation method
Air
Marine
All (air, marine, land)
land
Restriction
ICAO, IATA
IMO
DOT
RID, ADR
Special clause
188
49 CFR 173.185
188
Appendix 2-1-1 Target Products
The following Mitsubishi NC products use lithium batteries. If the lithium metal content exceeds 1g for battery cell
and 2g for battery, the battery is classified as dangerous good (Class9).
In order to avoid an accidental actuation during the transportation, all lithium battery products incorporated in a
machinery or device must be fixed securely and must be shipped with wrapped over the outer package as to
prevent damage or short-circuits.
(1) Materials falling under Class 9
Mitsubishi type
(Type for arrangement)
MDS-A-BT-4
MDS-A-BT-6
MDS-A-BT-8
Battery type
ER6-B4-11
ER6-B6-11
ER6-B8-11
Combination of
ER6-B4D-11 and
ER6V battery cell
FCU6-BT4-D1
CR23500SE-CJ5
Lithium metal
content
2.6g
3.9g
5.2g
Number of
incorporated
ER6V batteries
4 batteries
6 batteries
8 batteries
Application
(Data backup)
For servo detector
For servo detector
For servo detector
Battery
class
Battery
2.6g+0.65g
5 batteries
For servo detector/
NC SRAM
1.52g
-
For NC SRAM
(M500)
Battery
cell
Application
(Data backup)
Battery
class
For servo detector
For NC SRAM/
servo detector
Battery
CR23500SE-CJ5
Outline dimension
drawing
Refer to &quot;Battery Option&quot; in the specification manual for drive
unit you are using for
the outline dimension
drawing for servo.
(2) Materials not falling under Class 9
Mitsubishi type
(Type for arrangement)
Battery type
Lithium metal
content
MDS-A-BT-2
ER6-B2-12
1.3g
Number of
incorporated
ER6V batteries
2 batteries
2CR5
1.96g
-
CR2032
0.067g
-
For NC SRAM/
CR2450
0.173g
-
For NC SRAM
ER6, ER6V
0.65g
-
ER17330V
Q6BAT
ER6V
0.48g
0.49g
0.65g
-
FCU6-BTBOX series
CR2032
(for built-in battery)
CR2450
(for built-in battery)
ER6, ER6V series
(for built-in battery)
A6BAT(MR-BAT)
Q6BAT
MR-J3BAT
(Note)
Appendix 2 - 2
For NC SRAM/
servo detector
For servo detector
For NC SRAM
For servo detector
Battery
cell
Outline dimension
drawing
Refer to &quot;Battery Option&quot; in the specification manual for drive
unit you are using for
the outline dimension
drawing for servo.
If the number of batteries exceeds 24 batteries for the battery cell or 12 batteries for the battery, the
dedicated packing (for materials falling under Class 9) is required.
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 2-1 Restriction for Packing
(Example) Rating nameplate for battery units
Mitsubishi type
Safety class
Battery manufacturer type
Lithium metal content
Appendix 2-1-2 Handling by User
The following technical opinion is solely Mitsubishi's opinion. The shipper must confirm the latest IATA
Dangerous Goods Regulations, IMDG Codes and laws and orders of the corresponding export country.
These should be checked by the company commissioned for the actual transportation.
IATA: International Air Transport Association
IMDG Code: A uniform international code for the transport of dangerous goods by seas determined by IMO
(International Maritime Organization).
■
When shipping isolated lithium battery products
(1) Reshipping in Mitsubishi UN packaging (Class 9)
Mitsubishi packing applies package specifications complying with the UN Packing Instruction. The user
only needs to add the following details before shipping. (Consult with the shipping company for details.)
(a) Indication of container usage mark on exterior box (Label with following details recorded.)
[1] Proper shipping name (Lithium batteries)
[2] UN NO. (UN3090 for isolated battery, UN3091 for battery incorporated in a device or included)
[3] Shipper and consignee's address and name
Example of completing form
Shipper information
Consignee information
Appendix 2 - 3
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 2 Restrictions for Lithium Batteries
[4] A care label with a telephone number for additional information (120&times;110mm)
(A care label is to be attached on the outer package.Shipping less than or equal to 4 isolated
batteries incorporated in machinery does not need care label.)
Lithium battery care label (Air transportation sample)
x-xxxx-xx-xx-xxx
(b) Preparation of shipping documents and declaration of dangerous goods
For information required in description, refer to &quot;Appendix2-2 Product information data sheet&quot;.
(2) When packaged by user
The user must follow UN Regulations when packing, preparing for shipping and preparing the
indications, etc.
(a) Packing a lithium battery falling under Class 9
[1] Consult with The Ship Equipment Inspection Society of Japan for details on packaging.
[2] Prepare for shipping as explained in &quot;(1) Reshipping in Mitsubishi UN packaging&quot;.
The Ship Equipment Inspection Society of Japan Headquarters Telephone: 03-3261-6611 Fax:
03-3261-6979
(b) Packing a lithium battery not falling under Class 9
[1] Cells and batteries are separated so as to prevent short circuits and are stored in a strong
outer packaging (12 batteries or less, 24 battery cells or less).
[2] Prepare for the certificates or test results showing compliance to drop test from 1.2m in height.
(The safety test results have been obtained from the battery manufacturer. Consult with
Mitsubishi when the safety test results are required.)
[3] Prepare for shipping as explained in &quot;(1) Reshipping in Mitsubishi UN packaging (Class 9)&quot;.
■
When shipping lithium batteries incorporating in a device or machinery
Dedicated packaging (UN packaging) is not required for batteries incorporated in device or machinery. Yet,
make sure to fix the contents securely before the transportation as to prevent damage and short-circuit.
If machinery and devices which incorporates lithium battery is not waterproof, package must be waterproof
material.
Check with your shipping company for details on packing and transportation.
Appendix 2-1-3 Reference
Refer to the following materials for details on the regulations and responses.
Guidelines regarding transportation of lithium batteries and lithium ion batteries (Edition 2)..... Battery Association
of Japan
Appendix 2 - 4
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 2-2 Products information data sheet (ER battery)
Appendix 2-2 Products information data sheet (ER battery)
MSDS system does not cover the product used in enclosed state. The ER battery described in this section
applies to that product.
This description is applied to the normal use, and is provided as reference but not as guarantee.
This description is based on the lithium battery's (ER battery) hazardous goods data sheet (Products information
data sheet) which MITSUBISHI has researched, and will be applied only to the ER batteries described in
&quot;Transportation Restrictions for Lithium Batteries: Restriction for Packing&quot;.
(1) Outline of hazard
Principal hazard and effect
Specific hazard
Environmental effect
Possible state of emergency
Not found.
As the chemical substance is stored in a sealed metal container, the battery itself is not
hazardous. But when the internal lithium metal attaches to human skin, it causes a
chemical skin burn. As a reaction of lithium with water, it may ignite or forms flammable
hydrogen gas.
Not found.
Damages or short-circuits may occur due to external mechanical or electrical pressures.
(2) First-aid measure
Inhalation
Skin contact
Eye contact
Ingestion
If a person inhales the vapor of the substance due to the battery damage, move the person immediately to fresh air. If the person feels sick, consult a doctor immediately.
If the content of the battery attaches to human skin, wash off immediately with water
and soap. If skin irritation persists, consult a doctor.
In case of contact with eyes due to the battery damage, rinse immediately with a plenty
of water for at least 15 minutes and then consult a doctor.
If swallowed, consult a doctor immediately.
(3) Fire-fighting measure
Appropriate fire-extinguisher
Special fire-fighting measure
Protectors against fire
Dry sand, dry chemical, graphite powder or carbon dioxide gas
Keep the battery away from the fireplace to prevent fire spreading.
Fire-protection gloves, eye/face protector (face mask), body/skin protective cloth
(4) Measure for leakage
Environmental precaution
How to remove
Dispose of them immediately because strong odors are produced when left for a long
time.
Get them absorbed into dry sand and then collect the sand in an empty container.
(5) Handling and storage
Handling
Cautions for safety handling
Storage
Appropriate storage
condition
Material to avoid
Do not peel the external tube or damage it.
Do not dispose of the battery in fire or expose it to heat.
Do not immerse the battery in water or get it wet.
Do not throw the battery.
Do not disassemble, modify or transform the battery.
Do not short-circuit the battery.
Avoid direct sunlight, high temperature and high humidity.
(Recommended temp. range: +5 to +35C&deg;, humidity: 70%RH or less)
Flammable or conductive material (Metal: may cause a short-circuit)
Appendix 2 - 5
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 2 Restrictions for Lithium Batteries
(6) Physical/chemical properties
Appearance
Physical form
Shape
Smell
pH
Boiling point/Boiling
range, Melting point, Decomposition temperature, Flash point
Solid
Cylinder type
Odorless
Not applicable (insoluble)
No information
(7) Stability and reactivity
Stability
Condition to avoid
Stable under normal handling condition.
Do not mix multiple batteries with their terminals uninsulated. This may cause a shortcircuit, resulting in heating, bursting or ignition.
Hazardous decomposition prodIrritative or toxic gas is emitted in the case of fire.
ucts
(8) Toxicological information
As the chemical substance is stored in a sealed metal container, the battery has no harmfulness. Just for
reference, the table below describes the main substance of the battery.
&lt; Lithium metal &gt;
Acute toxicity
Local effect
No information
Corrosive action in case of skin contact
&lt; Thionyl chloride &gt;
Acute toxicity
Local effect
Lc50: 500ppm (inhaled administration to rat)
The lungs can be damaged by chronic cough, dyspnea and asthma.
&lt; Aluminum chloride &gt;
Acute toxicity
Local effect
LD50: 3700ppm (oral administration to rat)
Not found.
&lt; Lithium chloride &gt;
Acute toxicity
Local effect
LD50: 526ppm (oral administration to rat)
The central nerves and kidney can be influenced.
&lt; Carbon black &gt;
Acute toxicity
Carcinogenicity
LD50: 2,000mg/kg &gt; (rat)
LARC group 2 (suspected of being carcinogenic)
(9) Ecological information
Mobility, Persistence/Decomposability, Bio-accumulation po- Not found.
tential, Ecological toxicity
(10) Caution for disposal
Dispose of the battery following local laws or regulations.
Pack the battery properly to prevent a short-circuit and avoid contact with water.
Appendix 2 - 6
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 2-3 Issuing Domestic Law of the United States for Primary Lithium Battery Transportation
Appendix 2-3 Issuing Domestic Law of the United States for Primary
Lithium Battery Transportation
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) and Research and Special Programs Administration (RSPA) announced
an additional regulation (interim final rule) for the primary lithium batteries transportation restrictions item in
&quot;Federal Register&quot; on Dec.15 2004.
This regulation became effective from Dec.29, 2004. This law is a domestic law of the United States, however if
also applies to the domestic flight and international flight departing from or arriving in the United States.
Therefore, when transporting lithium batteries to the United State, or within the United State, the shipper must
take measures required to transport lithium batteries. Refer to the Federal Register and the code of Federal
Regulation (&quot;Transportation Restrictions for Lithium Batteries: Reference&quot;) for details.
Appendix 2-3-1 Outline of Regulation
(1) Transporting primary lithium battery by passenger aircraft is forbidden.
(a) Excluding primary lithium battery for personal use in a carry-on or checked luggage (Lithium metal
content should be not more than 5g for cell and 25g for battery. For details on the lithium metal content,
refer to &quot;Transportation Restrictions for Lithium Batteries: Target Products&quot;.)
(2) When transporting primary lithium battery by cargo aircraft, indicate that transportation by passenger aircraft
is forbidden on the exterior box.
Appendix 2-3-2 Target Products
All NC products for which the lithium batteries are used are subject to the regulation.
(Refer to the table &quot;Transportation Restrictions for Lithium Batteries: Target Products&quot;.)
Appendix 2-3-3 Handling by User
The &quot;Transportation Restrictions for Lithium Batteries: Outline of Regulation&quot; described above is solely
Mitsubishi's opinion. The shipper must confirm orders of &quot;Transportation Restrictions for Lithium Batteries:
Reference&quot; described below for transportation method corresponding the regulation.
These should be checked by the company commissioned for the actual lithium battery transportation.
(1) Indication of exterior box
When transporting primary lithium battery by cargo aircraft, indicate that transportation by passenger aircraft
is forbidden on the exterior box.
Display example
PRIMARY LITHIUM BATTERIES
FORBIDDEN FOR TRANSPORT ABOARD PASSENGER AIRCRAFT.
(a)
The character color must be displayed with contrast. (black characters against white background, black
characters against yellow background, etc.)
(b) The height (size) of characters to be displayed is prescribed depending on the packaging mass. (When
the total mass is over 30kg: at least 12mm, When the total mass is less than 30kg: at least 6mm)
Appendix 2-3-4 Reference
(1) 49CFR (Code of Federal Regulation, Title49) (173.185 Lithium batteries and cells.)
Search from the following URL.
http://www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html
(2) DOT regulation body (Department of Transportation)
Search &quot;69fr-75207.pdf&quot; from the following URL.
http://phmsa.dot.gov/hazmat
Appendix 2 - 7
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 2 Restrictions for Lithium Batteries
Appendix 2-4 Restriction related to EU Battery Directive
EU Battery Directive (2006/66/EC) has been enforced since September 26th in 2008. Hereby, battery and
machinery incorporating battery marketed in European Union countries must be in compliance with the EU
Battery Directive.
Lithium battery provided by MITSUBISHI are subjected to this restriction.
Appendix 2-4-1 Important Notes
Follow the instruction bellow as shipping products incorporating MITSUBISHI device.
(1) When shipping products incorporating MITSUBISHI device any time later than September 26th, 2008, the
symbol mark shown as Figure 1 in section &quot;Information for end-user&quot; is required to be attached on the
machinery or on the package. Also, the explanation of the symbol must be added.
(2) Machinery with battery and maintenance battery produced before the EU Battery Directive are also subjected
to the restriction. When shipping those products to EU countries later than September 26th, 2008, follow the
instruction explained in (1).
Appendix 2-4-2 Information for end-user
Figure 1
Note: This symbol mark is for EU countries only.
This symbol mark is according to the directive 2006/66/EC
Article 20 Information for end-users and Annex II.
Your MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC product is designed and
manufactured with high quality materials and components
which can be recycled and/or reused. This symbol means
that batteries and accumulators, at their end-of-life, should
be disposed of separately from your household waste.
If a chemical symbol is printed beneath the symbol shown
above, this chemical symbol means that the battery or accumulator contains a heavy metal at a certain concentration. This will be indicated as follows:Hg: mercury (0,0005%
), Cd: cadmium (0,002% ), Pb: lead (0,004% )
In the European Union there are separate collection systems for used batteries and accumulators. Please, dispose
of batteries and accumulators correctly at your local community waste collection/recycling centre.
Please, help us to conserve the environment we live in!
Appendix 2 - 8
Appendix3xA
3n
d
p
ie
付録
章
Compliance to EC Directives
Appendix 3 - 1
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 3 Compliance to EC Directives
Appendix 3-1 Compliance to EC Directives
Appendix 3-1-1 European EC Directives
In the EU Community, the attachment of a CE mark (CE marking) is mandatory to indicate that the basic safety
conditions of the Machine Directives (issued Jan. 1995), EMC Directives (issued Jan. 1996) and the Low-voltage
Directives (issued Jan. 1997) are satisfied. The machines and devices in which the servo and spindle drive are
assembled are the targets for CE marking.
(1) Compliance to EMC Directives
The servo and spindle drive are components designed to be used in combination with a machine or device.
These are not directly targeted by the Directives, but a CE mark must be attached to machines and devices
in which these components are assembled. The next section &quot;EMC Installation Guidelines&quot;, which explains
the unit installation and control panel manufacturing method, etc., has been prepared to make compliance to
the EMC Directives easier.
(2) Compliance to Low-voltage Directives
Each unit is targeted for the Low-voltage Directives. An excerpt of the precautions given in this specification
is given below. Please read this section thoroughly before starting use.
For the EMC Directives and Low-voltage Directives, Self-Declaration Documents has been prepared.
Contact Mitsubishi or your dealer when required.
Appendix 3-1-2 Cautions for EC Directive compliance
Use the Low-voltage Directive compatible parts for the servo/spindle drive and servo/spindle motor. In addition to
the items described in this instruction manual, observe the items described below.
(1) Configuration
Unit
Isolating
transformer
Electromagnetic
Circuit breaker
contactor
AC reactor
CB
MC
M
Insert a type B circuit breaker (RCD) in the power supply side of the unit.
Appendix 3 - 2
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 3-1 Compliance to EC Directives
(2) Environment
Use the units under an Overvoltage Category III (MDS-DH)/II (MDS-D) and Pollution Class of 2 or less
environment as stipulated in IEC60664.
(a) To adjust the units to the Overvoltage Category II, insert an isolating transformer of the star connection
complying with EN or IEC standard in the input of the power supply unit.
(b) To adjust the units to the Pollution Class of 2, install the units in a control panel having a structure (IP54
or higher) in which water, oil, carbon or dust cannot enter.
Unit
Ambient temperature
Humidity
Altitude
During operation
0&deg;C to 55&deg;C
90%RH or less
1000m or less
Ambient temperature
Humidity
Altitude
During operation
0&deg;C to 40&deg;C
80%RH or less
1000m or less
Storage
-15&deg;C to 70&deg;C
90%RH or less
1000m or less
During transportation
-15&deg;C to 70&deg;C
90%RH or less
13000m or less
Storage
-15&deg;C to 70&deg;C
90%RH or less
1000m or less
During transportation
-15&deg;C to 70&deg;C
90%RH or less
13000m or less
Motor
(3) Power supply
[1] Use the power supply and servo/spindle drive unit under an Overvoltage Category III (MDS-DH)/
II (MDS-D) as stipulated in IEC60664.
[2] Earth the PE terminal of the units to the neutral point of the star connection.
[3] Do not omit the circuit breaker and electromagnetic contactor.
(4) Earthing
[1] To prevent electric shocks, always connect the servo/spindle drive unit protective earth (PE) terminal
(terminal with
mark) to the protective earth (PE) on the control panel.
[2] When connecting the earthing wire to the protective earth (PE) terminal, do not tighten the wire
terminals together. Always connect one wire to one terminal.
PE terminal
PE terminal
(5) Wiring
[1] Always use crimp terminals with insulation tubes so that the connected wire does not contact the
neighboring terminals.
Crimp terminal
Insulation tube
Wire
[2] Do not connect the wires directly.
[3] Always install the power supply unit and servo/spindle drive unit on the metal panel.
Appendix 3 - 3
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 3 Compliance to EC Directives
(6) Peripheral devices
[1] Use EN/IEC Standards compliant parts for the circuit protector and contactor.
[2] Select type B circuit protector manufactured by RCD.
Apply Annex C of EN60204-1 for sizing of the circuit protector.
(7) Miscellaneous
[1] Refer to the next section &quot;EMC Installation Guidelines&quot; for methods on complying with the EMC
Directives.
[2] Ground the facility according to each country's requirements.
[3] The control circuit connector ( ○ ) is safely separated from the main circuit ( ◎ ) and ground ( ● ).
[4] Inspect the appearance before installing the unit. Carry out a performance inspection of the final unit,
and save the inspection records.
Mitsubishi CNC
OPT1,2
(PE)
Optical communication cable
Power supply unit
Spindle drive unit
CN4
CN1A
CN1B
Optical communication cable
CN1A
CN1B
CN4
CN4
CN3L
CN9
CN3M
CN20
CN2L
CN3
SH21
cable
External emergency
stop input
CN9
Servo drive unit
CN9
Machine side
detector
EMG2
CN23A
24VDC
EMG1
CN2
AC
reactor
Circuit
protector
Contactor
L1
S
L2
T
L3
Ground
MC
CN2M
U
R
MC1
TE1
V
W
TE1
MU
Spindle
motor
MV
PLG
MW
TE1
L+
TE2
LCN23B
L+
TE2
Circuit
protector
٧: Main circuit
٤: Control circuit
٨: Ground
Appendix 3 - 4
L21
Motor side
detector
TE2
L-
L11 TE3
L11
L21
L21
LU
LV
TE3
Servo
motor
L+
L-
MC2
L11
Machine side
detector
Ground (PE)
Ground (PE)
TE3
Servo
motor
Motor side
detector
LW
Ground (PE)
Appendix4xA
4n
d
p
ie
付録
章
EMC Installation Guidelines
Appendix 4 - 1
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 4 EMC Installation Guidelines
Appendix 4-1 Introduction
EMC Instructions became mandatory as of January 1, 1996. The subject products must have a CE mark
attached indicating that the product complies with the Instructions.
As the NC unit is a component designed to control machine tools, it is believed to be out of the direct EMC
Instruction subject. However, we would like to introduce the following measure plans to backup EMC Instruction
compliance of the machine tool as the NC unit is a major component of the machine tools.
[1] Methods for installation in control/operation panel
[2] Methods of wiring cable outside of panel
[3] Introduction of countermeasure parts
Mitsubishi is carrying out tests to confirm the compliance to the EMC Standards under the environment described
in this manual. However, the level of the noise will differ according to the equipment type and layout, control
panel structure and wiring lead-in, etc. Thus, we ask that the final noise level be confirmed by the machine
manufacturer.
For measures for CNC, refer to &quot;EMC INSTALLATION GUIDELINES&quot; of each NC Connection Manual.
Appendix 4-2 EMC instructions
The EMC Instructions regulate mainly the following two withstand levels.
Emission ..... Capacity to prevent output of obstructive noise that adversely affects external sources.
Immunity ..... Capacity not to malfunction due to obstructive noise from external sources.
The details of each level are classified as Table 1. It is assumed that the Standards and test details required for a
machine are about the same as these.
Table 1
Class
Emission
Immunity
Name
Details
Radiated noise
Electromagnetic noise radiated through the air
Conductive noise
Electromagnetic noise discharged from power
line
Static electricity electrical
discharge immunity test
Radiated radio-frequency magnetic
field immunity test
Electrical fast transient/burst
immunity test
Immunity to conducted disturbance
induced by radio-frequency magnetic field
Power supply frequency field
immunity test
Immunity test for voltage dip, shorttime power failure and voltage fluctuation
Surge immunity test
Appendix 4 - 2
Generic
Standard
Standards for
determining test
and measurement
EN61000-6-4
EN61800-3
(Industrial
environment)
-----
(Example) Withstand level of discharge of electricity charged in a human body.
(Example) Simulation of immunity from digital
wireless transmitters
(Example) Withstand level of noise from relays
or connecting/disconnecting live wires
(Example) Withstand level of noise entering
through power line, etc.
(Example) 50/60Hz power frequency noise
EN61000-4-2
EN61000-4-3
EN61000-4-4
EN61000-6-2
EN61800-3
(Industrial
environment)
EN61000-4-6
EN61000-4-8
(Example) Power voltage drop withstand level
EN61000-4-11
(Example) Withstand level of noise caused by
lightning
EN61000-4-5
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4-3 EMC measures
Appendix 4-3 EMC measures
The main items relating to EMC measures include the following.
[1] Store the device in an electrically sealed metal panel.
[2] Earth all conductors that are floating electrically. (Lower the impedance.)
[3] Wire the power line away from the signal wire.
[4] Use shielded wires for the cables wired outside of the panel.
[5] Install a noise filter.
Ensure the following items to suppress noise radiated outside of the panel.
[1] Securely install the devices.
[2] Use shielded wires.
[3] Increase the panel's electrical seal. Reduce the gap and hole size.
Note that the electromagnetic noise radiated in the air is greatly affected by the clearance of the panel
and the quality of the cable shield.
Appendix 4-4 Measures for panel structure
The design of the panel is a very important factor for the EMC measures, so take the following measures into
consideration.
Operation board panel
Door
Control panel
Appendix 4-4-1 Measures for control panel unit
[1] Use metal for all materials configuring the panel.
[2] For the joining of the top plate and side plates, etc., mask the contact surface with paint, and fix with
welding or screws.
In either case, keep the joining clearance to a max. of 20cm for a better effect.
[3] Note that if the plate warps due to the screw fixing, etc., creating a clearance, noise could leak from that
place.
[4] Plate the metal plate surface (with nickel, tin) at the earthing section, such as the earthing plate.
[5] The max. tolerable hole diameter of the openings on the panel surface, such as the ventilation holes,
must be 3cm to 5cm. If the opening exceeds this size, use a measure to cover it. Note that even when
the clearance is less than 3cm to 5cm, noise may still leak if the clearance is long.
Example )
Painting mask
Painting mask
Max. joining
clearance 20cm
Hole exceeding
cm
〜5cm
3cm
to 5cm
* Provide electrical conductan
Appendix 4 - 3
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 4 EMC Installation Guidelines
Appendix 4-4-2 Measures for door
[1] Use metal for all materials configuring the door.
[2] Use an EMI gasket or conductive packing for the contact between the door and control panel unit.
[3] The EMI gasket or conductive packing must contact at a uniform and correct position of the metal
surface of the control panel unit.
[4] The surface of the control panel unit contacted with the EMI gasket or conductive packing must have
conductance treatment.
(Example) Weld (or screw) a plate that is plated (with nickel, tin).
Control panel
EMI gasket
Packing
Door
Carry out conductance treatment on
sections that the EMI gasket contacts.
[5] As a method other than the above, the control panel unit and door can be connected with a plain
braided wire. In this case, the panel and door should be contacted at as many points as possible.
Appendix 4-4-3 Measures for operation board panel
[1] Always connect the operation board and indicator with an earthing wire.
[2] If the operation board panel has a door, use an EMI gasket or conductive packing between the door and
panel to provide electrical conductance in the same manner as the control panel.
[3] Connect the operation board panel and control panel with a sufficiently thick and short earthing wire.
Appendix 4-4-4 Shielding of the power supply input section
[1] Separate the input power supply section from other parts in the control panel so that the input power
supply cable will not be contaminated by radiated noise.
[2] Do not lead the power line through the panel without passing it through a filter.
Control panel
Control panel
Drive unit
Drive unit
Radiated
noise
Radiated
noise
Power
line filter
Breaker
Shielding
plate
AC input
The power supply line noise is eliminated
by the filter, but cable contains noise
again because of the noise radiated in the
control panel.
Appendix 4 - 4
Power
line filter
Breaker
AC input
Use a metal plate, etc., for the shielding
partition. Make sure not to create a
clearance.
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4-5 Measures for various cables
Appendix 4-5 Measures for various cables
The various cables act as antennas for the noise and discharge the noise externally. Thus appropriate treatment
is required to avoid the noise.
The wiring between the drive unit and motor act as an extremely powerful noise source, so apply the following
measures.
Appendix 4-5-1 Measures for wiring in panel
[1] If the cables are led unnecessarily in the panel, they will easily pick up the radiated noise. Thus, keep
the wiring length as short as possible.
Noise
Device
Noise
Device
Device
Device
Device
Device
[2] The noise from other devices will enter the cable and be discharged externally, so avoid internal wiring
near the openings.
Control panel
Device
Device
Control panel
Device
Device
Noise
[3] Connect the control device earthing terminal and earthing plate with a thick wire. Take care to the
leading of the wire.
Appendix 4-5-2 Measures for shield treatment
Common items
Use of shield clamp fittings is recommended for treating the shields. The fittings are available as options, so
order as required. (Refer to the section &quot;Shield clamp fitting&quot; in this chapter.)
Clamp the shield at a position within 10cm from the panel lead out port.
1. When leading the cables, including the grounding wire (FG), outside of the panel, clamp the cables
near the panel outlet (recommendation: within 10cm).
POINT
2. When using a metal duct or conduit, the cables do not need to be clamped near the panel outlet.
3. When leading cables not having shields outside the panel, follow the instructions given for each
cable. (Installation of a ferrite core, etc., may be required.)
Appendix 4 - 5
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 4 EMC Installation Guidelines
Appendix 4-5-3 Servo/spindle motor power cable
Controlpanel
Control panel
Earth with paint mask
Conduit connector
Earth with P or U clip
Cannon
connector
To drive unit
Cannon
connector
To drive unit
Conduit
Servomotor
Shield cable
Servomotor
Cabtyre cable
Using shield cable
Using conduit
Power cable for servo motor
Control panel
Control panel
Earth with P or U clip
Earth with paint mask
Conduit connector
Terminal box
Terminal box
To drive unit
To drive unit
Conduit
Spindle motor
Shield cable
Cabtyre cable
Using shield cable
Using conduit
Power cable for spindle motor
[1] Use four wires (3-phase + earthing) for the power cable that are completely shielded and free from
breaks.
[2] Earth the shield on both the control panel side and motor chassis side.
[3] Earth the shield with a metal P clip or U clip.
(A cable clamp fitting can be used depending on the wire size.)
[4] Directly earth the shield. Do not solder the braided shield onto a wire and earth the end of the wire.
Solder [5] When not using a shield cable for the power cable, use a conventional cabtyre cable. Use a metal
conduit outside the cable.
[6] Earth the power cable on the control panel side at the contact surface of the conduit connector and
control panel. (Mask the side wall of the control panel with paint.)
[7] Follow the treatment shown in the example for the conduit connector to earth the power cable on the
motor side. (Example: Use a clamp fitting, etc.)
Clamp fitting
To earthing
Conduit
Conduit connector Appendix 4 - 6
Cannon connector
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4-6 EMC countermeasure parts
Appendix 4-5-4 Servo/spindle motor feedback cable
Use a shield pair cable for feed back cable of the servo motor to earth on NC side (inside the control panel.)
Mounting a ferrite core directly behind the unit connector is also effective in suppressing noise.
Control panel
Cannon connector
To drive unit
Batch shield pair cable
Feed back cable for servomotor
Appendix 4-6 EMC countermeasure parts
Appendix 4-6-1 Shield clamp fitting
The effect can be enhanced by connecting the cable directly to the earthing plate. Install an earthing plate near
each panel's outlet (within 10cm), and press the cable against the earthing plate with the clamp fitting. If the
cables are thin, several can be bundled and clamped together. Securely earth the earthing plate with the frame
ground. Install directly on the cabinet or connect with an earthing wire.
Peel the cable sheath at the clamp section.
Cable
Earthing plate
Cable
40
Clamp fitting
(Fitting A, B)
Shield sheath
View of clamp section
࡮Outline drawing
Earthing plate
Clamp fitting
17.5
2- Ǿ5 hole
30
Installation hole
A
24+0.3
0
35
6
7
3
0
24 - 0.2
C
Br0.3
L1
L2
0QVG
6
M4 screw
22
35
11
[Unit: mm]
(Note 1) Screw hole for wiring to earthing plate in cabinet.
(Note 2) The earthing plate thickness is 1.6mm.
Ground Plate #D
Ground Plate #E
Clamp fitting A
Clamp fitting B
A
100
70
B
86
56
C
30
-
L1 (maximum dimension when it is open)
25
12
Enclosed fittings
Clamp fitting A x 2
Clamp fitting B x 1
L2 (reference dimension)
(77)
(54)
Appendix 4 - 7
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 4 EMC Installation Guidelines
Appendix 4-6-2 Ferrite core
A ferrite core is integrated and mounted on the plastic case. Quick installation is possible without cutting the
interface cable or power cable. This ferrite core is effective against common mode noise, allowing measures
against noise to be taken without affecting the signal quality.
Recommended ferrite core
TDK ZCAT Series
[Unit: mm]
Shape and dimensions
ZCAT type
ZCAT-A type
A
ǾD
ǾC
E
B
ǾC
D
B
A
Fig.1
Fig.2
ZCAT-C type
ZCAT-B type
A
E
A
Fig.3
ǾD
B
ǾC
ǾD
ǾC
B
Fig.4
Part name
Fig
A
B
C
D
E
Applicable
cable outline
Mass
Recommended
ferrite core
ZCAT3035-1330(-BK)*1
1
39
34
13
30
-
13
63
◎
ZCAT2035-0930-M(-BK)
ZCAT2017-0930-M(-BK)
ZCAT2749-0430-M(-BK)
2
3
4
35
21
49
29
17
27
13
9
4.5
23.5
20
19.5
22
28.5
-
10 to 13
9
4.5
29
12
26
*1 A fixing band is enclosed when shipped.
ZCAT-B type: Cabinet fixed type, installation hole &oslash;4.8 to 4.9mm, plate thickness 0.5 to 2mm
ZCAT-C type: Structured so that it cannot be opened easily by hand once closed.
Appendix 4-6-3 Power line filter
&lt; Power line filter for 200V &gt;
HF3000A-TM Series for 200V
■ Features
(a) 3-phase 3-wire type (250V series, 500V series)
(b) Compliant with noise standards German Official Notice Vfg243,
EU Standards EN55011 (Class B)
(c) Effective for use with IGBT inverter and MOS-FET inverter.
(d) Easy mounting with terminal block structure, and outstanding
reliability.
■ Application
(a) Products which must clear noise standards German Official Notice
Vfg243 and EU Standards EN55011 (Class B).
(b) For input of power converter using advanced high-speed power device such as IGBT MOS-FET.
Appendix 4 - 8
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4-6 EMC countermeasure parts
■ Specifications (250V series)
Part name
Rated
voltage
Rated
current
Leakage
current
HF3005A HF3010A HF3015A HF3020A HF3030A HF3040A HF3050A HF3060A HF3080A HF3100A HF3150A
-TM
-TM
-TM
-TM
-TM
-TM
-TM
-TM
-TM
-TM
-TM
250V AC
5A
10A
15A
20A
30A
40A
50A
60A
80A
100A
150A
1.5mA MAX 250V AC 60Hz
&lt;Example of measuring voltage at noise terminal&gt;•••Measured with IGBT inverter
German Official Notice Vfg243 measurement data
&lt;Typical characteristics&gt;
EU Standards EN55011 (Class B) measurement data
40A item
&lt;Circuit diagram&gt;
(250V Series)
(500V Series)
■ Outline dimensions
Model
HF3005A-TM
HF3010A-TM
HF3015A-TM
HF3020A-TM
HF3030A-TM
HF3040A-TM
HF3050A-TM
HF3060A-TM
HF3080A-TM
HF3100A-TM
HF3150A-TM
Dimension [Unit: mm]
A
B
C
180
170
130
260
155
140
290
190
170
230
405
220
570
230
210
Appendix 4 - 9
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 4 EMC Installation Guidelines
MX13 Series 3-phase high attenuation noise filter for 200V
■ Features
(a) Perfect for mounting inside control panel: New shape with uniform height and depth dimensions
(b) Easy mounting and maintenance work: Terminals are centrally located on the front
(c) Complaint with NC servo and AC servo noise: High attenuation of 40dB at 150KHz
(d) Safety Standards:UL1283, CSAC22.2 No.8, EN60939(SEMKO)
(e) Patent and design registration pending
■ Specifications
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Rated voltage (AC)
Rated current (AC)
Test voltage
(AC for one minute across terminal and case)
Insulation resistance
(500VDC across terminal and case)
Leakage current (250V, 60Hz)
DC resistance
Temperature rise
Working ambient temperature
Working ambient humidity
Storage ambient temperature
Storage ambient humidity
Mass (typ)
(Note)
MX13030
30A
Type
MX13050
MX13100
3-phase 250VAC (50/60Hz)
50A
100A
MX13150
150A
2500VAC (100mA) at 25&deg;C, 70% RH
100MΩ min. at 25&deg;C, 70% RH
3.5mA max
8mA max
30mΩ max
11mΩ max
5.5mΩ max
3.5mΩ max
30&deg;C max
–25&deg;C to +85&deg;C
30% to 95% RH (non condensing)
–40&deg;C to +85&deg;C
10% to 95% RH (non condensing)
2.8kg
3.9kg
11.5kg
16kg
This is the value at Ta ≦ 50&deg;C.
Refer to the following output derating for Ta &gt; 50&deg;C.
Contact: Densei-lambda Co., Ltd. Telephone: 03-3447-4411 (+81-3-3447-4411)
Fax: 03-3447-7784 (+81-3-3447-7784) http://www.densei-lambda.com
Appendix 4 - 10
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4-6 EMC countermeasure parts
■ Example of using MX13 Series
This is a noise filter with the same dimensions as the drive unit depth (200mm) and height (380mm).
This unit can be laid out easily in the device by arraigning it in a row with the servo unit.
As with the servo unit, the terminals are arranged on the front enabling ideal wire lead-out.
Refer to the following figure for details.
[Unit:mm]
Wire to 3-phase power supply
Noise filter input terminal
200
Noise filter
(MX13 Series)
380
Noise filter output terminal
Servo unit
Servo input terminal
Wire from noise filter to servo
Noise terminal voltage
[dBuV]
Noise terminal voltage
[dBuV]
■ Example of noise terminal voltage attenuation
Frequency [MHz]
Frequency [MHz]
EMI data for independent control panel
(with six-axis servo unit mounted)
EMI data for control panel + noise filter (MX13030)
Current (%)
■ Output derating
Ambient temperature Ta (Υ)
Appendix 4 - 11
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 4 EMC Installation Guidelines
■ Outline dimension drawings
MX13030, MX13050
(Installation hole)
[Unit: mm]
MX13030
66
45
10.5
50
13
10
177
M4 screw
70
M4 screw
195
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
MX13050
81
55
13
67
16
13
179
M6 screw
85
M6 screw
200
MX13100, MX13150
(Installation hole)
(Installation hole)
[Unit: mm]
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
Appendix 4 - 12
MX13100
130
90
20
115
37.5
18
174
M6 screw
21
37.5
115
276
MX13150
165
110
27.5
150.5
57.5
23
176
M8 screw
27
56.5
149.5
284
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4-6 EMC countermeasure parts
&lt; 400V power line filter &gt;
400V 3SUP-HL-ER-6B Series
■ Features
(a) 3-phase, 3-wire type high attenuation characteristics
(b) CE marking compatible
(c) Rated current value 30A to 200A
(d) For EN55011 Class A, B measures
(e) Application: Primary side of inverter power supply, UPS, CNC machine tool, etc.
■ Specifications
Type
Rated current
Maximum operation
voltage
Operation frequency
3SUP-HL30-ER-6B
30A (50&deg;C)
Leakage current
Connection terminal
Mass
Nominal inductance
Safety standards
3SUP-HL50-ER-6B
50A (50&deg;C)
3SUP-HL75-ER-6B
75A (50&deg;C)
3SUP-HL100-ER-6B 3SUP-HL150-ER-6B
100A (50&deg;C)
150A (50&deg;C)
500Vrms (50&deg;C)
50 / 60Hz
8mA (at 500Vrms 60Hz)
[A leakage current will not flow if there is no phase failure in a power supply grounded at a neutral point.]
M4
M6
M6
M6
M8
5.2kg
6.5kg
12.0kg
12.5kg
23.5kg
6 x 1.4mH
6 x 1.4mH
6 x 1.0mH
6 x 0.56mH
6 x 0.6mH
EN133200 (compatible)
These specifications are for reference. Contact the filter manufacturer for detailed data.
Other matters
– If the leakage current is limited, use 3SUP-HL □ -ER-6B-4 (leakage current 4mA product).
– When using with the peripheral device and a higher attenuation characteristics are required, use the
3SUP-HL □ -ER-6.
Contact: Okaya Electric Industries Co., Ltd. Telephone: 03-3424-8120 (+81-3-3424-2110)
http://www.okayaelec.co.jp
■ Outline dimensions
[ Unit: mm ]
General tolerance: &plusmn; 1.5mm
A+1.5/ - 1.5
B
C+1.5/-1.5
D
I
2- ǾJ
L
L
2- ǾK
Label
㧔H㧕 E+4.0/- 4.0 F
(G)
3SUP-HL30-ER-6B
3SUP-HL50-ER-6B
3SUP-HL75-ER-6B
3SUP-HL100-ER-6B
3SUP-HL150-ER-6B
3SUP-HL200-ER-6B
A
246
286
396
396
484
484
B
230
270
370
370
440
440
C
215
255
350
350
420
420
D
200
240
330
330
400
400
E
100
120
170
170
200
200
F
85
90
140
140
170
170
G
13
13
18
18
30
30
H
18
18
23
23
25
25
I
140
150
155
155
200
200
J
4.5x7
5.5x7
6.5x8
6.5x8
6.5x8
6.5x8
K
4.5
5.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
L
M4
M6
M6
M6
M8
M8
Appendix 4 - 13
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 4 EMC Installation Guidelines
400V HF3000C-TMA Series
■ Features
3-phase, 3-wire type high attenuation characteristics
■ Specifications
Type
Rated current
Rated voltage
Operation
frequency
HF3030C-TMA HF3050C-TMA HF3060C-TMA HF3080C-TMA HF3100C-TMA HF3150C-TMA HF3200C-TMA
30A
50A
60A
80A
100A
150A
200A
460VAC (50&deg;C)
50 / 60Hz
5.3mA (at 460Vrms 60Hz)
[A leakage current will not flow if there is no phase failure in a power supply grounded at a neutral point.]
Rated current &times; 150% for 1 minute
Leakage current
Overload current
Connection
terminal
Mass
Safety standards
M5 / M4(E)
M6 / M4(E)
M6 / M4(E)
3.2kg
6.7kg
10.0kg
M8 / M6(E)
M8 / M6(E)
M10 /M8(E)
M10 / M8(E)
23.0kg
23.5kg
13.0kg
14.5kg
EN133200 (compatible)
These specifications are for reference. Contact the filter manufacturer for detailed data.
Contact: Soshin Electric Co., Ltd. Telephone: 03-5730-8001 (+81-3-5730-8001) http://www.soshin.co.jp
■ Outline dimensions
[ Unit: mm ]
General tolerance: &plusmn;1.5mm
30A 㹼 60A
80A, 100A
150A, 200A
HF3030C-TMA
HF3050C-TMA
HF3060C-TMA
HF3080C-TMA
HF3100C-TMA
HF3150C-TMA
HF3200C-TMA
Appendix 4 - 14
A
260
290
290
405
405
570
570
B
210
240
240
350
350
550
550
C
85
100
100
100
100
530
530
D
155
190
190
220
220
230
230
E
140
175
175
200
200
190
190
F
125
160
160
180
180
100
100
G
44
44
44
56
56
15
15
H
140
170
230
210
210
210
210
J
70
100
160
135
135
140
140
K
R3.25 / L8
R3.25 / L8
R3.25 / L8
R4.25 / L12
R4.25 / L12
100
100
L
M5
M6
M6
M8
M8
M10
M10
M
M4
M4
M4
M6
M6
M8
M8
N
----------33
33
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4-6 EMC countermeasure parts
Appendix 4-6-4 Surge protector
Insert a surge protector in the power input section to prevent damage to the control panel or power supply unit,
etc. caused by the surge (lightning or sparks, etc.) applied on the AC power line.
Use a surge protector that satisfies the following electrical specifications.
&lt; Surge protector for 200V &gt;
200V R•A•V-BYZ Series (for protection between lines)
Part name
Circuit
voltage
50/60Hz
RAV-781BYZ-2
3AC 250V
(Note)
Maximum
tolerable
circuit
voltage
300V
Clamp
voltage
783V&plusmn;10%
Surge
withstand
level
8/20 &micro;s
2500A
Surge
withstand
voltage
1.2/50 &micro;s
20kV
Electrostatic
capacity
Service
temperature
75pF
-20 to 70&deg;C
Refer to the manufacturer's catalog for details on the surge protector's characteristics and
specifications.
Outline dimension drawings
Circuit diagram
(1)Black (2)Black (3)Black
28. 5r1
5. 5r1
11r1
[ Unit : mm ]
28r1
4. 5r0. 5
200 +30
-0
UL -1015 AWG16
41r1
200V R•A•V-BXZ Series (for protection between line and earth)
Part name
Circuit
voltage
50/60Hz
RAV-781BXZ-4
3AC 250V
Clamp
voltage
1700V&plusmn;10%
Surge
withstand
level
8/20 &micro;s
2500A
Surge
withstand
voltage
1.2/50 &micro;s
2kV
Electrostatic
capacity
Service
temperature
75pF
-20 to 70&deg;C
Refer to the manufacturer's catalog for details on the surge protector's characteristics and
specifications.
Circuit diagram
Outline dimension drawings
(1)Black (2)Black (3)Black
U
Green
28.5r1
5.5r1
11r1
[Unit:mm]
UL-1015 AWG16
4.5r0.5
28r1
+30
200 -0
(Note)
Maximum
tolerable
circuit
voltage
300V
41r1
Appendix 4 - 15
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 4 EMC Installation Guidelines
&lt; Surge protector for 400V &gt;
R•A•V-BYZ series for 400V (for protection between lines)
Part name
Circuit voltage
50/60Hz
RAV-152BYZ-2A
3AC 430V
(Note)
Maximum
tolerable
circuit
voltage
500V
Clamp voltage
1476V&plusmn;10%
Surge
withstand
level
8/20&micro;s
2500A
Surge
withstand
voltage
1.2/50&micro;s
20kV
Electrostatic
capacity
Service
temperature
35pF
-20 to 70&deg;C
Refer to the manufacturer's catalog for details on the surge protector's characteristics and
specifications, etc.
Outline dimension drawings
[Unit: mm]
(1)Black (2)Black (3)Black
28. 5r1
5. 5r1
11r1
Circuit diagram
28r1
4. 5r0. 5
200r30
0
UL-1015 AWG16
41r1
RCM Series for 400V (for protection between line and earth)
Part name
Rated voltage
RCM-781BUZ-4
RCM-801BUZ-4
3AC 250/430V
3AC 290/500V
(Note)
AC discharge
start voltage
(V) &plusmn;20%
AC700V&plusmn;20%
AC800V&plusmn;20%
Surge
withstand level
8/20&micro;s (A)
2500A
2500A
Surge withstand
voltage
1.2/50&micro;s (V)
2kV
2.32kV
Refer to the manufacturer's catalog for details on the surge protector's characteristics and
specifications, etc.
Outline dimension
Circuit diagram
(1)Black (2)Black (3)Black U
Green
28.5r1
5.5r1
11r1
[Unit:mm]
For neutral-point grounding
4.5r0.5
28r1
200r30
0
UL-1015 AWG16
41r1
The voltage between the 3 phases is
500Vrms or less
Contact: Okaya Electric Industries Co., Ltd. Telephone: 03-3424-8120 (+81-3-3424-2110)
http://www.okayaelec.co.jp
Appendix 4 - 16
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 4-6 EMC countermeasure parts
&lt; Surge protector for both between phases and between phase and earth &gt;
■ Features
This surge protector can protect both between phases and between phase and earth.
This contains a fuse and has windows to check malfunction or device degradation.
■ Specifications
LT-C Series 200V
Part name
Circuit
voltage
50/60Hz
LT-C32G801WS 3AC 250Vrms
(Note)
Maximum
tolerable
circuit voltage
275Vrms
AC operation
start voltage
(between line
and earth)
560V&plusmn;20%
AC operation
start voltage
(between
lines)
410V&plusmn;20%
Voltage
protection
level
(Up)
1.5kV
Nominal
discharge
current
(8/20&micro;s)
2500A
Maximum
discharge
current
(8/20&micro;s)
5000A
Refer to the manufacturer's catalog for details on the surge protector's characteristics and
specifications, etc.
LT-C Series 500V
Part name
Circuit
voltage
50/60Hz
LT-C35G102WS 3AC 500Vrms
(Note)
Maximum
tolerable
circuit voltage
550Vrms
AC operation
start voltage
(between line
and earth)
700V&plusmn;20%
AC operation
start voltage
(between
lines)
800V&plusmn;20%
Voltage
protection
level
(Up)
2.0kV
Nominal
discharge
current
(8/20&micro;s)
2500A
Maximum
discharge
current
(8/20&micro;s)
5000A
Refer to the manufacturer's catalog for details on the surge protector's characteristics and
specifications, etc.
■ Outline dimensions
Outline dimension drawings
Circuit diagram
Status indicator
Black
Black
Green Black
Wire (line)
Wire (earth)
[Unit: mm]
Contact: Soshin Electric Co., Ltd. Telephone: 03-5730-8001 (+81-3-5730-8001)
http://www.soshin.co.jp
Appendix 4 - 17
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 4 EMC Installation Guidelines
&lt; Example of surge protector installation &gt;
An example of installing the surge protector in the machine control panel is shown below.
A short-circuit fault will occur in the surge protector if a surge exceeding the tolerance is applied. Thus, install
a circuit protector in the stage before the surge protector. Note that almost no current flows to the surge
protector during normal use, so a circuit protector installed as the circuit protection for another device can be
used for the surge protector.
Transformer
Circuit
protector
NC unit
Other device
(panel power
supply, etc.)
Contactor
Factory power
Panel earth
leakage
breaker
Control panel
(relay panel,
etc.)
MC
Circuit
protector
AC reactor
drive unit
Input
power
A
Other device
(panel power
supply, etc.)
Circuit
protector
(1) Surge protector
(Protection across phases)
(2) Surge protector
(Protection across each phase's grounding)
B
Grounding
Grounding plate
Installing the surge absorber
1. The wires from the surge protector should be connected without extensions.
2. If the surge protector cannot be installed just with the enclosed wires, keep the wiring length of A
CAUTION
and B to 2m or less. If the wires are long, the surge protector's performance may drop and inhibit
protection of the devices in the panel.
3. Surge protector to be selected varies depending on input power voltage.
Appendix 4 - 18
Appendix5xA
5n
d
p
ie
付録
章
EC Declaration of Conformity
Appendix 5 - 1
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 5 EC Declaration of Conformity
Appendix 5-1 Compliance to EC Directives
Each series can respond to LVD and EMC directive.
Approval from a third party certification organization has been also acquired for the Low Voltage Directive.
The declaration of conformity of each unit is shown below.
Appendix 5-1-1 Low voltage equipment
MDS-D/DH-CV Series
Appendix 5 - 2
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 5-1 Compliance to EC Directives
MDS-D/DH-V1/V2 Series
Appendix 5 - 3
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 5 EC Declaration of Conformity
MDS-D/DH-SP Series
Appendix 5 - 4
Appendix6xA
6n
d
p
ie
付録
章
Instruction Manual for
Compliance with UL/c-UL
Standard
Appendix 6 - 1
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 6 Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL
The instructions of UL/c-UL listed products are described in this manual.
The descriptions of this manual are conditions to meet the UL/c-UL standard for the UL/c-UL listed products. To
obtain the best performance, be sure to read this manual carefully before use.
To ensure proper use, be sure to read specification manual, connection manual and maintenance manual
carefully for each product before use.
Appendix 6-1 Operation surrounding air ambient temperature
The recognized operation ambient temperature of each unit are as shown in the table below. The recognized
operation ambient temperatures are the same as an original product specification for all of the units.
Classification
AC servo/spindle system
Unit name
Power supply unit, AC Reactor
Servo, Spindle drive unit
Option unit, Battery unit
Servo motor, Spindle motor
Operation ambient temperature
0 to 55&deg;C
0 to 55&deg;C
0 to 55&deg;C
0 to 40&deg;C
Appendix 6-2 Notes for AC servo/spindle system
Appendix 6-2-1 General Precaution
It takes 15 minutes maximum to discharge the bus capacitor. (The capacitor discharge time is one minute for
Models MDS-D-SVJ3-03; two min. for Models MDS-D-SVJ3-04, three min. for Model MDS-D-SVJ3-07, 9
min. for Models MDS-D-SVJ3-10, -20 and -35, 10 min. for Models MDS-D/DH/DM-CV/Vx/SPx.)
When starting wiring or inspection, shut the power off and wait for more than 15 minutes to avoid a hazard of
electrical shock.
Appendix 6-2-2 Installation
MDS-D/DH/DM Series are UL/c-UL listed &quot;open type&quot; drives and must be installed into an end-use electrical
enclosure.
The minimum enclosure size is based on 150 percent of each MDS-D/DH/DM Series combination.
And also, design the enclosure so that the ambient temperature in the enclosure is 55&deg;C (131&deg;F) or less,
refer to the specifications manual.
Appendix 6-2-3 Short-circuit ratings (SCCR)
Suitable for use in a circuit capable of delivering not more than 100kA rms symmetrical amperes, 500 volts
maximum.
Appendix 6-2-4 Peripheral devices
To comply with UL/c-UL Standard, use the peripheral devices which conform to the corresponding standard.
Circuit Protector, Fuses, Magnetic contactor and AC Reactor
Applicable power supply unit
MDS-D-CV-37
MDS-D-CV-75
MDS-D-CV-110
MDS-D-CV-185
MDS-D-CV-300
MDS-D-CV-370
MDS-D-CV-450
MDS-D-CV-550
MDS-DH-CV-37
MDS-D-HCV-75
MDS-DH-CV-110
MDS-DH-CV-185
MDS-DH-CV-300
MDS-DH-CV-370
MDS-DH-CV-450
MDS-DH-CV-550
MDS-DH-CV-750
Appendix 6 - 2
UL489 Circuit Protector
20A
40A
60A
100A
150A
200A
225A
300A
10A
20A
30A
50A
75A
100A
125A
150A
200A
UL Fuse Class K5
30A
60A
70A
125A
200A
225A
250A
400A
10A
25A
35A
70A
110A
125A
150A
200A
300A
Magnetic contactor (AC3)
S-N12
S-N25
S-N35
S-N65
S-N95
S-N150
S-N300
S-N300
S-N12
S-N12
S-N21
S-N25
S-N50
S-N65
S-N80
S-N95
S-N150
AC Reactor
D-AL-7.5K
D-AL-7.5K
D-AL-11K
D-AL-18.5K
D-AL-30K
D-AL-37K
D-AL-45K
D-AL-55K
DH-AL-7.5K
DH-AL-7.5K
DH-AL-11K
DH-AL-18.5K
DH-AL-30K
DH-AL-37K
DH-AL-45K
DH-AL-55K
DH-AL-75K
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 6-2 Notes for AC servo/spindle system
Applicable drive unit
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-03(##)
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-04(##)
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-07(##)
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-10(##)
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-20(##)
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-35(##)
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-075(##)
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-22(##)
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-37(##)
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-55(##)
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-75(##)
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-110(##)
UL 489 Circuit Protector (240Vac)
5A
5A
5A
10A
15A
20A
5A
15A
30A
40A
50A
75A
UL Fuse Class T (300Vac)
10A
20A
20A
20A
40A
70A
15A
40A
60A
90A
125A
175A
Magnetic contactor (AC3)
S-N12
S-N12
S-N12
S-N12
S-N21
S-N21
S-N12
S-N12
S-N21
S-N25
S-N25
S-N50
Circuit Protector for spindle motor Fan
Select the Circuit Protector by doubling the spindle motor fan rated.
A rush current that is approximately double the rated current will flow, when the fan is started
&lt;Notice&gt;
- For installation in United States, branch circuit protection must be provided, in accordance with the National Electrical
Code and any applicable local codes.
- For installation in Canada, branch circuit protection must be provided, in accordance with the Canadian Electrical Code
and any applicable provincial codes.
Appendix 6-2-5 Field Wiring Reference Table for Input and Output (Power Wiring)
Use the UL-approved Round Crimping Terminals to wire the input and output terminals of MDS-D/DH
Series. Crimp the terminals with the crimping tool recommended by the terminal manufacturer. Please
protect terminal ring by the insulation cover.
Following described crimping terminals and tools type are examples of Japan Solderless Terminal Mfg. Co.,
Ltd.
This wire size is each unit maximum rating. The selection method is indicated in each specification manual.
(See Manual: No. IB-1500003, 1500011, 1500158, 1500875 or 1500891)
(1) Power Supply Unit (MDS-D/DH-CV)
Unit Type
MDS-D-CVMDS-DH-CVTE2 (L+, L-)
Torque [lb in/ N m]
Terminal
Screw
Size
TE3 (L11, L21)
Torque [lb in/ N m]
TE1 (L1, L2, L3,
)
Torque [lb in/ N m]
37 to 75
-----M6
35.4/4.0
M4
10.6/1.2
M4
110 to 185
37 to 185
M6
&lt;M4
&lt;M5
300 to 450
300 to 750
M6
&lt;M4
&lt;M8
--M6
&lt;M4
&lt;M10
550
--M10
97.3/11.0
-------
10.6/1.2
17.7/2.0
53.1/6.0
97.3/11.0
---
TE2 (L+, L-)
Unit Type
MDS-D-CVMDS-DH-CVWire Size (AWG)
/Temp Rating Note 1
Crimping Terminals Type
Crimping Tools Type
--37, 75
37
---
75
110
110
185
185
300, 370
--450
300 to 550
550, 750
#14
/75&deg;C
#12
/75&deg;C
#10
/75&deg;C
#8
/75&deg;C
#4
/75&deg;C
#3
/75&deg;C
Bus-bar.
R2-6
YHT-2210
R5.5-6
&lt;-
R5.5-6
&lt;-
R8-6
YPT-60-21
R22-6
&lt;-
R38-6
YPT-60-21
-----
TE3 (L11, L21)
Unit Type
MDS-D/DH-CVWire Size (AWG)
/Temp Rating Note 1
Crimping Terminals Type
Crimping Tools Type
37 to 750
#14
/75&deg;C
R2-4
YHT-2210
Appendix 6 - 3
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 6 Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL
TE1 (L1, L2, L3,
)
37
37, 75
--110
75
---
110
185
185
---
#14
/75&deg;C
#12
/75&deg;C
#10
/75&deg;C
#8
/75&deg;C
#6
/75&deg;C
R2-4
YHT-2210
R5.5-5
&lt;-
5.5-S4
&lt;-
R8-5
YPT-60-21
R14-5
&lt;-
--300
--370, 450
300
550
370, 450
750
550
---
/Temp Rating Note 1
#6
/75&deg;C
#4
/75&deg;C
#2
/75&deg;C
#1/0
/75&deg;C
#3/0
/75&deg;C
Crimping Terminals Type
Crimping Tools Type
R14-8
YPT-60-21
R22-8
&lt;-
38-S8
&lt;-
60-S8
&lt;-
80-10
YPT-150-1
Unit Type
MDS-D-CVMDS-DH-CVWire Size (AWG)
/Temp Rating Note 1
Crimping Terminals Type
Crimping Tools Type
Unit Type
MDS-D-CVMDS-DH-CVWire Size (AWG)
(Note)
75 &deg;C:Grade heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (HIV).
Use copper wire only.
Above listed wire are for use in the electric cabinet on machine or equipment.
(2) Spindle Drive Unit (MDS-D/DH-SP/SP2, MDS-D-SPJ3)
Unit Type
MDS-D-SP(#)MDS-D-SPJ3(#)MDS-DH-SP(#)TE2 (L+, L-)
Torque [lb in/ N m]
Terminal
Screw
Size
TE3 (L11, L21)
Torque [lb in/ N m]
TE1 (L1, L2, L3,
)
Torque [lb in/ N m]
CNP1 (L1,L2,L3,N,P1,P2)
and CNP3 (U,V,W))
Torque [lb in/ N m]
160 to 200
--100 to 160
M6
35.4/4.0
M4
10.6/1.2
M5
240 to 320
--200 to 480
M6
&lt;M4
&lt;M8
400 to 600
----M10
97.3/11.0
M4
&lt;M10
--22, 37(##)
-------------
--22(##)
-------------
--55(##) to 110(##)
------M3.5
&lt;M4
17.7/2.0
53.1/6.0
97.3/11.0
---
---
17.7/2.0
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
5.3/0.6
---
---
TE2 (L+, L-)
Wire size depends on the Power Supply Unit (MDS-D/DH-CV Series).
TE3 or CNP2 (L11, L21)
Unit Type
MDS-D/DH-SP(#)MDS-D-SPJ3(#)Wire Size (AWG)
/Temp Rating Note 1
Crimping Terminals Type
Crimping Tools Type
TE1 (U, V, W,
Unit Type
MDS-D-SP(#)MDS-DH-SP(#)Wire Size (AWG)
MDS-D-SP(#)MDS-DH-SP(#)Wire Size (AWG)
/Temp Rating Note 1
Crimping Terminals Type
Crimping Tools Type
Appendix 6 - 4
--075(##) to 37(##)
#14
/75&deg;C
#14
/60 or 75&deg;C
R2-4
YHT-2210
-----
)
/Temp Rating Note 1
Crimping Terminals Type
Crimping Tools Type
Unit Type
20 to 640
55(##) to 110(##)
20, 40
20, 40
80
80
160
100
-----
200
160
#14
/75&deg;C
#12
/75&deg;C
#10
/75&deg;C
#8
/75&deg;C
#6
/75&deg;C
-----
-----
R5.5-5
YHT-2210
R8-5
YPT-60-21
R14-5
&lt;-
240
200
--320
320
480
400
---
640
---
#4
/75&deg;C
#2
/75&deg;C
#1/0
/75&deg;C
#2/0
/75&deg;C
#3/0
/75&deg;C
R22-8
YPT-60-21
38-S8
YPT-60-21
60-S8
&lt;-
70-10
YPT-150-1
80-10
&lt;-
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 6-2 Notes for AC servo/spindle system
CNP1 (L1, L2, L3), CNP3 (U, V, W) and
Unit Type
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-
075(##) to 37(##)
55(##)
75(##)
110(##)
Wire Size (AWG)
#14
/60 or 75&deg;C
#12
/75&deg;C
#10
/75&deg;C
#8
/75&deg;C
-----
R5.5-5
YHT-2210
R5.5-5
&lt;-
R8-5
YPT-60-21
/Temp Rating Note 1
Crimping Terminals Type
Crimping Tools Type
(Note)
75 &deg;C:Grade heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (HIV).
Use copper wire only.
Above listed wire are for use in the electric cabinet on machine or equipment.
(3) Servo Drive Unit (MDS-D/DH/DM-V1/V2/V3/D-SVJ3)
Unit Type
MDS-D-V1(#)MDS-DH-V1(#)MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-
Terminal
Screw
Size
TE2 (L+, L-)
Torque [lb in/ N m]
TE3 (L11, L21)
Torque [lb in/ N m]
TE1 (L1, L2, L3, )
Torque [lb in/ N m]
CNP1 (L1,L2,L3,N,P1,P2) and
CNP3 (U,V,W))
Torque [lb in/ N m]
160W, 320
160, 160W
320W
200
-----
---
---
10 to 35(##)
M6
35.4/4.0
M4
10.6/1.2
M5
M6
&lt;M4
&lt;M8
-----------
----10(##)
20(##)
-----------
17.7/2.0
53.1/6.0
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
5.3/0.6
---
TE2 (L+, L-)
Wire size depends on the Power Supply Unit (MDS-D/DH-CV Series).
TE3 or CNP2 (L11, L21)
Unit Type
MDS-D/DH/DM-V1(#)/V2(#)/V3(#)MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-
10 to 320W
---
--03(##) to 35(##)
#14/75&deg;C
#14/60 or 75&deg;C
R2-4
YHT-2210
-----
MDS-D-V1(#)MDS-DH-V1(#)-
20 to 80
10 to 80
160
80W
Wire Size (AWG)
#14
/75&deg;C
#10
/75&deg;C
Wire Size (AWG)
/Temp Rating Note 1
Crimping Terminals Type
Crimping Tools Type
TE1 (U, V, W,
Unit Type
)
/Temp Rating Note 1
Unit Type
MDS-D-V1(#)MDS-DH-V1(#)-
--160
160W
160W
320
---
320W
200
Wire Size (AWG)
#10
/75&deg;C
#8
/75&deg;C
#6
/75&deg;C
#4
/75&deg;C
R5.5-5
YHT-2210
R8-5
YPT-60-21
R14-5
&lt;-
R22-8
&lt;-
/Temp Rating Note 1
Crimping Terminals Type
Crimping Tools Type
CNP1 (L1, L2, L3), CNP3 (U, V, W) and
Unit Type
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-
03(##) to 20(##)
35(##)
Wire Size (AWG)
#14
/60 or 75&deg;C
#12
/60 or 75&deg;C
/Temp Rating Note 1
(Note)
75 &deg;C:Grade heat-resistant polyvinyl chloride insulated wires (HIV).
Use copper wire only.
Above listed wire are for use in the electric cabinet on machine or equipment.
Appendix 6 - 5
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 6 Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL
(4) AC Reactor (D/DH-AL)
Type
Terminal
Screw
Size
D-ALDH-ALL11, L12, L13, L21, L22, L23
7.5K, 11K
7.5K, 11K
M5
18.5K to 45K
18.5K to 75K
M6
55K
--M10
Torque [lb in/ N m]
17.7/2.0
35.4/4.0
97.3/11.0
Input/Output (L11, L12, L13, L21, L22, L23)
The wire connected with AC Reactor becomes same size as TE1 of the selected Power supply unit.
(5) Notes of Round Crimping Terminals and Terminal Block
The non-insulation ring tongue must have the insulated sleeving described below to prevent electric
shock.
The insulated sleeve must be provided with SUMITOMO ELECTRIC FINE POLYMER INC. (File No.:
E48762, Catalogue No.: SUMITUBE F(Z) or 939) per the illustration below.
Insulated sleeve
Non-insulated
terminal
Insulation
distance
Non-insulated terminal
Appendix 6-2-6 Motor Over Load Protection
Spindle drive unit MDS-D/DH-SP/SP2/SPJ3 and Servo drive unit MDS-D/DH/DM-V1/V2/V3/SVJ3 series
have each solid-state motor over load protection. (The motor full load current is the same as rated current.)
When adjusting the level of motor over load, set the parameter as follows.
(1) MDS-D/DH-SP/SP2/SPJ3 (Spindle drive unit)
Parameter No.
Parameter abbr.
SP021
OLT*
SP022
OLL
Parameter Name
Overload
time constant
Overload
detection level
Setting Procedure
Set the time constant for overload detection. (Unit: 1 second.)
Set the overload current detection level
with a percentage (%) of the rating.
Standard Setting Value
Setting Range
60s
0 to 15300s
120%
1 to 200%
Standard Setting Value
Setting Range
60s
1 to 300s
150%
1 to 500%
(2) MDS-D/DH/DM-V1/V2/V3/SVJ3 (Servo drive unit)
Parameter No.
Parameter abbr.
SV021
OLT
SV022
OLL
Parameter Name
Overload
time constant
Overload
detection level
Setting Procedure
Set the time constant for overload detection. (Unit: 1 second.)
Set the overload current detection level
with a percentage (%) of the stall rating.
Appendix 6-2-7 Flange of servo motor
Mount the servo motor on a flange which has the following size or produces an equivalent or higher heat
dissipation effect:
Flange size
(mm)
150x150x6
250x250x6
250x250x12
300x300x20
800x800x35
Appendix 6 - 6
Servo Motor
HF, HF-H, HP, HP-H, HF-KP, HF-MP, HF-SP
50 to 100W
200 to 400W
0.5 to 1.5kW
2.0 to 7.0kW
9.0 to 11.0kW
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 6-2 Notes for AC servo/spindle system
Appendix 6-2-8 Spindle Drive/Motor Combinations
Following combinations are the Standard combinations
Drive Unit
Rating Output (kW) of Applicable Spindle Motor
SJ, SJ-V/VL Series Note: 1
0.75
0.75, 1.5, 2.2
2.2, 3.7, 7.5
7.5, 11
11, 15, 18.5
18.5, 22
22, 26, 30
30, 37, 45
37, 45, 55
0.75, 1.5 / 0.75, 1.5
2.2, 3.7, 7.5 / 0.75, 1.5, 2.2
2.2, 3.7, 7.5 / 2.2, 3.7, 7.5
7.5, 11 / 2.2, 3.7, 7.5
MDS-D-SP(#)-20
MDS-D-SP(#)-40
MDS-D-SP(#)-80
MDS-D-SP(#)-160
MDS-D-SP(#)-200
MDS-D-SP(#)-240
MDS-D-SP(#)-320
MDS-D-SP(#)-400
MDS-D-SP(#)-640
MDS-D-SP2(#)-2020
MDS-D-SP2(#)-8040
MDS-D-SP2(#)-8080
MDS-D-SP2(#)-16080
Drive Unit
Rating Output (kW) of Applicable Spindle Motor
SJ-4, SJ-4-V/VL Series Note: 1
0.75, 1.5, 2.2, 3.7
2.2, 3.7, 5.5, 7.5
2.2, 3.7, 7.5, 11
7.5, 11, 15, 18.5
18.5, 22, 26, 30
26, 30, 37, 45
30, 37, 45, 55
45, 55, 60
0.75, 1.5, 2.2, 3.7 / 0.75, 1.5, 2.2, 3.7
2.2, 3.7, 5.5, 7.5 / 2.2, 3.7, 5.5, 7.5
2.2, 3.7, 7.5, 11 / 2.2, 3.7, 5.5, 7.5
MDS-DH-SP(#)-20
MDS-DH-SP(#)-40
MDS-DH-SP(#)-80
MDS-DH-SP(#)-100
MDS-DH-SP(#)-160
MDS-DH-SP(#)-200
MDS-DH-SP(#)-320
MDS-DH-SP(#)-480
MDS-D-SP2(#)-2020
MDS-D-SP2(#)-4040
MDS-D-SP2(#)-8040
(Note)
Applicable unit depends on the range of power constant of motor.Inquire of Mitsubishi
about the detail of the combinations.
Spindle Motor
Drive Unit
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-075(##)
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-22(##)
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-37(##)
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-55(##)
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-75(##)
MDS-D-SPJ3(#)-110(##)
SJ-V
SJ-V2.2
SJ-V3.7
SJ-V5.5
SJ-V7.5
SJ-V11
SJ-VL
SJ-VL0.75
SJ-VL1.5, SJ-VL2.2
-
Appendix 6-2-9 Servo Drive/Motor Combinations
Following combinations are the Standard combinations
Drive Unit
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-03(##)
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-04(##)
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-07(##)
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-10(##)
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-20(##)
MDS-D-SVJ3(#)-35(##)
HF-KP
053, 13, 23
43
73
-
Servomotor
HF-SP
HF-MP
053, 13, 23
43
51, 52
73
81, 102
121, 152, 201, 202
352
-
HF
54
75, 104, 105
154, 204
354
(Note #: may be followed by S)
(Note ##: may be followed by N or NA)
(Note)
Our drive system complies with UL508C（Power Conversion Equipment), but accessory products
(motor, AC reactor, regenerative resistor, etc.) excluding drive units are not provided with UL
marking (Listed 88R2) for UL580C.
However, the safety of these accessory products including the motors has been confirmed by UL
Follow-Up Service.
Appendix 6 - 7
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 6 Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL
Appendix 6-3 AC Servo/Spindle System Connection
Appendix 6-3-1 MDS-D/DH/DM-Vx/SP Series
MDS-D/DH/DM-V1/V2/V3
Series
MDS-D/DH-SP
Series
MDS-D/DH-CV
Series
CN1A CN1B
CN1A CN1B
CN9 CN4
CN9 CN4
CN4
CN2L CN3L
CN2L CN3L
CN9
CN2M CN3M
CN2M CN3M
From NC
Regarding the connection of NC,
see the CNC manual book.
Battery Unit
CN2S CN3S
L+/L-
CB
Note: It recommends installing.
L11/L21
SU/SV/SW
MU/MV/MW
LU/LV/LW
U/V/W
L1/L2/L3
CN23A CN23B
External Emergency Stop
MC
Refer to specification manual
IB-1500003 or IB-1500011
or IB-1500875 or IB-1500891.
Contactor
Fuse
or
Circuit Breaker (MCCB)
AC Reactor
CB
Enclosure Side
Machine Side
Servo Motor
3 phase
DH Series: 380 㨪 480VAC
D/DM Series: 200 㨪 230VAC
Spindle Motor
FAN
Encoder
Encoder and
Thermal Protection
Servo Motor
Servo Motor
Encoder
Encoder
Appendix 6-3-2 MDS-D-SVJ3/SPJ3 Series
MDS-D-SVJ3 Series
MDS-D-SPJ3 Series
CNP1
CN9
Refer to specification manual
External
Emergency Stop IB-1500158.
CN8
Resistor
CNP2
CN8
(Only SVJ3S,
CN1A SPJ3S)
CN1B
From NC
Regarding the connection of NC,
see the CNC manual book.
CNP3
CN2
CN3
MC
Fuse
or
Circuit Breaker
Contactor
3 phases
200 ~ 230Vac
Note: It recommends installing.
CB
Enclosure Side
Input
Machine Side
Servo/Spindle Motor
Encoder
Appendix 6 - 8
Appendix7xA
7n
d
p
ie
付録
章
Compliance with Restrictions
in China
Appendix 7 - 1
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 7 Compliance with Restrictions in China
Appendix 7-1 Compliance with China CCC certification system
Appendix 7-1-1 Outline of China CCC certification system
The Safety Certification enforced in China included the &quot;CCIB Certification (certification system based on the
&quot;Law of the People’s Republic of China on Import and Export Commodity Inspection&quot; and &quot;Regulations on
Implementation of the Import Commodities Subject to the Safety and Quality Licensing System&quot; enforced by the
State Administration of Import and Export Commodity Inspection (SACI) on import/export commodities, and the
&quot;CCEE Certification&quot; (certification system based on &quot;Product Quality Certification Management Ordinance&quot; set
forth by the China Commission for Conformity Certification of Electrical Equipment (CCEE) on commodities
distributed through China.
CCIB Certification and CCEE Certification were merged when China joined WTO (November 2001), and were
replaced by the &quot;China Compulsory Product Certification&quot; (hereinafter, CCC Certification) monitored by the State
General Administration of Quality Supervision, Inspection and Quarantine (AQSIQ) of the People's Republic of
China.
The CCC Certification system was partially enforced from May 2002, and was fully enforced from May 2003.
Target commodities which do not have CCC Certification cannot be imported to China or sold in China.
(Indication of the CCIB or CCEE mark has been eliminated from May 1, 2003.)
CCIB: China Commodity Inspection Bureau
CCEE: China Commission for Conformity Certification of Electrical Equipment
CCC: China Compulsory Certification
Appendix 7-1-2 First catalogue of products subject to compulsory product certification
The First Catalogue of Products subject to Compulsory Product Certification, covering 132 items (19 categories)
based on the CCIB products (104 items), CCEE products (107 items) and CEMC products (Compulsory EMC
Certification products) was designated on December 3, 2001.
Class
1
2
Product catalogue
Electric Wires and Cables (5 items)
Switches, Installation protective and connection devices (6 items)
Low-voltage Electrical Apparatus (9 items)
Class
5
6
Compulsory Certification
Regulations
8
Circuit-breakers (including RCCB, RCBO, MCB)
Low-voltage switchers
(disconnectors, switch-disconnectors, and fuse-combination devices.
Other protective equipment for circuits
(Current limiting devices, circuits protective devices, over current
protective devices, thermal protectors, over load relays, low-voltage
electromechanical contactors and motor starters)
Relays (36V &lt; Voltage ≦ 1000V)
3
Other switches
(Switches for appliances, vacuum switches, pressure switches,
proximity switches, foot switches, thermal sensitive switches,
hydraulic switches, push-button switches, position limit switches,
micro-gap switches, temperature sensitive switches,
travel switches, change-over switches, auto-change-over switches,
knife switches)
7
9
10
11
CNCA -01C -011: 2001
(Switch and Control
Equipment)
CNCA -01C -012: 2001
(Installation Protective
Equipment)
Other devices
(contactors, motor starters, indicator lights, auxiliary contact
assemblies, master controllers, A.C. Semiconductor motor
controllers and starters)
Product catalogue
Electric tools
(16 items)
Welding machines
(15 items)
Household and similar
(18 items)
electrical appliances
Audio and video
(16 items)
equipment
Information technology
(12 items)
equipment
Lighting apparatus
(2 items)
Telecommunication
terminal equipment
(9 items)
13
14
15
16
17
Motor vehicles and
Safety Parts
Tyres
Safety Glasses
Agricultural Machinery
Latex Products
Medical Devices
18
Fire Fighting Equipment (3 items)
19
Detectors for Intruder
Alarm Systems
12
(4 items)
(4 items)
(3 items)
(1 item)
(1 item)
(7 items)
(1 item)
Earth leakage protectors
Fuses
Low-voltage switchgear
4
Small power motors (1 item)
(Note)
(Note)
Appendix 7 - 2
CNCA-01C-010:2001
(Low-voltage switchgear)
CNCA-01C-013:2001
(Small power motors)
When the servomotor or the spindle motor of which output is 1.1kW or less (at 1500 r/min) is used,
NC could have been considered as a small power motor. However, CQC (China Quality
Certification Center) judged it is not.
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 7-1 Compliance with China CCC certification system
Appendix 7-1-3 Precautions for shipping products
As indicated in Appendix 7-1-2, NC products are not included in the First Catalogue of Products subject to
Compulsory Product Certification. However, the Customs Officer in China may judge that the product is subject
to CCC Certification just based on the HS Code.(Note2)
NC cannot be imported if its HS code is used for the product subject to CCC Certification. Thus, the importer
must apply for a &quot;Certification of Exemption&quot; with CNCA.(Note3) Refer to Appendix 7-1-4. Application for
Exemption for details on applying for an exemption.
(Note 1) The First Catalogue of Products subject to Compulsory Product Certification (Target HS Codes)
can be confirmed at http://www.cqc.com.cn/Center/html/60gonggao.htm.
(Note 2) HS Code: Internationally unified code (up to 6 digits) assigned to each product and used for
customs.
(Note 3) CNCA: Certification and Accreditation Administration of People's Republic of China
(Management and monitoring of certification duties)
Appendix 7-1-4 Application for exemption
Following &quot;Announcement 8&quot; issued by the Certification and Accreditation Administration of the People's
Republic of China (CNCA) in May 2002, a range of products for which application for CCC Certification is not
required or which are exempt from CCC marking has been approved for special circumstances in production,
export and management activities.
An application must be submitted together with materials which prove that the corresponding product complies
with the exemption conditions. Upon approval, a &quot;Certification of Exemption&quot; shall be issued.
&lt;Range of products for which application is exempt&gt;
Range of products not requiring application
(a) Items brought into China for the personal use by the foreign embassies, consulates, business
agencies and visitors
(Excluding products purchased from Service Company for Exporters)
(b) Products presented on a government-to-government basis, presents
(c) Exhibition products (products not for sale)
(d) Special purpose products (e.g., for military use)
Products not requiring application for CCC Certification are not required to be CCC marked or
certified.
Range of products for which application is exempted
(e) Products imported or manufactured for research and development and testing purposes
(f) Products shipped into China for integration into other equipment destined for 100% re-export to a
destination outside of China
(g) Products for 100% export according to a foreign trade contract (Excluding when selling partially in
China or re-importing into China for sales)
(h) Components used for the evaluation of an imported product line
(i) The products imported or manufactured for the service (service and repairs) to the end-user. Or the
spare parts for the service (service and repairs) of discontinued products.
(j) Products imported or manufactured for research and development, testing or measurements
(k) Other special situations
Appendix 7 - 3
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 7 Compliance with Restrictions in China
The following documents must be prepared to apply for an exemption of the &quot;Import Commodity Safety and
Quality License&quot; and &quot;CCC Certification&quot;.
(1) Formal Application
(a) Relevant introduction and description of the company.
(b) The characteristics of the products to be exempted.
(c) The reason for exemption and its evidence (ex. customs handbook).
(d) The name, trademark, quantity, model and specification of the products to be exempted. (Attach a
detail listing of these items for a large quantity of products. When importing materials for processing
and repair equipments, submit a list of the importing materials for each month and repair
equipments.)
(e) Guarantee for the safety of the products; self-declaration to be responsible for the safety during the
manufacturing and use.
(f) To be responsible for the authenticity and legitimacy of the submitted documents. Commitment to
assist CNCA to investigate on the authenticity of the documents (When CNCA finds it necessary to
investigate on the authenticity of the documents.)
(2) Business license of the company (Copy)
(3) Product compliance declaration
Indicate which standard’s requirements the products comply with or submit a test report (Copy is
acceptable. The report can be prepared in a manufacturer’s laboratory either at home or overseas.)
(4) Import license (Only if an import license is needed for this product. Copy is acceptable.)
(5) Quota certificate (Only if a quota certificate is needed for this product. Copy is acceptable.)
(6) Commercial contract (Copy is acceptable.)
(7) If one of item (4), (5) or (6) cannot be provided, alternative documents, such as bill of lading, the invoice,
and other evidential documents must be submitted.
Appendix 7 - 4
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 7-1 Compliance with China CCC certification system
Appendix 7-1-5 Mitsubishi NC product subject to/not subject to CCC certification
The state whether or not Mitsubishi NC products are subject to the CCC Certification is indicated below, based
on the &quot;First Catalogue of Products subject to Compulsory Product Certification&quot; issued by the State General
Administration of Quality Supervision, Inspection and Quarantine (AQSIQ) of the People's Republic of China and
the Certification and Accreditation Administration of the People's Republic of China (CNCA) on July 1, 2002.
Model
Power supply unit
Servo/spindle drive unit
Servo/spindle
NC
Display unit
China HS Code (Note 1)
85044090
85371010
85015100
85015200
-
Judgment on whether or not subject to CCC Certification
Not subject to CCC Certification
Not subject to CCC Certification
Not subject to CCC Certification
Not subject to CCC Certification
(Note 1) The China HS Code is determined by the customs officer when importing to China. The above HS
Codes are set based on the HS Codes used normally when exporting from Japan.
(Note 2) Reference IEC Standards are used as the actual IEC Standards may not match the GB Standards
in part depending on the model.
Whether or not the NC products are subject to CCC Certification was judged based on the following five
items.
(a) Announcement 33 (Issued by AQSIQ and CNCA in December 2001)
(b) HS Codes for the products subject to CCC Certification (Export Customs Codes)
* HS Codes are supplementary materials used to determine the applicable range. The applicable range
may not be determined only by these HS Codes.
(c) GB Standards (This is based on the IEC Conformity, so check the IEC. Note that some parts are
deviated.)
(d) Enforcement regulations, and products specified in applicable range of applicable standards within
(e) &quot;Products Excluded from Compulsory Certification Catalogue&quot; (Issued by CNCA, November 2003)
Reference
• Outline of China's New Certification System (CCC Mark for Electric Products), Japan Electrical
Manufacturers' Association
• Outline of China's New Certification System (CCC Mark for Electric Products) and Electric Control
Equipment, Nippon Electric Control Equipment Industries Association
Appendix 7 - 5
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 7 Compliance with Restrictions in China
Appendix 7-2 Response to the China environment restrictions
Appendix 7-2-1 Outline of the law on the pollution prevention and control for electronic
information products
Ministry of Information Industry (information industry ministry) issued this law on Feb.28, 2006 (Note) (effective
from Mar.1, 2007.) in order to protect the environment and the health of the people with restricting and reducing
the environmental pollution caused by the electronic information product wastes. The restrictions are applied to
containing lead (Pb), hydrargyrum (Hg), cadmium (Cd), hexavalent chromium (Cr (VI)), polybrominated biphenyl
(PBB) and polybrominated diphenyl ether (PBDE) in two stages.
(Note)For the details, refer to the following.
http://www.mii.gov.cn/art/2006/03/02/art_524_7343.html
(1) First stage: Requirement of indicating contained substance
The producer and importer of the electronic information product are required to indicate the hazardous
substance. The concrete categories of the products belonging in the following eleven main categories are
described as subjected product list (electronic information product category note).
• Radar device • Communication device • Radio/TV device industry product • Computer product
• Consumer-electronics device • Electronic measuring apparatus
• Electronics industry dedicated device • Electronic parts • Electronics device
• Electronics application product • Electronics dedicated material
(2) Second stage: Suppressing the amount of contained substances and compulsory CCC Certification
The product listed in the “Electronic information product pollution priority control list” cannot be sold in China
unless it conforms to the Compulsory Product Certification System (CCC Certification) and its cadmium
usage is suppressed to 0.01w% and other substances usage less than 0.1w%. Note that the timing when
this is effective is unmentioned.
Appendix 7-2-2 Response to the drive product for Mitsubishi NC
The drive product for NC has no items falling under the subjected product list (electronic information
product category note). However, for use with the drive product included in the subjected product or for
treating the product properly, information based on the law on the pollution prevention and control for
electronic information products” are described in the section “Appendix 7-2-3” for reference.
Appendix 7 - 6
MDS-D/DH Series Specifications Manual
Appendix 7-2 Response to the China environment restrictions
Appendix 7-2-3 Indication based on “Pollution suppression marking request for electronic
information product”
(1) Electronic information product pollution suppression marking
Note: This symbol mark is for China only.
This marking indicates the environmental protection expiration date applied to the electronic information
products sold in China according to the law on the pollution prevention and control for electronic information
products issued on Feb.28, 2006. As long as you keep safety for this product and follow the precautions for
use, there are no serious effects on the environment pollution, human body or property within its term
reckoned from the manufacturing date.
(Note) Equate the environmental protection expiration date of consumables, such as enclosed battery and
cooling fan, with the product life. When disposing the product after using it properly, obey each local
laws and restrictions for collecting and recycling of the electronic information product.
(2) The names of contained six hazardous substances and the parts containing them
The names of six substances contained in this product and the parts containing them are shown below.
Parts name
Drive unit
Servo motor/spindle motor
Dedicated options (cable/connector)
Dedicated Options (detector/AC reactor)
Dedicated Options (battery)
Lead
(Pb)
-
Toxic/hazardous substance or element
Hexavalent
Hydrargyrum
Cadmium
chromium
(PBB)
(Hg)
(Cd)
(Cr (VI))
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
(PBDE)
**
**
**
**
**
**: This mark means that toxic/hazardous substance content in all homogeneous materials of
corresponding parts does not exceed the standard specified in the standard of SJ/T11363-2006.
-: This mark means that toxic/hazardous substance content in the homogeneous materials of
corresponding parts exceeds the standard specified in the standard of SJ/T11363-2006.
Appendix 7 - 7
MITSUBISHI CNC
Appendix 7 Compliance with Restrictions in China
Appendix 7 - 8
Revision History
Date of revision
Oct. 2008
Manual No.
IB(NA)1500875-A
Sep. 2009
IB(NA)1500875-B
Revision details
First edition created.
MDS-D Specifications Manual (IB1500010) and MDS-DH Specifications
Manual (IB1500002) were integrated.
- The following servomotors were added.
HF224, HF123, HF223, HF303, HF142, HF302
- The following drive units were added.
MDS-D-V2-160160W, MDS-DH-V2-8080W
- MDS-D-SP2 Series spindle drive units were added.
- Lineup and specifications of 200V system spindle motors were overall
revised.
- &quot;Function specifications&quot; (function specifications list and explanation of each
function) were added.
- Explanation of the system establishment in the full closed loop control was
revised.
- Explanation of the speed command synchronization control system
configuration was added.
- &quot;Machine side detector&quot; was revised.
- &quot;Spindle side accuracy detector (TS5690 series)&quot; was added.
- &quot;C-axis control detector&quot; was revised.
- The following detector interface units were added.
IBV series, EIB192M, EIB392M, ADB-20J series
- &quot;Optical servo communication repeater unit (FCU7-EX022)&quot; was added.
- The type names of HF/HF-H, HP/HP-H Detector connector were changed.
- Specifications of HF-KP motor cable and connector were added.
- &quot;Restrictions for Lithium Batteries&quot; was revised.
- &quot;Compliance to EC Directives&quot; was revised.
- &quot;EMC Installation Guidelines&quot; was revised.
- &quot;EC Declaration of conformity&quot; was revised.
- &quot;Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL Standard&quot; was revised.
- &quot;Grobal service network&quot; was revised.
- The outline dimension drawings were deleted form this manual.
For the outline dimension drawings, refer to &quot;DRIVE SYSTEM DATA BOOK
(IB-1500273(ENG))&quot;.
Feb. 2010
IB(NA)1500875-C
- &quot;Outline for MDS-D/DH Series Instruction Manual (IB-1500025-F)&quot; was
added.
- &quot;Speed monitoring function&quot; was revised to &quot;Safety monitoring function&quot; .
- &quot;High-speed READY ON sequence&quot; was added.
- &quot;Monitor output function&quot; was revised.
- Descriptions of MDS-D-SP2 Series spindle drive unit was added.
Date of revision
Feb. 2010
Manual No.
IB(NA)1500875-C
Revision details
- The section titles were revised in &quot;Servo options&quot; and &quot;Detector interface
unit&quot;.
- Explanation of connectors was added to &quot;Serial output interface unit for ABZ
analog detector MDS-B-HR&quot;, &quot;Serial signal division unit MDS-B-SD&quot;, and
&quot;Optical communication repeater unit (FCU7-EX022)&quot;.
- &quot;List of cables and connectors&quot; was revised.
- Input circuit diagram in &quot;Relay&quot; was revised.
- Notes were added to &quot;Calculation of spindle output&quot;.
- &quot;Cable and Connector Specifications&quot; was revised.
- &quot;Compliance to EC Directives&quot; was revised.
- &quot;EMC Installation Guidelines&quot; was revised.
- &quot;EC Declaration of Conformity&quot; was revised.
- &quot;Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c-UL Standard&quot; was revised.
- &quot;Global service network&quot; was revised.
- Miswrite is corrected.
Mar. 2011
IB(NA)1500875-D
- &quot;Introduction&quot; was revised.
- &quot;System configuration&quot; was revised.
- SJ- D Series and SJ- DJ Series were added.
- Notes were added to &quot;Spindle motor type&quot;.
- MDS-D-SP2- 4040S and MDS-D-SP2-16080S were added.
- MDS-D-V2-160160W was added as the
compatible drive unit for the
servomotors, HF354, HF453, HP354 and HP454.
- MDS-DH-V2-8080W was ad ded as the co mpatible drive unit for the
servomotors, HF-H354, HF-H453, HP-H354, and HP-H454.
- Descriptions for tool spindle motor was added.
- Specifications list of servomotor and spindle motor were revised.
- &quot;Output characteristics&quot; in &quot;Spindle motor&quot; was revised.
- Function specifications list was revised.
- &quot;Proximity switch orientation control&quot; was added.
- &quot;Variable speed loop gain control&quot;, &quot;High- speed synchronous tapping control
(OMR- DD control)&quot;, &quot;Dual feedback control&quot; were revised.
- &quot;High frequency current control&quot; was added.
- &quot;Spindle motor temperature compensation function&quot; was revised.
- Spindle channel 120,121,122 and 123 were added.
- &quot;D/A output specifications&quot; was revised.
- A caution was added to &quot;Shaft characteristics&quot; in &quot;Spindle motor&quot;.
- &quot;Sony Manufacturing Systems Corporation&quot; was chang ed to &quot; Magnescale
Co., LTD&quot;.
- SAM/SVAM/GAM/LAM Series (FAGOR) and MPS/MPI Series ( MHI) were
added.
- &quot;Dynamic brake unit (MDS- D- DBU)&quot; was revised.
Date of revision
Mar. 2011
Manual No.
IB(NA)1500875-D
Revision details
- &quot;FCU6- BTBOX- 36&quot; was replaced by &quot;MDS- BTBOX- 36&quot;.
- &quot;System configuration&quot; in &quot;Converged battery option&quot; was revised.
- &quot;Spindle options&quot; was revised.
- &quot;(MITSU02-4)&quot; was added to EIB192M and EIB392M.
- ADB- 20J60 was added.
- &quot;Optical communication repeater unit (FCU7- EX022)&quot; was revised.
- &quot;Cable connection diagram&quot; was revised.
- &quot;List of cable and connectors&quot; was revised.
- The values of M side were added to &quot;Example of wires&quot;.
- &quot;Selection of circuit protector and contactor&quot; was revised.
- &quot;Relay&quot; was revised.
- &quot;Selection of the servomotor&quot; was revised.
- &quot;Cable and Connector Specifications&quot; was revised.
- &quot;Compliance to EC Directives&quot; was revised.
- &quot;EMC Installation Guidelines&quot; was revised.
- &quot;EC Declaration of Conformity&quot; was revised.
- &quot;Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c- UL Standard&quot; was revised.
- Miswrite is corrected.
Jan. 2012
IB(NA)1500875-E
- &quot;Introduction&quot; was revised.
- &quot;Handling of our product&quot; was added.
- &quot;HF*-A74&quot; and &quot;HP*-A74&quot; were replaced by &quot;-A74N&quot;.
- &quot;OSA105-ET2&quot; was replaced by &quot;OSA105ET2&quot;.
- &quot;OSA166-ET2&quot; was replaced by &quot;OSA166ET2N&quot;.
- &quot;Servomotor typ e&quot;, &quot;Servo drive uni t type&quot;, &quot;Spindle motor type&quot; and &quot;Tool
spindle motor type&quot; were revised.
- Specifications lists in &quot;Servomotor&quot;, &quot;Spindle motor&quot; and &quot;Tool spindle motor&quot;
were revised.
- &quot;Explanation of each part&quot; was revised.
- Function specifications list was revised.
- &quot;Power regen eration control&quot;, &quot;Resistor regeneration control&quot;, &quot;Fan stop
detection&quot;, &quot;Open-phase detection&quot;, &quot;Contactor weld detection&quot; and &quot;Powe r
supply voltage display function&quot; were added in &quot;Function specifications&quot;.
- &quot;High frequency current control&quot; was deleted
- &quot;Installation of servo motor&quot; was revised.
- Overload protection characteristics for HF104, HF204, HF354, HP54, HP104,
HP903, HP1103, HF-H104, HP-H54, HP-H903 and HP-H1103 were revised.
- &quot;Machine accuracy&quot; and &quot;Installation of spindle motor&quot; were added in &quot;Spindle
motor&quot;.
- &quot;Servo options&quot; and &quot;Spindle options&quot; were revised.
Date of revision
Jan. 2012
Manual No.
IB(NA)1500875-E
Revision details
- &quot;Optical communication repeater unit (FCU7-EX022)&quot; and &quot;DC connection
bar&quot; were revised.
- &quot;List of cable and connectors&quot; and &quot;Relay&quot; were revised.
- &quot;Cable and Connector Specifications&quot; was revised.
- &quot;Restrictions for Lithium Batteries&quot; was revised.
- &quot;Compliance to EC Directives&quot; was revised.
- &quot;EMC Installation Guidelines&quot; was revised.
- &quot;Instruction Manual for Compliance with UL/c- UL Standard&quot; was revised.
- &quot;Compliance with Restrictions in China&quot; was revised.
- Miswrite is corrected.
Global Service Network
AMERICA
EUROPE
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION INC. (AMERICA FA CENTER)
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B.V. (EUROPE FA CENTER)
Central Region Service Center
500 CORPORATE WOODS PARKWAY, VERNON HILLS, ILLINOIS 60061, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-847-478-2500 / FAX: +1-847-478-2650
Michigan Service Satellite
ALLEGAN, MICHIGAN 49010, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-847-478-2500 / FAX: +1-269-673-4092
Ohio Service Satellite
LIMA, OHIO 45801, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-847-478-2500 / FAX: +1-847-478-2650
CLEVELAND, OHIO 44114, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-847-478-2500 / FAX: +1-847-478-2650
Minnesota Service Satellite
MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55413, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-847-478-2500 / FAX: +1-847-478-2650
West Region Service Center
5665 PLAZA DRIVE, CYPRESS, CALIFORNIA 90630, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-714-220-4796 / FAX: +1-714-229-3818
East Region Service Center
200 COTTONTAIL LANE SOMERSET, NEW JERSEY 08873, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-732-560-4500 / FAX: +1-732-560-4531
Pennsylvania Service Satellite
ERIE, PENNSYLVANIA 16510, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-814-897-7820 / FAX: +1-814-987-7820
Massachusetts Service Satellite
BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02108, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-508-216-6104
South Region Service Center
2810 PREMIERE PARKWAY SUITE 400, DULUTH, GEORGIA 30097, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-678-258-4500 / FAX: +1-678-258-4519
Texas Service Satellites
GRAPEVINE, TEXAS 76051, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-817-251-7468 / FAX: +1-817-416-5000
FRIENDSWOOD, TEXAS 77546, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-832-573-0787 / FAX: +1-678-573-8290
Florida Service Satellite
WEST MELBOURNE, FLORIDA 32904, U.S.A.
TEL: +1-321-610-4436 / FAX: +1-321-610-4437
Canada Region Service Center
4299 14TH AVENUE MARKHAM, ONTARIO L3R OJ2, CANADA
TEL: +1-905-475-7728 / FAX: +1-905-475-7935
Mexico City Service Center
MARIANO ESCOBEDO 69 TLALNEPANTLA, 54030 EDO. DE MEXICO
TEL: +52-55-9171-7662 / FAX: +52-55-9171-7649
Monterrey Service Satellite
MONTERREY, N.L., 64720, MEXICO
TEL: +52-81-8365-4171 / FAX: +52-81-8365-4171
Brazil Region Service Center
ACESSO JOSE SARTORELLI, KM 2.1 CEP 18550-000, BOITUVA-SP, BRAZIL
TEL: +55-15-3363-9900 / FAX: +55-15-3363-9911
Brazil Service Satellites
PORTO ALEGRE AND CAXIAS DO SUL BRAZIL
TEL: +55-15-3363-9927
SANTA CATARINA AND PARANA STATES
TEL: +55-15-3363-9927
GOTHAER STRASSE 10, 40880 RATINGEN, GERMANY
TEL: +49-2102-486-0 / FAX: +49-2102-486-5910
Germany Service Center
KURZE STRASSE. 40, 70794 FILDERSTADT-BONLANDEN, GERMANY
TEL: + 49-711-3270-010 / FAX: +49-711-3270-0141
France Service Center
25, BOULEVARD DES BOUVETS, 92741 NANTERRE CEDEX FRANCE
TEL: +33-1-41-02-83-13 / FAX: +33-1-49-01-07-25
France (Lyon) Service Satellite
120, ALLEE JACQUES MONOD 69800 SAINT PRIEST FRANCE
TEL: +33-1-41-02-83-13 / FAX: +33-1-49-01-07-25
Italy Service Center
VIALE COLLEONI 7-PALAZZO SIRIO CENTRO DIREZIONALE COLLEONI,
20041 AGRATE BRIANZA MILANO ITALY
TEL: +39-039-60531-342 / FAX: +39-039-6053-206
Italy (Padova) Service Satellite
VIA SAVELLI 24 - 35129 PADOVA ITALY
TEL: +39-039-60531-342 / FAX: +39-039-6053-206
U.K. Service Center
TRAVELLERS LANE, HATFIELD, HERTFORDSHIRE, AL10 8XB, U.K.
TEL: +44-1707-27-6100 / FAX: +44-1707-27-8992
Spain Service Center
CTRA. DE RUBI, 76-80-APDO. 420
08190 SAINT CUGAT DEL VALLES, BARCELONA SPAIN
TEL: +34-935-65-2236 / FAX: +34-935-89-1579
Poland Service Center
UL.KRAKOWSKA 50, 32-083 BALICE, POLAND
TEL: +48-12-630-4700 / FAX: +48-12-630-4727
Poland (Wroclaw) Service Center
UL KOBIERZYCKA 23, 52-315 WROCLAW, POLAND
TEL: +48-71-333-77-53 / FAX: +48-71-333-77-53
Turkey Service Center
BAYRAKTAR BULVARI, NUTUK SOKAK NO.5, YUKARI DUDULLU
ISTANBUL, TURKEY
TEL: +90-216-526-3990 / FAX: +90-216-526-3995
Czech Republic Service Center
TECHNOLOGICKA 374/6,708 00 OSTRAVA-PUSTKOVEC, CZECH REPUBLIC
TEL: +420-59-5691-185 / FAX: +420-59-5691-199
Russia Service Center
213, B.NOVODMITROVSKAYA STR., 14/2, 127015 MOSCOW, RUSSIA
TEL: +7-495-748-0191 / FAX: +7-495-748-0192
Sweden Service Center
STRANDKULLEN, 718 91 FROVI, SWEDEN
TEL: +46-581-700-20 / FAX: +46-581-700-75
Bulgaria Service Center
4 A. LYAPCHEV BOUL., 1756 - SOFIA, BULGARIA
TEL: +359-2-8176000 / FAX: +359-2-9744061
Ukraine (Kharkov) Service Center
APTEKARSKIY LANE 9-A, OFFICE 3, 61001 KHARKOV, UKRAINE
TEL: +380-57-732-7774 / FAX: +380-57-731-8721
Ukraine (Kiev) Service Center
4-B, M. RASKOVOYI STR., 02660 KIEV, UKRAINE
TEL: +380-044-494-3355 / FAX: +380-044-494-3366
Belarus Service Center
703, OKTYABRSKAYA STR., 16/5, 220030 MINSK, BELARUS
TEL: +375-17-210-4626 / FAX: +375-17-227-5830
South Africa Service Center
P.O. BOX 9234, EDLEEN, KEMPTON PARK GAUTENG, 1625 SOUTH AFRICA
TEL: +27-11-394-8512 / FAX: +27-11-394-8513
Denmark Service Center
KARETMAGERVEJ. 7A, DK-7000, FREDERICIA, DENMARK
TEL: +45-7620-7514
ASEAN
CHINA
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ASIA PTE. LTD. (ASEAN FA CENTER)
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION (CHINA) LTD. (CHINA FA CENTER)
Singapore Service Center
307 ALEXANDRA ROAD #05-01/02 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC BUILDING SINGAPORE 159943
TEL: +65-6473-2308 / FAX: +65-6476-7439
China (Shanghai) Service Center
1-3,5-10,18-23/F, NO.1386 HONG QIAO ROAD, CHANG NING QU,
SHANGHAI 200336, CHINA
TEL: +86-21-2322-3030 / FAX: +86-21-2308-2830
China (Ningbo) Service Dealer
China (Wuxi) Service Dealer
China (Jinan) Service Dealer
China (Wuhan) Service Satellite
Indonesia Service Center
THE PLAZZA OFFICE TOWER, 28TH FLOOR JL.M.H. THAMRIN KAV.28-30, JAKARTA, INDONESIA
TEL: +62-21-2992-2333 / FAX: +62-21-2992-2555
Malaysia (KL) Service Center
60, JALAN USJ 10 /1B 47620 UEP SUBANG JAYA SELANGOR DARUL EHSAN, MALAYSIA
TEL: +60-3-5631-7605 / FAX: +60-3-5631-7636
Malaysia (Johor Baru) Service Center
NO. 16, JALAN SHAH BANDAR 1, TAMAN UNGKU TUN AMINAH, 81300 SKUDAI, JOHOR MALAYSIA
TEL: +60-7-557-8218 / FAX: +60-7-557-3404
Vietnam Service Center-1
ROOM 1004, 1005, FLOOR 10, 255 TRAN HUNG DAO CO GIANG WARD, DIST. 1, HCMC, VIETNAM
TEL: +84-8-3838-6931 / FAX: +84-8-3838-6932
Vietnam Service Center-2
LOT G10 - AREA 4 - HIEP BINH CHANH WARD - THU DUC DISTRICT - HCMC, VIETNAM
TEL: +84-8-2240-3587 / FAX: +84-8-3726-7968
Vietnam (Hanoi) Service Center
5FL, 59 - XA DAN STR., DONG DA DIST., HN, VIETNAM
TEL: +84-4-3573-7646 / FAX: +84-4-3573-7650
Philippines Service Center
UNIT NO.411, ALABAMG CORPORATE CENTER KM 25. WEST SERVICE ROAD
SOUTH SUPERHIGHWAY, ALABAMG MUNTINLUPA METRO MANILA, PHILIPPINES 1771
TEL: +63-2-807-2416 / FAX: +63-2-807-2417
China (Beijing) Service Center
9/F, OFFICE TOWER 1, HENDERSON CENTER, 18 JIANGUOMENNEI DAJIE,
DONGCHENG DISTRICT, BEIJING 100005, CHINA
TEL: +86-10-6518-8830 / FAX: +86-10-6518-3907
China (Beijing) Service Dealer
China (Tianjin) Service Center
B-2 801/802, YOUYI BUILDING, NO.50 YOUYI ROAD, HEXI DISTRICT,
TIANJIN 300061, CHINA
TEL: +86-22-2813-1015 / FAX: +86-22-2813-1017
China (Shenyang) Service Satellite
China (Changchun) Service Satellite
China (Chengdu) Service Center
ROOM 407-408, OFFICE TOWER AT SHANGRI-LA CENTER, NO. 9 BINJIANG DONG ROAD,
JINJIANG DISTRICT, CHENGDU, SICHUAN 610021, CHINA
TEL: +86-28-8446-8030 / FAX: +86-28-8446-8630
China (Shenzhen) Service Center
ROOM 2512-2516, 25/F., GREAT CHINA INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE SQUARE, JINTIAN RD.S.,
FUTIAN DISTRICT, SHENZHEN 518034, CHINA
TEL: +86-755-2399-8272 / FAX: +86-755-8218-4776
China (Xiamen) Service Dealer
China (Dongguan) Service Dealer
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION (THAILAND) CO., LTD. (THAILAND FA CENTER)
BANG-CHAN INDUSTRIAL ESTATE NO.111 SOI SERITHAI 54
T.KANNAYAO, A.KANNAYAO, BANGKOK 10230, THAILAND
TEL: +66-2906-8255 / FAX: +66-2906-3239
Thailand Service Center
898/19,20,21,22 S.V. CITY BUILDING OFFICE TOWER 1, FLOOR 7
RAMA III RD., BANGPONGPANG, YANNAWA, BANGKOK 10120, THAILAND
TEL: +66-2-682-6522 / FAX: +66-2-682-9750
INDIA
KOREA
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION KOREA CO., LTD. (KOREA FA CENTER)
Korea Service Center
1480-6, GAYANG-DONG, GANGSEO-GU SEOUL 157-200, KOREA
TEL: +82-2-3660-9602 / FAX: +82-2-3664-8668
Korea Taegu Service Satellite
603 CRYSTAL BUILDING 1666, SANBYEOK-DONG, BUK-KU, DAEGU, 702-010, KOREA
TEL: +82-53-604-6047 / FAX: +82-53-604-6049
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC INDIA PVT. LTD.
India Service Center
2nd FLOOR, TOWER A &amp; B, DLF CYBER GREENS, DLF CYBER CITY, DLF PHASE-III,
GURGAON- 122 002, HARYANA, INDIA
TEL: +91-124-4630300 / FAX: +91-124-4630399
India (Bangalore) Service Center
FIRST &amp; SECOND FLOOR, AVR BASE, MUNICIPAL NO.BC-308,
HENNURE BANASWADI ROAD, HRBR RING ROAD, BANGALORE-560 043, INDIA
TEL: +91-80-4020-1600 / FAX: +91-80-4020-1699
Chennai satellite office
Coimbatore satellite office
India (Pune) Service Center
TEL: +91-998-7997651
Baroda satellite office
OCEANIA
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUSTRALIA LTD.
Oceania Service Center
348 VICTORIA ROAD, RYDALMERE, N.S.W. 2116 AUSTRALIA
TEL: +61-2-9684-7269 / FAX: +61-2-9684-7245
TAIWAN
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC TAIWAN CO., LTD. (TAIWAN FA CENTER)
Taiwan (Taichung) Service Center
NO.8-1, GONG YEH 16TH RD., TAICHUNG INDUSTRIAL PARK TAICHUNG CITY, TAIWAN R.O.C.
TEL: +886-4-2359-0688 / FAX: +886-4-2359-0689
Taiwan (Taipei) Service Center
3RD. FLOOR, NO.122 WUKUNG 2ND RD., WU-KU HSIANG, TAIPEI HSIEN, TAIWAN R.O.C.
TEL: +886-2-2299-2205 / FAX: +886-2-2298-1909
Taiwan (Tainan) Service Center
2F(C),1-1, CHUNGHWA-RD., YONGKANG CITY, TAINAN HSIEN, TAIWAN R.O.C.
TEL: +886-6-313-9600 / FAX: +886-6-313-7713
Notice
Every effort has been made to keep up with software and hardware revisions in the
contents described in this manual. However, please understand that in some
unavoidable cases simultaneous revision is not possible.
Please contact your Mitsubishi Electric dealer with any questions or co mments
regarding the use of this product.
Duplication Prohibited
This manual may not be rep roduced in any form, in part or in whole, without written
permission from Mitsubishi Electric Corporation.
&copy; 2008 - 2012 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
">
Hello! I have reviewed the Mitsumi Electronic Universal Remote IB-1500875 user manual. This extensive manual covers safety precautions, installation, operation, and maintenance of Mitsubishi AC servo/spindle motors and related components. It's packed with technical details and troubleshooting information. Ask your questions!
Show related prompts
Assistant typing
Assistant is out of keyboard. Please, try again later.
Key features

All-in-one control for TV, DVD, VCR, and other compatible devices
User-friendly design with intuitive button layout for easy operation
Compact size and ergonomic design for comfortable use
Dedicated buttons for quick access to frequently used functions
Learning function to program custom commands
Macro function to execute multiple commands with a single button press
LCD display for clear and informative feedback
Preset codes for easy setup with most popular devices
Extensive code library for compatibility with a wide range of brands and models
Low battery indicator to ensure uninterrupted use
Frequently asked questions

Refer to the user manual for specific instructions on setting up the remote control with your TV. It typically involves entering a code or using the learning function.
Yes, the Mitsumi electronic Universal Remote IB-1500875(ENG)-E can control multiple devices such as TV, DVD, VCR, and other compatible devices.
The learning function allows you to program custom commands onto the remote control, enabling you to control specific functions on your devices that may not have dedicated buttons.
Locate the battery compartment on the back of the remote control. Slide open the compartment and replace the old batteries with new ones, ensuring correct polarity.
The compatibility of the remote control with your smart TV depends on the specific model and brand of your TV. Refer to the user manual or check with the manufacturer for confirmation.
How do I set up the remote control with my TV?

Can I control multiple devices with this remote?

What is the learning function used for?

How do I replace the batteries in the remote control?

Can I use this remote control with my smart TV?

Related

Mitsubishi Numerical Control Unit MDS-E/EH Series + AI Chat & PDF Download

AC Servo/Spindle MDS-C1 Series Instruction Manual | AI Chat & PDF Download

Mitsubishi Electric MDS-D/DH Series Instruction manual

Mitsubishi Electric MDS-D2/DH2 Series Instruction manual

Mitsubishi Electric MDS-E/EH Series Instruction Manual

Mitsubishi Electric MDS-CH Series Manual - Download & Read Online

Mitsubishi Electric MDS-EM/EMH Series Instruction Manual

Mitsubishi Electric MR-J2-CT Series Specification Manual

Mitsubishi Electric MDS-D-SVJ3/SPJ3 Instruction Manual

M700VW Series Connection Manual + AI Chat & PDF Download

M70V Series Connection Manual with AI Chat & PDF Download

Mitsubishi Electric M700VS Series Connection Manual
